2024 Full Year Results
1
Growing
healthier
futures
Annual Report 2024
T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendices
2
Introduction
T&G Global Annual Report 20242
While we are not financially where we need to be,
we have made great progress.
All of the components for our growth strategy are
now in place and in the coming years we will see
significant upside from that investment.
After two years of setbacks,
it is pleasing to see good
momentum in our business.
T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendices
3
Introduction
T&G Global Annual Report 20243
Strengthening
our world-class
integrated Apples
system
Acquiring Hinton’s
stone fruit business
in Central Otago
Licensing 125 hectares
of JOLI™ branded
apples to be grown
in Canterbury
Building strong
consumer demand for
our premium ENVY™
and JAZZ™ apple
brands
Commercialising
STELLAR™ apple trees
from the Hot Climate
Partnership
Expanding our
Queensland
blueberry farm
A people score
of 73% in our
employee survey
Setting validated
Science-based Targets
for scopes 1, 2 and 3
Notable achievements
this year include:
T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendices
4
Introduction
T&G Global Annual Report 20244
About this report
Welcome to our 2024 Annual Report.
This report covers the financial year of 1 January 2024
to 31 December 2024 and includes T&G Global Limited
and our subsidiaries (together T&G).
Our Annual Report is structured to provide our
investors and wider stakeholders with an overview of
performance and progress with our business strategy
for the year.
As part of this, it also presents an overview of
our Kaitiakitanga sustainability framework and is
prepared with reference to the Global Reporting
Initiative (GRI) Standards.
T&G is a Climate Reporting Entity (CRE) under the
Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013. This Annual
Report should be read in conjunction with our Climate-
related Disclosure for the financial year of 1 January
to 31 December 2024, which includes T&G and our
subsidiaries. It is available at https://tandg.global/
investors/reporting. The scope of the reporting entity
aligns with that used for T&G’s consolidated financial
statements. The disclosures in our Climate-related
Disclosure comply with the Aotearoa New Zealand
Climate Standards (NZ CS 1, NZ CS 2 and NZ CS 3) and
T&G has adopted the second-year transitional adoption
provisions under the standards.
In our reports we use some words in te reo Māori,
including Aotearoa (New Zealand’s Māori name);
iwi (tribe, extended kinship group); kaitiaki (a guardian,
caregiver, custodian); kaitiakitanga (guardianship,
stewardship, trustee); kura (school); mahi (to work,
accomplish, make); manaakitanga (showing respect
and care for others, kindness, hospitality, generosity);
pōwhiri (to welcome); and tamariki (children).
01.
T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction
5
Contents
02.
01.
Introduction 02
About this report 04
Our year 06
At a glance 06
Chair and
CEO review 07
03.
Our strategy 10
About T&G 11
Our purpose,
vision and strategy 15
04.
Our performance 16
Apples 17
T&G Fresh 27
VentureFruit 32
Other business 38
05.
High-performance 39
06.
Kaitiakitanga 42
I
ntroduction 43
Our people 45
Our planet 48
Our produce 50
07.
Governance 52
Board of Directors 52
Executive team 53
Corporate
governance 54
Conduct of the Board 55
Statutory information 57
Independent auditor’s
report 61
08.
Financials 65
Financial statements 66
Notes to the financial
statements 73
Appendices 141
10.
Directory 147
Click on any of the text
headings to navigate
through this report.
09.
T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction
6
Our year
T&G Global Annual Report 20246
OverallApplesT&G Fresh
$1.3b
Revenue
$12.7m
Operating profit/(loss)
READ Our Chair
and CEO review
on page
7
SEE how our Apples
business performed
on page
17
$859.1m
Revenue
$43.7m
Operating profit
SEE how our T&G Fresh
business performed
on page
27
$455.3m
Revenue
$3.6m
Operating profit
SEE how our VentureFruit
business performed
on page
32
$13.0m
Revenue
($4.3m)
Operating (loss)
2023: $1.3b2023: $819.9m2023: $484.3m2023: $9.0m
2023: ($45.6m)2023: $10.3m2023: $9.8m2023: ($14.7m)
At a glance
VentureFruit
02. Our year
T&G’s International Trading business is now part of its Apples, T&G Fresh and Other business segments.
T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction
7
Our year
T&G Global Annual Report 20247
Chair and CEO reviewTēnā koutou
2024 was a year of continued recovery, following
the devastating effect of Cyclone Gabrielle. It is
pleasing to see the momentum returning in the
business, particularly in Apples where strong demand
and pricing have made a significant contribution to
our performance.
Apples showed both its strength and potential,
increasing both its revenue and pre-tax profit, despite
some challenges with fruit size in Hawke’s Bay due
to lingering impacts of the cyclone and wet spring
conditions. The team’s ability to match available crops
to the best returning markets, while improving sales
opportunities and achieving cost reductions, made
an important contribution to our total revenue of
$1.36 billion for the year ending 31 December 2024,
and our operating profit of $12.7 million, compared
to a loss of $45.6 million in the prior year. The Group
recorded a net loss after tax of $9.9 million, compared
to a loss of $46.6 million in 2023.
Revenue in our Apples business increased by 5% to
$859.1 million, and its operating profit was $43.7 million
compared to $10.3 million in 2023.
However, trading conditions were difficult for T&G
Fresh, with demand lagging supply and suppressing
prices. Its revenue, which included our Australian
business, was 6% lower at $455.3 million compared to
$484.3 million in the prior year, leading to an operating
profit of $3.6 million in 2024. VentureFruit increased its
revenue 44% to $13.0 million and reduced its operating
loss to $4.3 million, from its 2023 operating loss of
$14.7 million.
BENEDIKT MANGOLD
CHAIR
GARETH EDGECOMBE
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
($6.8m)
Net loss before tax
2023: ($64.2m)
$12.7m
Operating profit/(loss)
2023: ($45.6m)
($9.9m)
Net loss after tax
2023: ($46.6m)
$1.3b
Revenue
2023: $1.3b
T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction
8
Our year
T&G Global Annual Report 20248
Chair and CEO review continued
A full discussion on the financial performance of
Apples, T&G Fresh and VentureFruit follows in separate
sections, which also discuss their strategic direction
and progress.
This enables us, as Chair and Chief Executive Officer,
to talk about where the business sits in terms of our
investment cycle, our goals for higher value creation
and the steps we are taking to build resilience into the
balance sheet.
We appreciate that shareholders have been patient and
supportive through the disruptions caused by COVID-19
and Cyclone Gabrielle. Over recent years, we have not
met our financial targets. This year has seen a definite
improvement in performance, but it has not been
sufficient to support a dividend. So, understandably,
shareholders want to understand future prospects.
We can certainly demonstrate progress. We have been
investing in the key pieces that will enable our growth,
while also dealing with the considerable impact of the
cyclone. We are now through this.
T&G is on the edge of realising the performance uplift
from the investment made as part of its Apples strategy.
Our long-term growth strategy is funded, with all the
components in place, and while we will keep refining
them, we are confident in our ability to deliver profitable
growth. This will see volumes, revenue and profitability
grow and that will, in time, be reflected in T&G’s share
price and distributions to shareholders.
Shareholders can also be reassured that we have built
resilience into the balance sheet. We are ensuring
financial rigour by being cautious with new capital
expenditure, reducing operating expenses and working
hard to deliver our plan and targets, to continually
improve profitability and reduce debt.
We are confident in our growth strategy. This year we
have demonstrated excellent progress in our end-to-
end Apples business, with strong demand and pricing
from our key global brands. A highlight has been the
continued build-out of our premium brands in key
markets which has helped drive the recovery of strong
returns to growers. This takes teamwork at every step
of our value chain – from growing right through to sales
and marketing.
Our premium ENVY™ branded apple programme is
based around high-quality fruit, 365-days a year, great
growers and a world-class integrated system. And
with the global premium apple market continuing to
grow, particularly in emerging Asian markets, we know
the levers to unlock that growth. It is about the right
markets, expanding our presence across channels
and customers, excellent in-store performance
and connecting with more consumers. Our team
understands this and is focused on consistently
executing it.
To maintain the resilience of our balance sheet and the
confidence of investors, we require a diversified income
stream. While Apples is undoubtedly the growth engine,
it is complemented by T&G Fresh and VentureFruit.
This year, T&G Fresh achieved operational efficiencies,
expanded its Queensland blueberry operations,
delivered strong Australian citrus exports and acquired
the Hinton’s summerfruit business in Central Otago.
Each of these achievements sets the business up for
the growth that has been difficult to achieve this year,
primarily because of poor consumer confidence. In
2024, ideal growing conditions meant excellent supply,
but the rising cost of living and economic uncertainty
meant consumer demand was low, forcing prices down.
Chair and CEO review continued
“T&G is on the edge
of realising the
performance uplift from
the investment made
as part of its Apples
strategy...This will see
volumes, revenue and
profitability grow and
that will, in time, be
reflected in T&G’s share
price and distributions
to shareholders.”
The Aotearoa New Zealand economy appears to be
recovering, with lower interest rates likely to improve
consumer sentiment for the year ahead. With a difficult
operating environment still likely, the T&G Fresh
business has focused on driving further cost efficiencies
across the business and identified new sources of
revenue to protect and improve profitability.
T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction
9
Our year
T&G Global Annual Report 20249
Chair and CEO review continued
VentueFruit is benefitting from the positive market
demand for our premium apples, which are delivering
both royalty income from established orchards and
demand for new right-to-grow licenses. It has made
strong headway with licenses for our premium JOLI™
apple brand, which was released to the market last year,
with good grower interest in the United States, pilot
plantings in Europe, and sizeable commercial scale
plantings in Aotearoa New Zealand scheduled for 2025
and 2026.
Outlook
Shareholders can look to us to deliver a strong financial
performance consistent with our recent investments
in growing and supply chain efficiency. This will enable
us to materially reduce debt and establish a resilient
platform for future growth.
Our 2025 Aotearoa New Zealand apple harvest is
expected to return to a more normalised pattern, and
our focus is on excellent execution at every step of the
value chain.
In T&G Fresh, execution with excellence is again a
priority to ensure unnecessary handling is eliminated
and costs are controlled or recovered to strengthen
margins. This is important to maintain future grower
confidence and supply.
VentureFruit will continue to acquire and commercialise
premium new varieties, develop new market growth
opportunities, and continue to protect and defend our
intellectual property.
Another priority is market development and
supporting efforts to increase market access in
important economies, such as India and the Republic
of Korea. We are also contributing our knowledge
of plant genetics and consumer and grower needs
to discussions on advanced breeding technologies,
and we are exploring the role T&G will play.
As always, we thank our shareholders for their
continued loyalty. We also thank our people across the
business for their contribution to our results this year.
Ngā mihi
Chair and CEO review continued
1,819
3
Employees (permanent)
Team
143
73%
Total recordable injuries
A people score of
Injuries
27,221.83 tC0
2
e
1
Greenhouse gas emissions
2023:139
2
2023:72%
2023: 27,905.25 tCO
2
e
1. Total scope 1 (non-FLAG) and scope 2 (market-based) emissions
2. The 2023 total recordable injury figure was for Aotearoa New Zealand only,
whereas 2024 is for T&G’s global business
3. In 2024, T&G began reporting its workforce metrics as ‘permanent
employees’ instead of ‘full-time equivalents’. As a result, there is no
comparable figure for 2023.
BENEDIKIT MANGOLD
CHAIR
GARETH EDGECOMBE
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
Engagement
T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction
10
Our strategy
T&G Global Annual Report 202410
Guided by our purpose,
vision and mindsets, our
strategy determines how
we create value.
03. Our strategy
T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction
11
Our strategy
T&G Global Annual Report 202411
About T&G
Our home base is Aotearoa New Zealand, but we
are truly global, operating in 13 countries.
Our team of 1,800 people grow, market, sell and
distribute nutritious fresh produce to customers
and consumers in over 55 countries. We grow
apples, tomatoes, citrus, berries and stone fruit, and
we partner with over 700 independent growers in
Aotearoa New Zealand.
We have world-class apple brands – ENVY™, JAZZ™
and JOLI™, which are grown under license by specially
selected growers around the world, and we are part
With more than 125 years of
experience behind us, T&G is
helping to grow healthier futures
for people around the world.
of a team that brought the world its first climate-
resilient apples; TUTTI™ branded apples and STELLAR™
apple trees.
We continually look to the future, with VentureFruit, our
global plant variety management and commercialisation
business, working with researchers and growers to
bring new, high-value apple, pear and berry varieties
to consumers.
®
T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction
12
Our strategy
T&G Global Annual Report 202412
Global locations
UK & Europe
Revenue ($'000)$425,438
Employees (permanent)418
Offices (Group or Sales)3
Growing regions
Egypt
Morocco
South
Africa
Eastern Cape
Western Cape
Zambia
Growing regions
South KoreaBoeun
Hongcheon
Geochang
Yesan
Thailand
China
Revenue ($'000)$396,934
Employees (permanent)45
Offices (Group or Sales)5
Africa
Asia
United Kingdom,
Europe, Africa and Asia.
Growing regions
AustriaSteiermark
Tyrol
FranceAlps
Loire Valley
Occitanie
Provence
GermanyBodensee
Rheinland-Pfalz
ItalySouth Tyrol
Portugal
SpainCastilla y León
SwitzerlandRegion Vaud
Valais
UKCambridgeshire
Gloucestershire
Hampshire
Herefordshire
Kent
Suffolk
Sussex
Growing regions (Own and independent)Offices
KEY
T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction
13
Our strategy
T&G Global Annual Report 202413
Australia & Pacific Islands
Aotearoa New Zealand
Growing regions
New South
Wales
Coffs Harbour
Griffith
QueenslandWamuran
South
Australia
Adelaide
Loxton
Renmark
TasmaniaHuon Valley
Ouse
VictoriaKoo Wee Rup
Mildura
Narre Warren
Robinvale
Shepparton
Swan Hill
Warragul
West
Australia
Bullsbrook
Pacific
Islands
New Caledonia
Samoa
Tonga
Revenue ($'000)$98,654
Employees (permanent)205
Offices (Group or Sales)3
Growing regions
Central Otago
Gisborne
Hawke's Bay
Kerikeri
Nelson
Ōhaupō
Reporoa
Taipa
Tūākau
Revenue ($'000)$404,512
Employees (permanent)1,114
Offices (Group or Sales)11
Americas
Growing regions
Argentina
CanadaBritish Columbia
ChileAngol
Talca
Temuco
Ecuador
Guatemala
Revenue ($'000)$35,353
Employees (permanent)37
Offices (Group or Sales)4
Mexico
Panama
PeruIca
Piura
USACalifornia
New York State
Oregon
Washington State
Global locations
Australia, Aotearoa New Zealand,
the Pacific Islands and the
Americas.
Growing regions (Own and independent)Offices
KEY
T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction
14
Our strategy
T&G Global Annual Report 202414
Taipa
Tūākau
Ōhaupō
Reporoa
Tairāwhiti
Gisborne
Hawke’s Bay
Nelson
Auckland*
Kerikeri
Hamilton
New Plymouth
Tauranga
Christchurch
Wellington
Palmerston North
Central Otago
KEY
Sites
(*Global Hub, distribution centres)
Post-harvest and packing facilities
T&G facilities
Growing sites/regions
T&G apple, blueberry, tomato,
citrus and stone fruit regions,
and independent apple growers
Aotearoa New Zealand locations
T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction
15
Our strategy
T&G Global Annual Report 202415
Our purpose, vision and strategy
T&G’s vision is to be the world’s leading premium
fresh produce company, and our purpose is growing
healthier futures.
To achieve our vision and purpose, we have three
strategic priorities: grow great brands, win in key global
markets and lead Aotearoa’s fresh produce future.
Our strategy is unattainable without our people.
We invest and care for our people, ensuring they have
a strong sense of purpose built around our mindsets
and purpose. This is what enables our high-
performance culture.
Underpinning our strategy is our commitment to
Kaitiakitanga – treating the land, people, produce,
resources and community with the greatest of respect
and care, as guardians of their future.
■ Best genetics in apples
and berries
■ Unique varieties
and brands loved
by consumers
■ World-class in growing and
post-harvest, with global
partners maximising our
intellectual property
Grow great brands
■ Unlock markets selected
for premium and potential
■ Close to customers with
capability in-market
■ Most efficient end-to-end
supply chain
Win in key global
markets
■ Win in chosen categories
■ Offer the best channels
to market
■ Build long-term
relationships
Lead Aotearoa’s fresh
produce future
Our strategy
futures
healthier
Growing
The world’s leading
fresh produce company
premium
Our purposeOur vision
Figure 1: T&G’s strategy
Be boldDo the mahiOne teamTake good care
Kaitiakitanga guides everything we do
Our mindsets
High-performance culture
T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur yearHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction
16
Our performance
T&G Global Annual Report 202416
We deliver the three pillars
of our strategy through our
four business divisions.
04. Our performance
APPLEST&G FRESHVENTUREFRUITOTHER BUSINESS
T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur yearHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction
17
Our performance
T&G Global Annual Report 202417
Our Apples business is the engine
room of T&G, with a fully integrated
value chain, from growing and post-
harvest, right through to the sale and
marketing of apples worldwide.
a significant increase in profitability and revenue
in the same period.
Within our apples portfolio is a range of
commercial varieties, such as Royal Gala, Pacific
Queen™ and Pacific Rose™. Through year-on-year
improvements in sales and marketing, we aim to
grow volumes and revenue in this segment, and
outperform the market, recognising the valuable
role commercial varieties play in supporting the
best total orchard return for our growers.
This year, we integrated our end-to-end
Apples business, from orchards through to
markets, under Shane Kingston, Chief Operating
Officer Apples.
This year, our Apples business accounted for
63% of total T&G revenue.
Our premium apples portfolio consists of three
global brands; ENVY™, JAZZ™ and JOLI™. In 2024,
ENVY™ and JAZZ™ branded apples represented
96% of our total global sales of 12.7 million tray
carton equivalents (TCEs). JOLI™ branded apples,
launched in 2023, will be available for consumers
to purchase from 2027.
A world-class integrated system fuels the growth
of our Apples business. As detailed on pages
23 to 26, we expect global consumer demand
for our premium ENVY™ apple brand to grow to
over 15 million TCEs by 2030, which will deliver
Apples
$43.7m
Operating profit
$859.1m
Revenue
2023: $819.9m
2023: $10.3m
T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur yearHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction
18
Our performance
T&G Global Annual Report 202418
Apples continued
2024 performance review
The strength and resilience of our integrated Apples
business, and each of the components along its value
chain, was evident this year.
We entered 2024 with high expectations, having put
extensive effort into our post-cyclone recovery and
refining components of our Apples system. However,
as is the case when working with the climate, we
responded quickly to the challenges presented,
working hard to maximise value and deliver the best
possible results.
While the 2024 Hawke’s Bay crop was smaller in fruit
size due to the residual impact of Cyclone Gabrielle and
cold spring weather, it was high-quality, with excellent
storability. Industry-wide volumes for the region were
down by 12% and our own results reflected this trend.
In response, our team focused on targeting the
best returning markets and channels for the crop,
resulting in strong orchard returns for growers in
Aotearoa New Zealand. ENVY™ apple returns increased
$3.65 per carton compared to 2023, and JAZZ™
achieved an increase of $5.60 per carton, delivering
a total of $124 million to T&G growers in 2024. These
were the highest returns for a number of seasons.
In 2024, export volumes from Aotearoa New Zealand
were 3.49 million TCEs, a 14% decline on the year
prior, due, in part to the smaller sized fruit. In the United
States for the 2023/24 season, total volumes were up
11% to 4.95 million TCEs.
3
global brands
12.7m TCEs
of apples sold globally in 2024
55
Sold in over 55 countries
365-days
Available year-round
Over the last 16 years, ENVY™ branded apples have
grown to become one of the leading premium apple
brands in key global markets, including China, Taiwan,
Hong Kong, Viet Nam, Thailand and the United States.
To meet growing global consumer demand, we have
invested in a dual-hemisphere, multi-sourcing strategy,
which sees ENVY™ grown in over 13 countries, and
enjoyed by consumers in over 55 countries. ENVY™
branded apples are on track to be a billion-dollar brand
in the near future.
First exported from Aotearoa New Zealand in
2004, JAZZ™ branded apples are a Kiwi household
favourite and enjoyed by consumers in key
global markets. JAZZ™ apples have built a great
reputation for their distinctive tangy-sweet flavour
and refreshing taste profile. They’re grown in over
11 countries, across both hemispheres, and sold
in more than 50 countries.
JOLI™ joined our premium branded apples portfolio
in 2023, alongside ENVY™ and JAZZ™. JOLI™ apple’s
generous, share-worthy size and unique taste
characteristics are expected to expand our apple
consumption opportunities. They will be available
for consumers to purchase from 2027.
T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur yearHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction
19
Our performance
T&G Global Annual Report 202419
Apples continued
Building strong consumer demand
In all key markets, demand for ENVY™ branded apples
in 2024 was strong, showing that our approach of
delivering consistently high-quality premium fruit,
365-days of the year, and building strong consumer
demand, is working. This saw us short of product in
some markets.
In the United States, while total category prices
softened by as much as 22%
1
as the total North
American crop grew from 105 million TCEs to
140 million
1
, ENVY™ held its value and outperformed
other varieties, with prices falling by just 1%. While
growers’ investments in additional plantings have
been constrained this year, confidence remains high
in ENVY™ branded apples as a consistent and proven
performer. This has flow on benefits for our wider
portfolio, with growers expressing a strong interest
in plantings of JOLI™ branded apples, our newest
premium apple.
In Asia, the positioning of ENVY™ as a premium every
day apple was supported with sales around major
festivals in China and Southeast Asia, including Lunar
New Year, Têt and Mid-Autumn Festival. Gift packs of
fruit are especially popular. Overall sales volumes in key
Asian markets increased by 63% during Mid-Autumn
Festival. ENVY™ is now the fastest growing apple brand
for our large Asian retail partners.
Our premium JAZZ™ branded apple has significant
growth potential in targeted markets.
1. JAZZ™ branded apple
sales volumes increased
29% in Japan.
2. Despite some smaller-
sized fruit in Hawke’s
Bay, the 2024 crop was
high-quality.
3. Major festivals support
sales of ENVY™ branded
apples as a premium
every day apple.
4. Commercial volumes of
our new premium JOLI™
apple brand will be sold
in 2027.
1.
2.
3.
4.
1. Source: Washington State Tree Fruit Association (WSTFA),
2024 vs. 2023 comparative data.
T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur yearHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction
20
Our performance
T&G Global Annual Report 202420
In Australia, it is now among the top three apple brands,
with further in-market plantings designed to support
further growth.
The brand’s performance in Japan has gone from
strength-to-strength with a 29% increase in sales
volume this year. A targeted in-market sales and
marketing plan increased our market penetration,
encouraged repeat purchases by consumers and
maintained positive pricing.
In the United Kingdom, JAZZ™ branded apples are
fourth in the total apples category, and its volume
and pricing outperformed 2023.
This year, we took the time to understand the role
of our JAZZ™ branded apple and further develop its
long-term strategy. From this, we now have a stable
JAZZ™ programme for years to come. It is focused on
maximising returns by growing in or close-to-market.
This sees growers in Aotearoa New Zealand producing
for the domestic and Japan markets, with the brand
continuing to be licensed to growers in other markets
to meet wider consumer demand.
Our commercial varieties also performed well this
season. We achieved strong pricing due to our focus
on quality, partnering with the best customers, selling
and shipping early, and building more effective in-store
activations.
Leading quality, compliance
and supply chain
At every step in the process, consistent high-quality
standards are paramount.
In our Whakatu packhouse, we invested in infrared
artificial intelligence grading technology to minimise
internal browning and cosmetic and spoilt defects.
A new high-pressure washer cleaned the fruit and
helped remove pests, maximising volumes for our
key Asian markets that have strict phytosanitary
access requirements, including China, Taiwan and
Japan. As a result, volumes to these markets increased
by an additional 230,000 TCEs this year.
This attention to quality and compliance throughout
our value chain gives our customers and consumers
additional confidence in our products and brands,
helps maximise sales and reduces customer claims.
We had a 50% year-on-year reduction in the cost of
claims this season.
The first season of our arrangement with Kotahi,
Aotearoa New Zealand’s largest containerised and
refrigerated exporter, streamlined shipping and realised
cost savings and logistical efficiencies. It also helped
minimise the impact of a number of global issues,
including low water levels in the Panama Canal and
unrest in the Red Sea and Suez Canal.
Apples continued
T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur yearHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction
21
Our performance
T&G Global Annual Report 202421
Growing with our strategic growers
A network of strategic growers underpins the growth of
our ENVY™ and JOLI™ apple brands. Just like T&G has,
they too are investing significantly in modern future-fit
orchards, growing our premium branded varieties that
deliver premium returns.
With most of the ENVY™ plantings required to meet
2030 consumer demand already in the ground, we, with
the support of VentureFruit, are scaling the growth of
JOLI™ branded apples to ensure the fruit comes on at
the rate required as we build consumer demand. The
first commercial volumes of JOLI™ will be sold in 2027.
This year, T&G planted a further 24.2 hectares of JOLI™
branded apples in Hawke’s Bay, bringing our own-
grown volumes to 55 hectares. We have also licensed
FarmRight, the New Zealand Superannuation Fund’s
rural investment manager, to grow 125 hectares of
JOLI
TM
branded apples on their Canterbury orchard in
2025 and 2026. With JOLI
TM
thriving in different growing
environments, Canterbury’s temperature, reliable water
supply, soil types and suitable land makes it an ideal
new growing region for JOLI™ branded apples. The
addition of Canterbury to our Aotearoa New Zealand
growing and supply regions also supports our actions
to diversify our footprint as we work to build increased
climate resilience.
Apples continued
Outlook
We are now through the recovery phase in our
Apples business, with 2025 and beyond focused
on growth.
The work undertaken to establish and embed our
integrated Apples operating model, supported by the
capabilities we have built, puts us in a strong position
for increased growth in the year ahead, and we will
continue to scale this. Our focus is on excellence in
execution at every step of our Apples business.
The high-quality 2024/25 North American crop is
selling strongly domestically and in Asia. This positions
us well for the transition to the southern hemisphere
crop in March. In Aotearoa New Zealand, we expect
the crop to return to a more normalised pattern and
favourable spring weather has resulted in a plentiful
high-quality crop, which is on track for our forecast
of a total of 4.3 million TCEs across all varieties.
With absolute clarity on the markets with the most
opportunities to generate increased value, in 2025
we will expand our presence in existing markets
and look to establish a presence in a new market.
The outlook for our Apples business is strong.
All investments have been made and the focus
is now on delivering our clear growth plan.
T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur yearHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction
22
Our performance
T&G Global Annual Report 202422
JAZZ™ records beaten
Driven by our strategy to get more consumers
buying more of our premium apples more often,
the team at Worldwide Fruit, our United Kingdom
subsidiary, has set new records for our JAZZ™
apple brand in the United Kingdom.
JAZZ™ branded apples hit record sales in May,
becoming the fourth most popular apple in the
United Kingdom. Then, over a 52-week period
ending 3 November 2024, JAZZ™ outperformed
the market with volume up 8% and spend up 11%,
compared to total market volumes being up 6.8%
and spending up 8.2%*.
In 2024, we sold a record 1.189 million TCEs of
JAZZ
TM
branded apples, with growth across all
consumer metrics.
Our ambition is for JAZZ™ branded apples to
consistently hold fourth place in the United
Kingdom, overtaking Granny Smith apples.
Worldwide Fruit has a plan to achieve this
through targeted marketing activity, increased
JAZZ
TM
presence on supermarket shelves and
impactful promotions.
Throughout 2024, key activations with national retailers
were supported by marketing and communications
in-store, online, through retailers’ high-circulation
magazines and via retailer loyalty cards.
CASE STUDY
Campaigns focused on raising consumer
awareness and sampling. This included presenting
at The Foodies Festival, the United Kingdom’s largest
food and beverage event. Across the six events,
444,000 apples were sampled, with some three
million consumers encouraged to attend through
geotargeted phone messaging.
Great Britain Olympian JAZZ™ ambassadors – the
aptly named long jump star Jasmin Sawyers and
former competitive swimmer Jazz Carlin – capitalised
on the Paris Summer Olympics to raise brand
awareness. These influencers had a combined
reach of 500,000, with sponsored posts reaching
1.9 million people.
JAZZ™ branded apples
were a hit at The Foodies
Festival in the United
Kingdom.
Delivering to
our strategy:
Apples continued
“JAZZ™ branded apples
hit record sales in May,
becoming the fourth
most popular apple in
the United Kingdom.”
Jasmin Sawyers also launched the United Kingdom’s
JAZZ™ apple brand season in November, visiting
British growers and raising consumer awareness
of new season fruit in-store. British growers are an
important part of the brand’s success, with growers
Chandler and Dunn collecting seven prizes at the
National Fruit Show for their JAZZ™ branded apples.
With our Worldwide Fruit team delivering a strong
sales plan at sustainable prices, our British growers
have the confidence to plant more fruit, enabling us
to build a strong growth plan.
* Kantar Worldpanel data
T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur yearHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction
23
Our performance
T&G Global Annual Report 202423
Our Apples growth strategy
Our Apples business is pivotal to achieving two pillars
of our strategy: grow great brands and win in key global
markets, and over the last six years we have invested
significantly to build an exceptional world-class Apples
business with a well-structured growth strategy.
It is an integrated end-to-end system – a different
model to many other participants in the apples
category. At its core are unique plant varieties, a closed
growing model, fit-for-future assets, great disciplines
and processes, strong capabilities, and a passionate
and committed team. This ensures consumers can
experience great tasting, premium branded apples,
every day of the year.
We have set our Apples business up for growth and
to generate long-term value for our shareholders and
growers. It is strong, resilient and flexible.
It has required patient investment. Building a world-
class business is not easy; it has required significant
upfront investment to ensure all components are
in place and operating with good maturity. With the
planting and each interconnected component of the
system now complete, the task ahead is to continue
building market demand over the coming years in line
with increasing apple volumes. We have set ourselves
a big target, but we are confident that we have the
focus, capabilities and resources in place to achieve
this through excellent execution. We understand the
A world-class system for growth
importance of this task. As we move into 2025 and
beyond, our focus is on delivery and performance.
While COVID-19 and Cyclone Gabrielle slowed progress
and impacted short-to-medium term financial reserves,
we are now largely through the recovery phase. In 2024,
we stabilised the business and in the year ahead, we
enter the growth phase.
At this point in our investment cycle, it is important that
we reflect on the world-class Apples system we have
built and its growth trajectory.
Apples continued
T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur yearHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction
24
Our performance
T&G Global Annual Report 202424
Superior apple varieties
It starts here; selecting unique and superior apple
varieties that consistently deliver for growers and
consumers. Strong orchard economics are critical,
as is understanding and addressing evolving
consumer preferences. Our premium global apple
brand portfolio of ENVY™, JAZZ™ and JOLI™ do this.
Identifying and meeting specific consumer needs
is a key driver of our varietal development, and the
diverse attributes of our premium apple brands
complement each other and cater to different
shopper needs. For growers, our premium varieties
have strong orcharding attributes. The fruit also
has the ability to be grown consistent with their
respective brands in a range of regions and climates.
Through our VentureFruit business, we operate a
closed licensed model. This ensures we maintain
control of the number of trees grown globally,
providing the optimal balance of fruit, of the same
quality, to meet consumer demand and deliver the
highest of returns.
Pathway to best orchards in the world
With apple trees having a commercial life span of
around 25 years and it taking five years to produce
commercial-size volumes, strategic long-term
planning is required. In 2018, we committed to
progressively redevelop our own orchards, all of
which are currently located in Hawke’s Bay, into
automation-ready, formal trellis horizontal growing
systems, planted with high-performing premium
varieties. It requires significant capital investment
to re-develop orchards. With 248 hectares of T&G
owned and leased orchards planted in ENVY™
branded apples, 63% of these are in formal trellis
growing systems, producing 90 to 120 tonnes of
fruit per hectare. This enables our adoption of
specialised equipment, such as semi-automated
picking platforms, autonomous sprayers and electric
mowers, and positions us to adopt future robotics.
At the same time, we have invested significantly in
our people, capabilities, systems and processes.
Continuous improvement methodology has
embedded a disciplined and consistent way of
working, supported by an empowered, driven and
highly capable orcharding team.
Partnering with the best growers
Alongside our own orcharding operations is an
extensive network of independent licensed growers,
producing our premium branded apples and
commercial varieties. Located in both hemispheres
and in over 11 countries, this network enables
consumers to buy our apples every day of the year.
It also diversifies our geographical spread, ensuring
the right varieties are grown in the right regions, with
proximity to markets, customers and consumers.
Currently, 31% of our apple supply is sourced from
Aotearoa New Zealand, 37% from the Americas,
23% from Europe and the United Kingdom, and
9% from other markets. With a stringent quality
growing system for our premium varieties, we
ensure consumers have a great consistent eating
experience every day.
Commercial varieties are an important part of our
Apples portfolio, with demand strong for the likes of
Royal Gala, Pacific Rose™ and Pacific Queen™. Our
sales team works with growers to target markets
that deliver the best returns for their crop, working
with agility to maximise pricing.
Apples continued
T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur yearHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction
25
Our performance
T&G Global Annual Report 202425
Leading-edge post-harvest
With consumer demand for ENVY™ branded apples
forecast to be over 15 million TCEs by 2030, an
$85 million highly-automated post-harvest facility
was commissioned in 2023 at our Whakatu site
in Hawke’s Bay. It has the scale and flexibility to
grow in line with increasing apple volumes, and lifts
productivity to 3,000 to 3,500 apples per minute
at the peak of the season. The quality of the fruit
is prioritised at every step, with high-tech sorting,
packing and grading equipment, utilising deep
learning technology to improve yield, optimise
packout and help ensure fruit meets global
market requirements.
Our Whakatu packhouse is supported by our
Nelson post-harvest facility, and a network of
certified independent facilities in all of our global
growing regions. They adhere to stringent global
quality packing and coolstore standards to maximise
the quality and storability of fruit.
Maximising value from the crop
To ensure we get the best possible outcome for the
crop, T&G operates a sales and operations planning
(S&OP) system. It matches supply and demand,
allocating apple sizes and grades to the optimal
market, at the right time, to deliver the best returns.
It is supported by a robust, flexible and scalable
logistics and ocean freight model. In 2023, we
engaged Kotahi, Aotearoa New Zealand’s largest
containerised and refrigerated exporter, to procure
all T&G ocean freight – enabling us to leverage and
benefit from their scale.
Building brands that deliver greater value
A sophisticated framework for growth ensures
we create demand for our premium apple brands
at the right time to match supply. It is focused on
increasing the number of households who purchase
our brands and growing the frequency of consumer
purchases, whilst delivering a price premium.
We do this by:
1. Developing markets
We are intentional in the markets and territories
we operate in, strategically analysing their growth
potential before entering and establishing a
presence. In doing this, we have moved from
working with distributors to establishing our own
in-market offices. Today, we have offices in Europe,
the United Kingdom, North America, Singapore,
China, Japan, Thailand and Viet Nam. We have
built highly-skilled sales, marketing, quality and
operations teams who help accelerate our growth by
responding quickly to insights and building trusted
and mutually-beneficial customer relationships to
drive consumer demand.
Apples continued
T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur yearHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction
26
Our performance
T&G Global Annual Report 202426
Apples continued
2. Increasing ranging
Ranging is the process a retailer uses to decide
which products appear on-shelf in their stores. We
evaluate each market to ensure we best understand
where fresh produce, including apples, are
purchased, by whom, and for what occasion or need.
This information enables us to actively increase
the ranging of our premium apple brands across
various channels and customers. This ensures we
have better quality distribution in each market, from
which programmes of growth can be built.
3. Every day great execution
With our brands in the right outlets across a market,
it is then vital we excel in in-store execution every
day. This requires 365-day availability and supply
of our premium apples, distinctive branding and
our apples being visible and prominent on-shelf.
The real benefit here is we build shopper trust and
confidence in our offering, and we can then engage
with consumers.
4. Connecting with more consumers
Once the prior three steps are in place, it enables
us to focus on connecting and engaging with our
targeted consumers and shoppers by providing
them with a great experience through branding,
sampling and merchandising. As we build global
brands, quality and consistency of the experience we
create is key to our ongoing growth.
The outcome is increased value
creation
This is the integrated world-class system
we have built in Apples, and with our
determination and culture, it will deliver
profitable and sustainable growth.
Our volumes will increase significantly by
2030, based largely on the maturity of the
plantings already in the ground globally.
This growth requires very limited capital
investment and it will drive an expected
significant increase in profitability and
revenue due to reducing marginal costs
of production.
In coming years, our Apples business
will deliver shareholders with steady and
sustainable long-term financial returns.
Superior product and distinctive branding
More shoppers and households
More purchases
Price premium
Enter and expand
in key markets
Increase ranging across
channels and customers
In-store execution
excellence every day
Connect and engage with
more consumers
Building brands that deliver greater value continued
T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur yearHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction
27
Our performance
T&G Global Annual Report 202427
T&G Fresh connects local
growers with customers and
consumers in Aotearoa New
Zealand, Australia, the Pacific
Islands and Asia. Collectively
it accounts for 33% of revenue.
Operating Aotearoa New Zealand’s biggest nationwide
market network, T&G Fresh connects growers to
buyers from supermarkets, fruit shops and foodservice
businesses – and ensures customers can access a full
basket of fresh produce. To supplement local supply,
T&G Fresh imports fresh produce from over 100
growers which is unable to be grown locally or to cover
seasonal gaps in local production. It also manages our
Australian and Pacific Islands operations.
In Aotearoa New Zealand, T&G Fresh is one of the
country’s most-established growers, producing
tomatoes, citrus, berries and stone fruit, and building
long-term relationships with over 600 local fresh
produce growers. Through Unearthed™, it grows,
packs and distributes high quality potatoes, onions
and carrots. T&G Fresh’s brands include Beekist™,
Classic™, Orchard Rd™ and Lotatoes™.
T&G Fresh
$3.6m
Operating profit
$455.3m
Revenue
2023: $484.3m
2023: $9.8m
T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur yearHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction
28
Our performance
T&G Global Annual Report 202428
Good progress but results below expectation
We achieved good progress this year, with operational
efficiencies, expansion of our Queensland blueberry
operations, strong Australian citrus exports and the
acquisition of the Hinton’s stone fruit business in
Central Otago.
However, financially, this year there were fewer
positives. It was a very difficult trading environment
and our results did not meet our expectations nor
reflect our team’s effort.
While growing conditions in Aotearoa New Zealand
supported production of high-quality crops, plentiful
supply was not matched by demand. Consumers felt the
pinch of a weaker economy with rising inflation, costs
and unemployment. In our main Auckland market, for
example, the volumes sold increased by some 11% but
average prices were down by the same percentage.
The business felt the same inflationary pressures with
little relief on energy and other costs, although fuel
prices stabilised slightly. With increasing costs, this year
we reviewed our commission and charging structures for
the first time in over 10 years to help protect our margins.
For growers, this meant a small change to how much
they pay for their product to be sold through our market
sites, and for customers, a standardised site handling
fee was introduced.
To protect margins, we also focused on operational
savings in addition to those achieved in the previous
year when we consolidated our Auckland market
operations into a single site. Savings this year included
right sizing our overheads, investing in cost-effective
new ways of working and improved cost recovery for
transport loads.
T&G Fresh continued
1. The Hinton’s business
acquisition brings
diversity to our growing
footprint, with cherries,
peaches, peacharines,
apricots, nectarines
and plums.
2. Favourable growing
conditions resulted in
our Auckland market
selling increased
volumes, however
average prices were
down.
1.
2.
Our tomato operations in Aotearoa New Zealand
were affected by whitefly and the pepino mosaic virus,
which reduced yields and product quality from some
glasshouses and increased costs. As with other fresh
produce, demand for tomatoes was affected by low
consumer confidence. While demand began firming
into the warmer months, it was insufficient to offset the
weaker half of the year.
With the tomato brown rugose fruit virus detected in
Australia, it was great to see industry-wide steps taken
to help keep Aotearoa New Zealand’s crop free of the
virus, with imposed import restrictions on tomatoes and
tomato seeds from Australia.
Our Australian operations, with their focus on citrus and
berries, had a stronger trading year, helped by positive
T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur yearHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction
29
Our performance
T&G Global Annual Report 202429
T&G Fresh continued
citrus exports. In their first year of operation under
T&G Fresh, they achieved significant improvements
in sales and returns. We are optimistic of future growth
in Australia.
Trading in Fiji and the Pacific Islands was positive as
economies improved on the back of recovering tourism
demand. Two additional distribution sites in Fiji are
supporting our growth in this market.
Growth potential in blueberries
Blueberries are an important growth category for
T&G Fresh.
The Queensland blueberry farm had its first full year
of commercial production in 2024. High temperatures
at the end of the 2023/24 summer affected the crop
with the farm unable to take full advantage of the
autumn sales period. Nonetheless, the fruit quality
overall was high and in one week in August we
packed and sold 11,500 kilograms of fruit under our
Orchard Rd™ brand.
We are confident that our pruning regime and the
management of fertiliser, irrigation, sun protection and
ventilation will put us in a strong position to hit targets
in 2025. The 17-hectare expansion in 2024 will see us
supply blueberries from over 36 hectares of tunnel
or net plantings, and once mature, it should produce
some 500 tonnes of berries.
Our Kerikeri blueberry farm produced its first
commercial crop of jumbo blueberries for the Aotearoa
New Zealand market under our Beekist™ brand. This
orchard is growing the same cultivar as our Queensland
3. It was a tough year for
tomatoes but we made
considerable progress
with integrated pest
management.
4. Our Kerikeri blueberry
farm produced its
first commercial crop
of premium jumbo
blueberries, marketed
under our Beekist™
brand.
3.
4.
operations. Licensed by VentureFruit, we are the
exclusive grower and marketer of these high-quality
blueberries, which attract a premium by being available
over the winter months.
T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur yearHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction
30
Our performance
T&G Global Annual Report 202430
Outlook
As part of our plan to lift performance, we have identified
areas to improve across T&G Fresh.
Towards the end of 2024, we saw some firming of
consumer confidence as inflation and interest rates
reduced. While we do expect households to remain
cautious with their budgets, food generally takes priority
over other purchases. We are also confident that a great
deal of the effort put in this year will set us up for better
returns in 2025 and beyond.
We have locked in efficiency across the supply chain,
maintained tight control of costs and ensured appropriate
cost allocations across our operations. Our market
operations have weathered high volumes, low pricing and
high fixed costs; however, the review of commissions and
cost structures means our focus on margin control and
internal cost recovery will give us inherent strength in the
new season.
Savings of time, fuel and emissions will be delivered from
our investment in our new transport management system,
which is crucial to the logistics of moving crops around the
country to our markets and customers. The system went
live in December, so its full potential has yet to be realised.
On the growing side, we have also taken steps to increase
our resilience and give us more control over the volatility
experienced in recent years.
In our Australian berry operations, for example, we have
taken all the steps needed to ensure our plants are hitting
their production peak at the right time of the year. This locks
in our ability to generate more value and better returns.
In citrus, we are in a strong position to target the most
profitable sales windows by managing the harvesting
and storage of fruit.
We have come through a tough year in tomatoes, but we
have also made considerable progress with integrated
pest management. Through the industry programme,
A Lighter Touch, we are steadily shifting away from
managing pests and disease with agrichemicals in
favour of alternatives. Trials using beneficial insects to
manage whitefly indicate we can reduce the impact and
the costs to the business of this pest.
Our 2019 partnership with Ecogas is reaping cost and
emission reduction benefits, with pipelines for heat
and biomethane from Aotearoa New Zealand’s first
large-scale food waste to biogas facility at Reporoa.
The final CO
2
pipeline is scheduled to come on-stream
in early 2025, which will further reduce heating costs.
The installation of thermal screens at our 10.8-hectare
Geraghty glasshouses in Tūākau has also reduced costs
and emissions.
The acquisition of the Hinton’s stone fruit business will
also make a valuable contribution to our performance
next year, as it supports our strategy of building our
supply and growing our strength in key categories.
The reset work undertaken over the last 24 months has
positioned T&G Fresh as a more resilient business, and
this focus will continue in 2025 with further development
in digitalisation and continued efficiencies across the full
value chain to support our strong growth pathway.
T&G Fresh continued
T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur yearHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction
31
Our performance
T&G Global Annual Report 202431
Diversifying into stone fruit
The Hinton family orchard business has been
part of the Central Otago landscape in Aotearoa
New Zealand since 1910, when the first block of
land was bought and planted in summerfruit.
Five generations have been part of its development,
with their apricot harvest featuring in the first
episode of Country Calendar in March 1966.
The 150-hectare orchard in Alexandra is now part
of T&G Fresh, following this year’s purchase of the
Hinton’s stone fruit business and the leasing of
their stone fruit orchards and packhouse. While the
family remains involved in the transition for the first
few years, the day-to-day operation of the orchard
and packhouse now sits with T&G Fresh.
The arrangement brings immediate diversity to our
domestic and export fresh fruit portfolio, with the
orchard growing cherries, peaches, peacharines,
apricots, nectarines and plums. Last season’s total
production was well over 1,000 tonnes, but with
maturing young plantings and T&G immediately
planting an additional 14 hectares of peaches and
nectarines in winter 2024, that is set to increase
significantly over the next few years.
CASE STUDY
The Hinton orchard business is a long-established
exporter of cherries, supplying cherries to markets
in Taiwan, Viet Nam, Thailand and the Philippines.
The diversity the orchard brings is not solely
related to the crop. Having production in a range
of locations also enables us to mitigate weather-
related supply risks.
The Hinton’s business acquisition and lease
supports our strategy of building our supply and
growing strength in key categories. Together with
our existing supply partnerships in summerfruit, it
provides us with a very strong summerfruit portfolio,
allowing us to support our supply partners and meet
our customers’ summerfruit requirements.
“The Hinton’s business
acquisition and lease
supports our strategy
of building our supply
and growing strength
in key categories.”
The Hinton’s business supplies
cherries to markets in Taiwan,
Viet Nam, Thailand and the
Philippines.
Delivering to
our strategy:
T&G Fresh continued
T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur yearHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction
32
Our performance
T&G Global Annual Report 202432
In Aotearoa New Zealand, T&G Fresh is one of the
country’s most-established growers, producing
tomatoes, citrus, berries and stone fruit, and building
long-term relationships with over 600 local fresh
VentureFruit is T&G’s global
plant variety management
and commercialisation
business, bringing new,
high-value apple, pear and
berry varieties to consumers.
VentureFruit operates an agile commercialisation
model, spanning global exclusive vertical
brand licenses right through to industry tree
release models.
Established as a standalone operation in 2021,
VentureFruit is an agent for breeders and research
organisations, supporting them to bring their
innovative plant genetics to the world.
VentureFruit licenses plant varieties to growers
and sales and marketing organisations worldwide.
In parallel, it identifies new unique plant varieties
that align with T&G’s growth strategy and manages
the intellectual property within T&G.
VentureFruit
($4.3m)
Operating (loss)
$13.0m
Revenue
2023: $9.0m
2023: ($14.7m)
T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur yearHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction
33
Our performance
T&G Global Annual Report 202433
As a start-up, with three full years of operations under
its belt, VentureFruit is in the early stages of its growth.
While it launched in a difficult COVID-19 and economic
environment, VentureFruit has excelled due to its strong
networks, operational excellence and heritage. This
is reflective in it commercialising five apple varieties
over the last 18 months – putting it among the top
commercialisation entities for apples globally.
Solid progress in a challenging year
Solid progress has been made in research and
development and licensing, particularly with the
introduction of TUTTI™ branded apples, expanded
ENVY™ branded apple plantings, and commitments
for new plantings of our JOLI™ branded apple. We also
continued to identify strategic opportunities for future
development programmes and emerging market
opportunities with selected research partners.
However, as the financial results indicate, this progress
has been made in a challenging economic environment.
A combination of continued cyclone recovery in
Aotearoa New Zealand and a tough global financial
environment has temporarily constrained growers’
ability to invest in orchard development and the
licensing of varieties.
In the United States, declining apple returns across
most categories – except for our ENVY™ apple brand –
have limited growers’ ability to enter into new licence
agreements. Reduced crop volumes also influenced
revenue from licensed brands.
Towards the end of the year, we saw business
confidence starting to lift in key markets. VentureFruit’s
customers began re-visiting their innovation pipelines
and increasingly seeking premium varieties, with
VentureFruit continued
1. VentureFruit has
licensed the growing of
JOLI™ branded apples
to FarmRight, the rural
investment manager
for the New Zealand
Superannuation Fund.
2. Berries are a high-
growth category
with strong demand
expected in key global
markets.
3. Strong progress has
been made towards
the licensing of 1,200
global hectares of
TUTTI™ branded
apples by 2025. Photo
credit: IRTA.
1.
2.
3.
T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur yearHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction
34
Our performance
T&G Global Annual Report 202434
heightened interest in sustained business through
investment in climate-tolerant and disease-resistant
plants. VentureFruit is very well positioned to
capitalise on this.
Turning opportunities into results
Despite a difficult environment, VentureFruit was able
to turn opportunities into results.
This included the October release of STELLAR™ apple
trees, the world’s first early season apple specifically
bred for hot and warming climates. The apple from the
Hot Climate Partnership is similar in size to Gala but
matures one to two weeks earlier, has increased yield,
and superior consumer attributes.
Rising temperatures in some growing regions is forcing
apples to mature too quickly, impacting colour, texture
and yields. STELLAR™ apple trees give growers an
option that naturally matures earlier in the season,
maintaining the apple’s quality and taste. It also
performs well in temperate climates.
Its launch follows that of TUTTI™ branded apples, the
Hot Climate Partnership’s first climate-resilient cultivar.
Since coming to market in 2023, there are currently
44 test growing sites across 14 countries. In addition,
there are 120 hectares of commercial plantings in
Europe – primarily in Spain – against a contracted
planned 300 hectares. In December, a license was
granted for 300 hectares in Latin America. This was
a further step towards achieving the business plan
target of 1,200 global hectares by 2025.
VentureFruit continued
In Aotearoa New Zealand, VentureFruit has
commercialised its first apple from a local breeding
programme it co-partners with. Under its varietal
name of ‘MAC12’, the commercialisation of this apple
from Plant IP Partners in Hawke’s Bay, will support the
Mt Erin Group re-establish their operations following
Cyclone Gabrielle. ‘MAC12’ was commercialised
through an asset sale model.
ENVY™ – grow and defend
To help meet increasing demand in the United States
for ENVY™ branded apples, this year VentureFruit
licensed a further 170 acres to growers in upstate
New York. This builds off the success of the initial
10-acre test plantings in the year prior.
Following the initial success in China of locally-planted
commercial ENVY™ volumes, VentureFruit is supplying
further trees under licence to Joy Wing Mau to expand
their plantings. Joy Wing Mau has also expressed
an interest in growing TUTTI™ branded apples and
negotiations are underway.
As reported last year, China is a significant strategic
market and growing a managed commercial volume
of premium ENVY™ branded apples in-market is
an important part of our domestic growth strategy.
As we grow the brand’s footprint, it is critical that we
vigorously protect and defend our intellectual property
for the benefit of breeders, growers, retailers and T&G.
VentureFruit has lodged a number of legal proceedings
relating to unauthorised plantings and propagation,
trademark infringements, and illegal domestic and
export sales.
JOLI™ good progress
Following its commercialisation last year, JOLI™
branded apples have attracted strong interest in the
United States. The strength of our premium ENVY™
branded apple in the United States has supported this,
with the brand maintaining good grower returns in a
market where prices for most varieties declined as
much as 22%
1
.
Being a complementary premium variety in terms of
consumer appeal and availability, JOLI™ branded apples
are attracting firm interest from growers who want to
protect the sustainability of future orchard returns.
They want to replace underperforming varieties with
higher-performing premium apple brands such as
ENVY™ and JOLI™, with the latter available for initial
plantings in 2026. We expect JOLI™ plantings in the
United States to grow to some 242 hectares by 2030.
We are also establishing three commercial pilot
orchards of JOLI™ branded apples in Europe in 2025,
across the most significant apple growing regions,
and establishing test blocks in North America.
In Aotearoa New Zealand, in December, VentureFruit
licensed the growing of 125 hectares of JOLI™ branded
apples to FarmRight, the New Zealand Superannuation
Fund’s rural investment manger. FarmRight will plant
the volumes on their Canterbury orchard in 2025 and
2026. This will be the first plantings on a commercial
scale of JOLI™ branded apples in the region.
1. Source: Washington State Tree Fruit Association (WSTFA),
2024 vs. 2023 comparative data.
T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur yearHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction
35
Our performance
T&G Global Annual Report 202435
Berries
Within the last year, the global blueberry market has
seen significant pressure on supply and value due to
a surge in early season, low chill, southern high bush
genetics out of South America. This has seen a refocus
from growers and marketers to identify new berry
categories to diversify their offerings in late-season,
moderate to high chill varieties, which VentureFruit
excels in.
VentureFruit sees berries as an attractive, high-growth
category, with positive demand forecast in our key
global markets.
With a base of premium world-class genetics,
VentureFruit continues to build its portfolio. In the
United States, we have signed agreements with two
major producers that will underpin commercialisation
pathways for our blueberry varieties, with a further
partnership to be signed in 2025. In Europe, our
testing programme spans five countries and is running
smoothly, with more imports of plant material through
2025/26.
Test plantings have increased in Poland where there
is high demand for better moderate to high chill
genetics in blueberry cultivars.
In Asia, imports are underway with Korean and
Chinese partners.
With our berries’ category development now at the
end of its second year, we believe a refresh of our
global strategy is timely to capitalise on our strengths
and consider potential future investments and research
partnerships. This work will be completed in the first
half of 2025.
In the three years since
VentureFruit was launched:
7+7
Seven apple and seven berry
varieties have been commercialised
VentureFruit continued
3
Three dragon fruit canker-
resistant varieties developed
10
Established 10 partnerships with
breeders in nine countries
T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur yearHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction
36
Our performance
T&G Global Annual Report 202436
Outlook
In addition to refreshing its berries’ strategy, in
2025, VentureFruit will develop new market growth
opportunities, such as in India and China, and continue
to protect and defend our intellectual property.
We have plans to commercialise further apple varieties,
strengthen our North American breeding partnership
investment, and continue to seek acquisitions of
unique and superior genetics. Alongside heat-resistant
varieties, VentureFruit will double down on disease-
resistant varieties and evolving consumer attributes,
such as red-fleshed apples. VentureFruit will continue
to support T&G in the licensing of JOLI™ branded apples
in Aotearoa New Zealand, as well as establish pilot
orchards in Europe. We will also continue to build and
adopt improved processes that support repeatability
and sustainability within VentureFruit.
The advent of advanced breeding technologies,
such as gene editing, will provide a unique
opportunity for VentureFruit to retain and build its
market-leading edge and supercharge its business
offering into the future. By harnessing these new
technologies, varieties can be produced with
superior traits, such as better nutritional content,
enhanced disease resistance and improved yield, in
a faster and more efficient way. Advanced breeding
technologies can target precise changes without
introducing new genetic material – essentially
making the same types of changes to plants that
occur naturally. Our ambition is to keep ahead
of these new techniques and VentureFruit is
conducting due diligence globally to understand
what future role we will play.
VentureFruit continued
T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur yearHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction
37
Our performance
T&G Global Annual Report 202437
Pioneering climate-resilient
cultivars for a changing world
STELLAR™ apple trees are the second apple to be
commercialised from the Hot Climate Partnership,
and VentureFruit is commercialising the fruit at a
time of increasing need.
As temperatures increase around the world, apples
can mature too quickly, with the heat impacting the
colour, texture and yield. Innovations such as the
development of STELLAR™ apple trees are essential
to provide growers with options, specifically bred for
hot and warming climates.
STELLAR™ apple trees are a disruptor in the
early season apple category. The bright red fruit
is similarly sized to Gala apples, with the added
benefit of maturing one to two weeks earlier. The
apple trees also represent the flexible approach we
are taking to commercialise VentureFruit varieties.
Rather than only pay licenses for a branded product,
growers are being offered an open tree release
model. This enables all global growers to purchase
trees and brand the resulting fruit under their own
marketing name.
STELLAR™ apple trees address different grower
needs than TUTTI™, the first branded apple to be
commercialised from the Hot Climate Partnership,
such as its growing window, pricing and seasonal
availability. We are encouraging orchardists to
CASE STUDY
see it as a climate-resilient alternative to Gala. It is a
similar size but has the advantage of maturing earlier.
With the Gala being the number one planted apple, we
are targeting two million STELLAR™ apple trees sold
globally. Since launching in October, we have pre-sold
400,000 trees, which makes us confident that this goal
is feasible.
Both of our commercialised climate-tolerant varieties
are the result of more than two decades of natural
breeding and scientific development. Behind them is
an extensive pipeline of apple and pear varieties in their
final years of evaluation and testing, with two candidates
hopefully progressing to commercialisation in 2025.
The Hot Climate Partnership is a collaboration
between the Catalan Institute of Agrifood Research
and Technology (IRTA), New Zealand’s Plant & Food
Research, the Catalonian fruit producer association,
Fruit Futur, and VentureFruit, who are responsible for
the commercialisation and licensing of new varieties
from the Partnership.
Fruit from a STELLAR™
apple tree.
Photo credit: IRTA
Delivering to
our strategy:
VentureFruit continued
“Since launching in
October, we have
pre-sold 400,000
trees, which makes us
confident that this goal
is feasible.”
T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur yearHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction
38
Our performance
T&G Global Annual Report 202438
Other business contains
our property and overhead
expenses not allocated to the
Company’s business divisions.
internationally traded produce, such as grapes,
have become less significant by value relative
to Apples. Following the sale of our Peruvian
grape farm in early 2023 and the wind down of
T&G CarSol Fruit Export in the same year, our
International Trading business had become a lot
smaller. Accordingly, this year we re-allocated the
International Trading business into other business
divisions. The performance of our South American
trading business and our Asian kiwifruit trading
business is captured in Other business.
This includes our Cyclone Gabrielle insurance
claim, the provision of Group shared services,
and two areas previously part of our International
Trading business – our South American trading
business and our Asian kiwifruit trading business.
Throughout 2024, there was a continued focus
on cost reduction, removing duplication and
improving efficiencies across all Group shared
services. We also made good progress with our
insurance claim, and it is now close to finalisation.
With the Company’s strategic emphasis on
Apples and its planned growth trajectory, other
Other
business
($30.3m)
Operating (loss)
$33.5m
Revenue
2023: $21.1m
2023: ($51.0m)
T&G Global Annual Report 202439
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroductionHigh-performance
T&G Global Annual Report 202439
Our people and their talent
are essential to delivering our
strategy. To enable them to
perform at their best, we have
made the disciplines of high-
performance the foundation
of our culture. This balances
performance accountability
with ensuring our people are
invested in, cared for, and have
a strong sense of purpose.
05. High-performance
Our people, our future
T&G Global Annual Report 202440
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroductionHigh-performance
T&G Global Annual Report 202440
Employee survey
Our employee survey helps us regularly track our
performance against cultural expectations. The survey
covers business processes, leadership, organisational
culture, learning, performance development, strategy,
people experience and psychological wellbeing. Our
survey scores are a valuable indicator of engagement
and results show we are performing well, particularly
compared against survey benchmarks.
Our overall result for 2024, across all questions,
was 72% compared to 71% in 2023 and a benchmark
average of 68%. The survey has a subset of 25
questions, which contribute to a people score (similar
to an engagement score). Our 2024 people score was
73% compared with a 2023 result of 72%. The 2024
benchmark average is 69%.
This year, our participation rate was 73.2% compared
to 77.4% in 2023 and we had 921 respondents (998
in 2023). The benchmark average participation rate
is 69%.
These are good results in a year where we have had
structural changes, grouped our Apples operations into
one end-to-end business unit, and our teams have faced
challenging market conditions.
Developing our people
Building and enhancing our team’s skills and
capabilities helps them be their best, fosters a more
engaged and motivated workplace, and enables our
collective performance.
High-performance continued
A key development focus for 2024 has been identifying
on-the-job development opportunities for our people.
70% of learning/development at T&G is typically the
result of real-work experiences, facilitated through
activities such as projects, stretch assignments and
job enrichment.
This year, we rolled out annual development
planning for employees. It encourages people to
identify their career goals, strengths and development
focus areas, and the actions they will take to achieve
these. Development plans are discussed and refined
with managers and implemented over the following
12 months.
In 2024, we launched LEARN – a new learning
management system – to better meet the evolving
learning needs of our people and enable them to
acquire new skills through a wide range of online
resources and training programmes.
For our senior leaders, we also developed our own
T&G leadership competencies. Leaders self-assess
themselves against eight competencies, and the
behavioural characteristics that demonstrate each
competency. Self-assessments are discussed with
managers and inform the individual’s development plan.
Specialist sales training
Our specialist sales capability training programme,
developed and delivered internally for our Apples
business this year, is an excellent example of T&G
ensuring we have the right people, with the best skills,
in the right place.
This programme supports our in-market strategy to
establish new levels of strategic partnerships with
key customers across our global markets and drive
consumer demand for our brands, especially in Asia.
The end-goal is to drive higher volumes and returns by
utilising market segmentation, compelling activations
and robust pricing, encouraging consumers to buy more
of our premium branded apples, more often. Increasing
per capita consumption provides a stable and more
sustainable revenue stream than seasonal promotions
and enhances our opportunities to capture more value
for every branded apple harvested.
The programme has already delivered an appreciable
lift in the way our sales teams engage with our key
customers and they’ve been able to identify and seize
opportunities to secure category partnerships crucial
to our growth goals.
Lifting engagement and collaboration
This year, T&G Fresh focused on enhancing customer
engagement by introducing a targeted, data-driven
approach for their sales specialists. A two-day workshop
for the domestic sales team highlighted the importance
of alignment across sales, procurement and logistics
on the business’ operating results, and the subsequent
need for transparency and shared responsibility.
Additionally, T&G Fresh further integrated its market
sites to move from independent businesses to a
national network of branches, providing a channel that
supports national key account strategies and direct
channel sales. Continuous improvement remains a
cornerstone of our culture, driving performance and
innovation across T&G Fresh.
T&G Global Annual Report 202441
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroductionHigh-performance
T&G Global Annual Report 202441
Fostering our talent
In February, 13 employees graduated from our 2023/24
Ka Awatea programme in Hawke’s Bay – the third
cohort to complete this programme.
Ka Awatea is a key part of our Manaakitanga inclusion
and diversity (I&D) strategy. It is for our Māori and
Pasifika leaders and future leaders, providing the
opportunity to build leadership skills and connect
with their cultural heritage, to find their unique
leadership style.
Our CORE Talent programme, which in 2024 replaced
our SEED programme, is funded by the Ministry of
Social Development (MSD). MSD refers participants
who need additional support to transition into
employment and T&G provides these participants with
the opportunity to gain valuable horticultural work
experience and earn external qualifications by working
on our orchards. We offer comprehensive pastoral care
to participants and support them to achieve sustainable,
permanent employment.
In 2024, we introduced the Pathways pilot programme,
funded by MSD through New Zealand Apples & Pears
Inc., to support employees transitioning from seasonal
or casual employment into permanent roles. The
programme provided one-on-one pastoral care to help
participants successfully navigate this transition. We
had five participants this year, a mix of orchard-based
and packhouse team members, who benefited from the
wrap-around support in this programme.
High-performance continued
The team has an excellent role model in Grace
Fulford, Quality and Compliance Manager in our
Apples business, who was awarded the Hawke’s
Bay Young Fruit Grower of the Year title, followed
by the New Zealand Young Fruit Grower of the Year
and the New Zealand Young Grower of the Year at
the 2024 national competition. We are very proud of
Grace’s achievements.
Two of our 2023/24
Ka Awatea graduates,
Rose Obrien (L) and
Layton Beckham (R).
T&G Global Annual Report 202442
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroductionKaitiakitanga
T&G Global Annual Report 202442
Kaitiakitanga describes the
Māori world view which
recognises that people, land
and nature are interlinked and
that those who live on and use
the land have an obligation to
be its guardians, preserving its
benefits for future generations.
06. Kaitiakitanga
The framework for sustainable value
T&G Global Annual Report 202443
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroductionKaitiakitanga
T&G Global Annual Report 202443
Our Kaitiakitanga sustainability framework (see
Figure 2) has three pillars: our people, our planet and
our produce, each essential to our purpose of growing
healthier futures.
For our people, we aim to create a safe, healthy and
inclusive environment. Our planet pillar recognises our
dependence on the natural environment and our role
as kaitiaki, or guardians of it. Our produce pillar focuses
on our sustainable produce value chain, which provides
nutrition to our consumers while enhancing livelihoods.
Kaitiakitanga continued
T&G supports the United Nations Sustainability
Development Goals (SDGs), which are 17 global
goals covering environmental, social and economic
development issues. The SDGs are the blueprint to
achieving a better and more sustainable future for
all. T&G’s Kaitiakitanga sustainability framework will
contribute to seven of the goals.
FOCUS AREAGOALS
Our people
Protect and grow■ Our leaders visibly show their commitment to health and safety through
their actions and are continually looking for opportunities to improve
■ Workers and their representatives are involved in decisions impacting on
their health and safety
■ We have effective processes to protect our workers from short-term and
long-term harm
Inclusion and diversity■ Accept, respect and celebrate our similarities and differences
Our planet
Climate action■ Thrive in a changing climate while reducing emissions across our value
chain
Low impact operations■ Protect and enhance our natural resources
■ Reduce waste
Our produce
Responsible partnerships■ Ethical and mutually beneficial partnerships through our global value chain
Healthy communities■ Help reduce food insecurity
T&G's Kaitiakitanga sustainability framework
Figure 2: T&G’s Kaitiakitanga sustainability framework
T&G Global Annual Report 202444
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroductionKaitiakitanga
T&G Global Annual Report 202444
Governance and management
T&G’s Board has overarching responsibility for
sustainability. It is assisted by three Board Committees,
the Sustainability Committee (SC), the Human
Resources Committee (HRC) and the Finance,
Risk and Investment Committee (FRIC), who make
recommendations to the Board.
The SC oversees our Kaitiakitanga sustainability
framework, including the strategy, targets and
initiatives, as well as monitoring performance.
The HRC oversees and monitors the people and
culture framework, including health, safety and
wellbeing, and inclusion and diversity.
The FRIC oversees sustainability-related risks
and opportunities, and approves annual corporate
disclosures, including the Annual Report and
Climate-related Disclosure. In 2025, responsibility
for overseeing sustainability-related risks and
opportunities will shift to the SC.
The Executive team is responsible for developing
and implementing our Kaitiakitanga sustainability
framework. The Head of Corporate Affairs leads the
sustainability team, who partner with the business to
support them in developing, owning and implementing
the strategy and activities.
In 2024, an Our Planet Steering Committee was
established to support the Executive team in governing
the development and implementation of this pillar.
It comprises the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial
Officer, Chief Operating Officer Apples, Managing
Director T&G Fresh, Head of Corporate Affairs and
General Manager VentureFruit, and meets at least
four times a year.
The Committee is responsible for overseeing the
development and implementation of the Company’s
climate action and low-impact operations strategies,
targets and initiatives, and monitoring performance.
In addition, it discusses risk appetite on related areas,
identifies areas of alignment and opportunity across
the business, and makes recommendations to the SC.
T&G’s 2024 Climate-related Disclosure, available at
https://tandg.global/investors/reporting/, has further
information on the role of these Committees from a
climate perspective.
Kaitiakitanga continued
T&G Global Annual Report 202445
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroductionKaitiakitanga
T&G Global Annual Report 202445
Our people
Protect and grow
Better systems, better protection
We are committed to doing all we can to ensure our
people go home safe, every day. For us, the ideal safety
culture is one where everyone knows how to look after
themselves in their job, looks out for those around
them, and feels confident raising concerns and being
heard. Achieving this goal requires a different way
of working, and we are well advanced in embedding
this approach.
2024 is the final year that we will use the Total
Recordable Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR) metric as
an indicator of our safety performance. The TRIFR for
2024 was 7.4 (against a target of 7.2), a 7.5% reduction
on the previous year of 8. This means that we had
7.4 recordable employee injuries for every 200,000
hours worked.
The decision to drop this approach was informed by
work done by The Institute of Directors, WorkSafe and
the Business Leaders Health and Safety Forum.
The Institute of Directors’ health and safety good
governance guide, endorsed by WorkSafe, noted that
TRIFR is no longer considered relevant because it
is not a reliable indicator of safety performance and
has many limitations, including being misleading.
Low TRIFR can lead to a false sense of security,
and research has shown no discernible association
between TRIFR and fatalities.
We have other existing indicators of our safety
performance that we will continue, including our
employee survey health and safety score and recording
the number of annual CARE conversations, but we will
predominantly replace TRIFR by expanding our critical
risk management approach. In that sense, we are
shifting away from an absence of injuries and moving
towards a presence of safeguards to measure success.
Managing critical risk
We began shifting to a critical risk management
approach in 2023, defining our critical risk areas and
developing the standards for managing and reviewing
these risks.
This approach aligns with best practice, focusing on
work-specific health and safety processes that account
for the complexity and variability of workplaces.
In 2024, we developed a comprehensive framework
for critical risk assurance. The framework includes
three levels: site-based critical risk control reviews,
internal assurance by the health and safety team, and
governance-level deep dives. Throughout the year, we
refined our approach and completed the first deep dive
in December. As we move into 2025, these assurance
activities will continue to expand and become more
deeply integrated into our business operations.
This approach enables our Executive and leadership
teams, and Board, to identify and focus on areas
that genuinely contribute to safer outcomes, such
as providing enough resources, designing work
well, training people, and testing key health and
safety controls.
Our critical risk areas include motor vehicles, mobile
plants, working at heights, working in confined spaces,
fixed machinery – such as machines found in packing
sheds, hazardous substances, excavation, hot work
and falling objects.
Kaitiakitanga continued
T&G Global Annual Report 202446
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroductionKaitiakitanga
T&G Global Annual Report 202446
2.
Recordable injuries
In 2024, we completed the rollout of our incident
reporting system, Haumaru, across our global
operations. This is a significant milestone, providing
T&G with comprehensive health and safety data across
all sites for the first time. Across our entire business,
Total Recordable Injuries (TRI) were 143 in 2024.
This compares to a TRI of 139 in 2023 for our Aotearoa
New Zealand operations only.
Enhanced Hawke’s Bay RSE healthcare
We are proud of a nine-week satellite health clinic pilot
that ran out of our Whakatu packhouse in Hawke’s Bay
this year, to provide easier access of care for some
4,000 Recognised Seasonal Employer (RSE) workers
employed in the region – including 800 of our T&G
RSE team.
We partnered with Hastings Health Centre and Orbit
Health, setting the clinic up in our wellness room.
Hasting Health Centre provided staffing with advanced
care paramedics and registered nurses. The clinic was
open to all RSE workers across Hawke’s Bay, with over
660 people seen during the pilot.
For our RSE team, having the clinic on-site and staffed
by familiar medical practitioners who understood the
demands of harvesting apples encouraged them to
be more proactive about their health. They were seen
quickly, pre-packaged medicine provided as required,
and services such as x-rays and blood tests seamlessly
arranged. People could then return to work, go home to
recover, or be referred to a medical centre or hospital
if needed.
Kaitiakitanga continued
1. The satellite health
clinic pilot at our
Whakatu packhouse
helped provide easier
access of care to over
660 RSE workers.
2. At our Global Hub
and across T&G, we
celebrated Pink Shirt
Day and taking a stand
against bullying.
3. Automated picking
platforms in our apple
orchards help provide
a safe and productive
workplace.
1.
3.
T&G Global Annual Report 202447
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroductionKaitiakitanga
T&G Global Annual Report 202447
RSE teams pōwhiri welcome
We strive to be an inclusive and diverse organisation
where everyone feels a genuine sense of belonging and
inclusion. Our pōwhiri for our Hawke’s Bay RSE team is
one way of bringing this to life.
At the start of the season, we show our respect and
appreciation through a pōwhiri at a local marae,
welcoming a large number of our RSE team members
to Aotearoa New Zealand and connecting them with
local iwi.
The event is valued by both RSE teams and iwi alike,
fostering connections as many of our RSE team
members return over subsequent seasons. This year’s
pōwhiri, held in March at Matahiwi Marae and hosted by
Ngāti Kahungunu, saw over 300 team members from
Papua New Guinea, Samoa, Vanuatu and the Solomon
Islands warmly welcomed.
First Foundation scholars
Leadership and talent acquisition are two pillars of our
Manaakitanga strategy. Our support for First Foundation
students relates directly to these pillars. For 25 years,
the Foundation has enabled talented, but financially
disadvantaged, secondary students to achieve their
potential through tertiary education.
This year we awarded our fourth scholarship; assisting
a student through their final year at secondary school
and guiding them through the transition to university.
Students receive mentoring throughout their education
and opportunities to network. They are also offered
work experience through their scholarship providers
like T&G, in addition to us paying their tuition fees during
their studies.
Kaitiakitanga continued
For the Hawke’s Bay community, the clinic helped
ease the pressure on the region’s medical and urgent
care facilities.
The pilot proved so successful that it will be repeated
in the 2024/25 season.
In a related health initiative, we ran a smokefree
education programme with our Hawke’s Bay RSE team,
with 32 of our 71 team members in the country at the
time, signing up to become smokefree. This programme
was provided in partnership with Health New Zealand,
Hawke’s Bay (Te Whatu Ora Te Matau a Māui, Hawke’s
Bay) and Te Taiwhenua o Heretaunga.
Inclusion and diversity
Manaakitanga progress
As part of our Manaakitanga I&D strategy, 2024 was
the first complete calendar year that our Aotearoa
New Zealand I&D committee was operational, with
representatives from various sites reflecting the diverse
makeup of our workforce. The committee is responsible
for spearheading annual I&D events within the business.
This year, we celebrated several key initiatives, including
Pink Shirt Day, Sweat with Pride, Mental Health
Awareness Week and Te Wiki o te Reo Māori, with an
eLearning module rolled out to all employees to support
them with their te Reo knowledge and proficiency.
We also piloted a free period product trial at four of our
operational sites in Aotearoa New Zealand. The trial is
ongoing, but initial feedback and uptake are promising,
and we hope to extend this offering to all domestic
T&G sites next year.
We welcomed RSE team members from
Papua New Guinea, Samoa, Vanuatu and
the Solomon Islands with a pōwhiri at
Matahiwi Marae.
T&G Global Annual Report 202448
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroductionKaitiakitanga
T&G Global Annual Report 202448
Our planet
Climate action
As a business reliant on the natural environment,
we know that climate change presents significant
challenges and opportunities. We have been
committed to climate action for many years,
reflecting this dedication through our mitigation
and adaptation efforts.
Reducing emissions
This year, we made steady progress in decarbonising
our operations, guided by our near-term Science-based
Targets (SBTs) for scopes 1, 2 and 3. These targets were
independently validated by the Science-based Targets
initiative (SBTi) in 2024.
Our scope 1 (not related to Forest, Land and
Agriculture – FLAG) and scope 2 (market-based)
emissions decreased 2% from 27,905.25 tCO
2
e
in 2023 to 27,221.83 tCO
2
e in 2024, and likewise
decreased 16% from our 2021 base year of 32,520.74
tCO
2
e. Achievements included replacing natural gas
with renewable heat and biomethane at our Reporoa
tomato glasshouses and completing the installation of
thermal screens at our Geraghty glasshouses in Tūākau,
reducing natural gas emissions across these two sites
by 12% from 2023. The continued addition of more
fuel-efficient trucks in our fleet, coupled with logistics
efficiencies through our new transport management
system which came online near the end of 2024 also
helped reduce transport emissions by 3% from 2023.
We require a further ~5,267 tCO
2
e of abatement initiatives
to deliver our 2030 scope 1 (non-FLAG) and 2 emissions
reduction target. Work is progressing on identifying
commercially available technology solutions. Further data
and details of our emissions reduction projects can be
found in our 2024 Climate-related Disclosure, available at
https://tandg.global/investors/reporting.
Work to capture and measure scope 3 emissions
across our complex value chain continues and this will
be assured and reported for the first time in our 2025
Climate-related Disclosure.
This year, T&G’s United Kingdom subsidiary, Worldwide
Fruit, developed an emissions reduction roadmap with
Kaitiakitanga continued
20 of its suppliers. It also published its aggregated
avocado, apple, pear and stone fruit product carbon
footprint reports. This growing primary data set
supports our scope 3 emissions reductions.
Adapting to climate change
Within our business strategy, we have identified five
priorities that guide our transition planning towards
a low-emissions, climate-resilient future. They
are: diversification, improving climate resilience,
decarbonisation, capability building and capital
allocation. These priorities are discussed fully in our
2024 Climate-related Disclosure, available at https://
tandg.global/investors/reporting.
Adapting to climate change has led to significant
progress in expanding our portfolio of licensed plant
varieties, including those with climate-resilient
qualities. As the global commercialisation partner
of the Hot Climate Partnership, VentureFruit has
launched the world’s first two apple varieties which
have been specifically bred for hot and warming
climates: TUTTI™ branded apples in February 2023,
and STELLAR™ apple trees in October 2024.
Additionally, we continue to diversify the growing
locations of our premium apples portfolio. This
year’s agreement with FarmRight, the New Zealand
Superannuation Fund’s rural investment manager, to
license them to grow 125 hectares of JOLI™ branded
apples on their Canterbury orchard, will be the first
commercial plantings of JOLI™ – and a T&G variety – in
Canterbury. With the apple thriving in different growing
and climatic environments, Canterbury’s temperature,
reliable water supply, soil types and land, makes it a
great new region in Aotearoa New Zealand for JOLI
TM
branded apples.
T&G Global Annual Report 202449
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroductionKaitiakitanga
T&G Global Annual Report 202449
Low impact operations
The responsible use of resources underpins our low
impact operations focus area. This year, we made
progress by developing a new framework to guide
activities over the next few years. Our immediate
priorities for 2025 are water, packaging, and edible
food waste diversion.
Water stewardship
This year, Worldwide Fruit engaged with its growers
in high-risk countries such as Peru, Chile and Argentina
about their water stewardship framework. This
framework considers the environmental and social
impacts of water use in crop production, especially
given growing water scarcity concerns. Worldwide Fruit
is also developing a risk management framework to
provide the supply chain across their high-risk sourcing
regions with enhanced due diligence where required.
Fruit labels
Price look-up (PLU) labels play an important role
in the fresh produce sector, helping identify the
origins of fruit, the brand or variety, and supporting
the checkout operator with the price. With certified
home compostable PLU labels being developed and
becoming available, we will explore the best solution
for T&G as we work towards meeting our customer
and market requirements. This includes the New
Zealand Government’s requirement for all produce
sold in Aotearoa New Zealand to have a certified home
compostable label by 1 July 2028.
Crop protection solutions
In our growing operations, we continue to focus on
sustainable pest and disease control, transitioning
from chemical-based solutions to effective biological
controls. T&G Fresh is part of A Lighter Touch, an
industry and New Zealand Government seven-year
programme, which aims to meet consumer demands
for safe, sustainably produced food, while also being
gentle on the environment. As part of this, this year
our Ōhaupō tomato glasshouses achieved their first
full crop cycle without the need of insecticides against
whitefly, reducing total insecticide use significantly.
We successfully bred and deployed two beneficial
insects
Engytatus and Encarsia, in addition to other
controls including sticky traps. This success makes
us confident in expanding this integrated pest
management approach across all of our covered
crop operations from 2025 onwards.
Regenerative horticulture
In 2024, together with Zespri, we decided to not
proceed further with the Sustainable Food and Fibre
(SFF) Futures Partnership Grant, which explored
regenerative horticulture practices within the kiwifruit,
apple and berry industries. For T&G, our decision was
influenced by the impact of Cyclone Gabrielle. Instead,
we will further explore the insights and learnings
captured to-date in the SFF Futures project as part
of our broader orcharding strategy.
Kaitiakitanga continued
Our Ōhaupō tomato glasshouses
completed a full crop cycle without
using insecticides for whitefly control.
T&G Global Annual Report 202450
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroductionKaitiakitanga
T&G Global Annual Report 202450
Our produce
Responsible partnerships
Working with growers
Our growers are fundamental to our purpose of growing
healthier futures. Many of our relationships span
decades and we work together to create value for the
produce they grow.
Just as T&G is experiencing the impacts of a changing
climate, it’s likely many of our growers are as well. As
we build our own capability to understand and manage
likely future risks, we are sharing this with our growers,
because it is in everyone’s interest that we collectively
strengthen our resilience.
This year, we ran grower sessions with the National
Institute of Water and Atmospheric Research (NIWA),
to share insights with our independent growers in
Aotearoa New Zealand into climate risks and adaptation
strategies, including our own. We shared our high-level
growing and post-harvest adaptation plans and look
forward to extending this knowledge-sharing to include
decarbonisation strategies going forward.
Human rights
We recognise that worker exploitation and modern
slavery exists in the world. It can take many forms,
ranging from breaches of minimum employment
standards to more controlling and coercive behaviour.
While we are confident that the risk in our own
operations is very low, it is a complex issue.
To support our actions in protecting workers and
combatting modern slavery, in 2025 we will finalise
the development of our Human Rights Policy.
This year, Worldwide Fruit published its Supplier Code
of Conduct that identifies the commitments expected
from their supply chain, along with a modern slavery
statement. Ethical training was also conducted across
its entire business. When procuring fresh produce,
Worldwide Fruit’s due diligence process includes
consideration of any inherent and supplier risks prior
to supply. Programmes are in place to ensure effective
employee feedback, grievance mechanisms and
remediation are present.
Healthy communities
With affordable nutrition an increasing problem
for many families, we recognise the importance of
contributing to programmes which support people
to access and enjoy fresh fruit and vegetables.
New Zealand Food Network
In Aotearoa New Zealand, we donated 780,910 kilograms
of fruit and vegetables to the New Zealand Food Network
(NZFN). Through their network of more than 60 food
hubs across the country, NZFN ensures that nutritious
fresh produce reaches the kitchens and lunchboxes
of those who need it most. We also supported their
year-long “Pitch In” fundraising campaign by providing
12,578 meals, valued at $20,000. Thanks to contributions
from over 60 other organisations, NZFN was able to
double their initial goal and provide 200,000 meals for
New Zealanders in need. T&G is a founding partner of
NZFN, which was established in 2020.
Healthy Family Project
In the United States, we supported the Healthy Family
Project through our premium ENVY™ and JAZZ™ apple
brands. The Healthy Family Project is focused on
Kaitiakitanga continued
T&G team members volunteered at the
New Zealand Food Network, where we
donated more than 780,000 kilograms of
edible fresh fruit and vegetables.
T&G Global Annual Report 202451
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroductionKaitiakitanga
T&G Global Annual Report 202451
creating a healthier generation by promoting produce
consumption. It donates 10% of all invoiced fees and a
significant portion of income to non-profit organisations
that are aligned with its mission. In 2024, T&G
contributed USD31,370 to the Healthy Family Project,
including a USD3,137 donation to their not-for-profits,
such as Feeding America.
Fruit & Vegetables in Schools
We continued to support the Fruit & Vegetables in
Schools programme in 2024, now celebrating its
20th anniversary. The programme, which is funded
by Health New Zealand – Te Whatu Ora, provides
daily fresh produce to tamariki in low socio-economic
schools across Aotearoa New Zealand. It covers 21
regions, supplying 565 schools – approximately 25% of
all primary schools in the country. Through T&G Fresh,
we supply more than 14 million servings of fresh fruit
and vegetables each year, serving 308 kura.
The Bread and Butter Thing
Worldwide Fruit’s partnership with award-winning
The Bread and Butter Thing (TBBT) continued in 2024.
In summer, we ran a JAZZ™ healthy snacking campaign,
donating over 6,000 apples to TBBT’s members. This
was supported by ‘The Final Pick’ in autumn. For the
last three years, we have supported ‘The Final Pick’, a
seven-day harvest of the last apples remaining on some
of our partners’ trees at the end of the season. This
year, we saw over 651,000 surplus apples picked and
redistributed to 130 TBBT hubs. In addition, we donated
over 159,000 kilograms of surplus edible fresh produce
to TBBT and an additional charity, FareShare.
Garden to Table
Garden to Table, a charitable trust in Aotearoa
New Zealand that empowers tamariki to grow, harvest,
prepare and share great food, celebrated their 15th
birthday this year. As partners of the Garden to Table
programme for over 10 years, T&G hosted a grower visit
at Haumoana School in Hawke’s Bay this year, where
our team led students through an informative apple
pruning session. We also supported the development
of a comprehensive composting resource for schools,
‘There’s a party in the compost bin’, helping simplify the
process for school and at-home composting. Garden
to Table has grown to operate in 326 schools, involving
over 34,000 tamariki, and resulting in 1,369,200 meals
grown, cooked and eaten annually.
Kaitiakitanga continued
Dame Lisa Carrington
joined Papatoetoe East
School to celebrate
20 years of Fruit &
Vegetables in Schools.
T&G Global Annual Report 202452
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaFinancialsAppendicesIntroductionGovernance
T&G Global Annual Report 202452
07. Governance
Board of Directors
BENEDIKT MANGOLD
CHAIR AND NON-
INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR
Benedikt Mangold joined the
BayWa Group in 2011 and is CEO
of BayWa Global Produce GmbH
– Munich, which is the majority
shareholder of T&G Global Ltd.
Prior to this position, Benedikt
spent three years in Aotearoa
New Zealand working for T&G as
an export trader before moving
into the role of Head of Strategic
Planning and Transformation
in T&G’s International Business
Unit. In June 2021, the T&G Board
of Directors appointed Benedikt
as Chair. He is also a Director
and Chair of BayWa Obst GmbH
& Co. KG – Germany and is a
Director of Enzafruit New Zealand
(Continent) N.V – Belgium,
Worldwide Fruit Ltd – UK and
Profuit Investments (Pty) Ltd –
South Africa.
Board committee: Chair of the
Sustainability Committee.
MICHAEL BAUR
NON-INDEPENDENT
DIRECTOR
Michael Baur joined the Board
of Management of BayWa AG
as Chief Restructuring Officer
in October 2024. He is a Global
Vice Chair at global consulting
firm, AlixPartners, where he has
previously held several leadership
positions, including German
Country Leader and global
Co-Leader of its Turnaround
& Restructuring Services
practice. Michael has significant
experience as a senior advisor
and manager, including in the
roles of Chief Executive Officer
and Chief Financial Officer. His
broad industry expertise covers
the automotive, industrial goods,
energy, retail, consumer goods,
telecom and media sectors.
He is also a Director and Chair
of BayWa r.e. AG – Germany
and Cefetra Group B.V. – The
Netherlands, and a Director of
RWA Raiffeisen Ware Austria AG
– Austria.
CAROL CAMPBELL
INDEPENDENT
DIRECTOR
Carol Campbell has extensive
finance experience and a sound
understanding of effective board
governance. She was a partner at
EY for over 25 years and has been
a professional Director for over 15
years. Carol is a Director and Chair
of the Audit & Risk Committees
of NZME Ltd, the Fisher Listed
investment companies and Chubb
Insurance NZ Ltd. Carol was
previously a Director of NZ Post Ltd
for 12 years, as Chair of the Audit &
Risk committee for eight years, and
Chair of the Board for three years. She
is also a Director of several private
companies. Carol has a BCom, is a
Fellow of CA ANZ, a Chartered Fellow
of the NZ IoD and a member of the
Disciplinary Tribunal of NZ Institute of
Chartered Accountants.
Board committees: Chair of the
Finance, Risk and Investment
Committee, Member of the Human
Resources Committee and the
Sustainability Committee.
ANDREAS HELBER
NON-INDEPENDENT
DIRECTOR
Andreas Helber has been
BayWa’s Chief Financial
Officer since 2010. He began
his career at KPMG in Munich
where he qualified as a tax
consultant and auditor.
Andreas is a member of the
supervisory Boards of a number
of private and listed companies,
including R+V Allgemeine
Versicherung AG – Germany,
BayWa r.e. AG – Germany and
RWA Raiffeisen Ware Austria
AG – Austria. He is also a
member of the Munich Stock
Exchange Council.
Board committee: Member of
the Finance, Risk and Investment
Committee.
ROB HEWETT
INDEPENDENT
DIRECTOR
Rob Hewett is a Director and
Chair of Silver Fern Farms Ltd,
Farmlands Co-operative Trading
Society Ltd, Hilton Haulage
GP Ltd, Pioneer Energy Ltd,
Woolscour Holdings Ltd, Fern
Energy Ltd, Agrizero Ltd and
Hewett Farm Ltd. Rob is also
Chair of Rewiring Aotearoa and
a Director of Silver Fern Farms
Co-operative Ltd. Rob holds a
master’s degree in Commerce
and Marketing (Hons), a BCom
(Ag) in Economics and is a
Chartered Fellow of the NZ IoD.
Rob won the 2019 Outstanding
Contribution to New Zealand Co-
operatives award and the 2023
Chairperson of the Year at the
Deloitte Top 200 awards.
Board committees: Chair of the
Human Resources Committee,
Member of the Finance, Risk and
Investment Committee.
RALF TOBIAS PRISKE
NON-INDEPENDENT
DIRECTOR
Tobias Priske started working for
BayWa in 1998 as a member of
the legal department providing
advice to the various branches
of the company, and had a
leading role in the acquisition
of the majority of the shares of
T&G by BayWa in 2012. From
2013 to 2015, he worked for the
renewable energy sector of the
BayWa Group as Deputy Legal
Counsel, focusing on establishing
the renewable energy business
in the USA. In July 2015, Tobias
was appointed as BayWa AG’s
Company Secretary. Tobias
is a Director of BayWa Agrar
Beteiligungs GmbH – Germany
and Profruit Investments
(Pty) Ltd – South Africa and is
Company Secretary of BayWa
Global Produce GmbH, Germany,
and BayWa Canada Ltd, Canada.
Board committees: Member
of the Human Resources
Committee and the Sustainability
Committee.
T&G Global Annual Report 202453
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaFinancialsAppendicesIntroductionGovernance
T&G Global Annual Report 202453
Executive team
GARETH EDGECOMBE
CHIEF EXECUTIVE
OFFICER
SHANE KINGSTON
CHIEF OPERATING
OFFICER APPLES
DOUG BYGRAVE
CHIEF FINANCIAL
OFFICER
MONIQUE MALLON
DIRECTOR IT
ROD GIBSON
MANAGING DIRECTOR
T&G FRESH
ADRIENNE SHARP
HEAD OF CORPORATE
AFFAIRS
HEATHER KEAN
DIRECTOR PEOPLE
& CULTURE
Governance continued
Scan QR code to
see full bios
T&G Global Annual Report 202454
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaFinancialsAppendicesIntroductionGovernance
T&G Global Annual Report 202454
The Board is the governing body of T&G Global Limited
(the Company) and its subsidiary companies.
Role of the Board
The Board is responsible to shareholders for T&G’s
performance. This encompasses setting objectives,
formulating strategies to achieve these objectives,
identifying significant business risks, and implementing
policies to manage these risks. Additionally, the Board
oversees establishment of the overall policy framework
and monitors T&G’s ongoing performance and its
management. The Board also ensures that effective
internal financial control procedures are in place.
The day-to-day management of T&G is delegated by
the Board to the Chief Executive Officer (CEO). The
Board is dedicated to acting with integrity and expects
high standards of conduct and accountability from all
staff members.
Board membership
There are no Executive Directors across the Board, but
a broad mix of skills and industry experience relevant to
the guidance of T&G’s businesses.
The Board has a process to regularly assess the Board’s
composition to ensure it has the relevant skills and
business experience necessary for the Board to fulfil its
governance responsibilities and effectively contribute to
the strategic direction of the Company.
The Board believes that it is important to have a Board
consisting of members with diverse backgrounds,
experience and skills. Carol Campbell and Rob Hewett
are Independent Directors for the purposes of the NZX
Listing Rules.
Each year, the Board considers the independent
status of the Independent Directors and has determined
that Carol Campbell and Rob Hewett continue to
be independent.
The Board has considered Carol’s tenure and
determined that this does not affect her independent
judgement on any issues before the Board or in her
ability to act in the best interests of the Company
and represent the best interests of all shareholders.
Carol’s extensive financial advisory background, strong
commercial acumen and broad governance experience
due to her active involvement in a wide variety of Boards
is highly valued.
The table below summarises the current key skills and
experience of the Board.
BOARD SKILLS AND
EXPERIENCE
BENEDIKT
MANGOLD
MICHAEL
BAUR
CAROL
CAMPBELL
ANDREAS
HELBER
ROB
HEWETT
TOBIAS
PRISKE
Strategy and leadership
Accounting and audit
Market and industry
Governance and risk management
Health and safety
Climate change and sustainability
Stakeholder relations
High capability Medium capability
Corporate governance
Governance continued
T&G Global Annual Report 202455
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaFinancialsAppendicesIntroductionGovernance
T&G Global Annual Report 202455
Conduct of the Board
The Board has adopted a formal Code of Ethics which
sets out the expected standards of professional conduct
of its members.
The Board meets at regular intervals and conducts
its affairs to ensure matters can be discussed openly,
frankly and confidentially. Any potential conflicts
of interest relating to Directors are identified and
disclosed. Affected Directors are usually not permitted
to vote on any related matter where a conflict exists.
The Board operates a code of conduct that forbids
Directors and other affected parties to deal in the
Company’s shares at any time when they are in
possession of insider information and during periods
which are deemed by the Board to be ‘closed’ periods.
These closed periods customarily include the end of the
six and 12 month reporting cycles, and until such time
as profit announcements have been publicly disclosed.
Closed periods include any additional period when the
Board is engaged in matters that are likely to have an
impact on the market value of the shares.
Board access to advice
The Board has established a procedure whereby
Directors and Board Committees have the right, in
connection with their duties and responsibilities, to
seek independent professional advice at the Company’s
expense, with the prior approval of the Chair.
Independent professional advice includes professional
legal and financial advice, but excludes any advice on
the personal interests of a Director.
The Board regularly invites key managers and
Executives to attend and present at Board meetings,
and interaction with Directors is routinely encouraged.
Board Committees
The Board has three constituted Committees; the
Finance, Risk and Investment Committee (FRIC),
the Human Resources Committee (HRC) and the
Sustainability Committee (SC), with each Committee
operating under Board approved charters.
The FRIC meets four times a year and is responsible
for all matters related to the financial accounting and
reporting of the Company, risk management and the
monitoring and appraisal of investment activities.
It ensures that effective systems of accounting and
internal control are established and maintained,
overseeing internal and external audit, and liaising
with T&G’s independent auditors.
This Committee is chaired by Carol Campbell and
comprises Rob Hewett and Andreas Helber. The FRIC
members also meet separately with the auditors
as required.
The HRC is responsible for reviewing, approving and
monitoring T&G’s health, safety and wellbeing policies
and protocols, strategic plan, and annual programme
of work. This includes overseeing T&G’s inclusion and
diversity policy, which addresses the promotion of
diversity and inclusiveness within the organisation. The
HRC regularly visits various T&G facilities to evaluate
health and safety practices and procedures, to ensure
a safe environment for all those who work for, or come
into contact with, T&G. The HRC is also responsible
for ensuring T&G’s remuneration strategy, policies
and practices are fair and responsible, with a clear link
to T&G’s strategic objectives and both corporate and
individual performance. Additional responsibilities
include assisting the Board in succession planning for
the CEO and senior management positions through a
programme designed to identify and target individuals
for development. This Committee meets four times
a year and is comprised of Rob Hewett (Chair), Carol
Campbell and Tobias Priske.
The SC oversees the Company’s sustainability
framework, referred to by T&G as ‘Kaitiakitanga’,
together with its climate action strategy, targets and
initiatives, as well as the Company’s sustainability and
Climate-related Disclosures. The Committee meets
four times a year, and comprises Benedikt Mangold
(Chair), Carol Campbell and Tobias Priske.
The Board has not, at this stage, established a
Nominations Committee, owing to a belief that Director
appointments are of such significance that they should
be a direct responsibility of the full Board. This matter
is kept under review.
Governance continued
T&G Global Annual Report 202456
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaFinancialsAppendicesIntroductionGovernance
T&G Global Annual Report 202456
Interests register
The Company and each subsidiary of the Company
are required to maintain an interests register in which
particulars of certain transactions and matters involving
the Directors must be recorded. The interests registers
for the Company and its subsidiaries are available for
inspection at its registered office. Details of all matters
that have been entered in the interests register of
the Company by individual Directors during the year
are outlined in the statutory information section of
this report and should be read in conjunction with
the individual Directors’ profiles.
T&G management structure
T&G’s organisational structure is focused on its
four business divisions, being Apples, T&G Fresh,
VentureFruit and Other Business. These operations
are managed separately with direct reporting to the
CEO and to the Board, which exercises overall control.
Risk identification and management
T&G has adopted a system of internal control,
based on written procedures, policies and guidelines.
To reinforce this, an internal audit function exists that
reports to the FRIC.
The Board acknowledges that it is responsible for
the overall internal control framework. In discharging
this responsibility, the Board has in place a number
of strategies designed to safeguard T&G’s assets and
interests and to ensure the integrity of reporting.
Procedures are in place to identify areas of significant
business risk and to remediate and effectively manage
those risks. As required, the Board obtains advice from
external advisors.
While the Board acknowledges that it is responsible for
the overall control framework of T&G, it recognises that
no cost-effective internal control system will preclude
all errors and irregularities.
Directors’ and officers’ insurance
T&G has arranged directors’ and officers’ liability
insurance covering Directors acting on behalf of T&G.
Cover is for damages, judgements, fines, penalties,
legal costs awarded and defence costs arising from
wrongful acts committed while acting for T&G.
The types of acts that are not covered are dishonest,
fraudulent and malicious acts or omissions; wilful
breach of statute, regulations or duty to the Company;
improper use of information to the detriment of T&G;
and breach of professional duty.
Tax strategy and governance
T&G’s tax strategy has been developed in line with
its commitment to operate in a manner that is fair,
honest, ethical and legal, and the acknowledgment
that collecting and paying tax is an important
contribution to society. In line with this, T&G’s tax
strategy encompasses the following principles:
Risk and reputation
■ Effectively managing tax risks and opportunities by
operating within a framework of prudent and proactive
tax risk management and high-quality tax governance
procedures, giving consideration to T&G’s reputation.
■ Ensuring tax positions are at least more likely than
not to be correct and are supported by well-reasoned
and documented conclusions. External advice and/
or certainty on tax positions is sought from tax
authorities where appropriate.
Business partnering
■ Partnering with the business to facilitate growth
and development of the Group’s business activities.
■ The tax team works with the business on all
significant business decisions to ensure these align
with T&G’s tax principles and any tax positions are
underpinned by a genuine commercial rationale.
Positive tax authority relationship
■ Developing a positive working relationship with tax
authorities by having an open, honest and proactive
approach and making voluntary disclosures where
incorrect tax positions are unintentionally taken.
Should any dispute arise regarding the interpretation
and application of tax law, T&G is committed to
addressing the matter promptly with the tax authority
and resolving it in an open and constructive manner.
■ Participating in the development of tax policy
where appropriate.
Governance continued
T&G Global Annual Report 202457
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaFinancialsAppendicesIntroductionGovernance
T&G Global Annual Report 202457
People
■ T&G’s tax strategy policy is carried out by a tax
function with the requisite expertise appropriately
supported by expert advisors. We focus on developing
our people to ensure we continue to meet our
obligations as a responsible taxpayer.
Compliance
■ Meeting all relevant statutory tax obligations,
ensuring integrity in the reported tax disclosures, and
making tax payments accurately and on time, in each
jurisdiction in which T&G operates.
■ T&G implements this strategy through T&G’s Tax Risk
Management Policy and T&G’s Tax Operating Model
Guideline, together the Tax Control Framework, which
have been designed to provide a framework for tax
risk management and control processes. All T&G
employees must adhere to the Tax Strategy Policy
and the Tax Control Framework.
Corporate governance statement
The Board believes that strong principles of corporate
governance protect and enhance the assets of the
Company for the benefit of all shareholders. As such,
the Board is committed to ensuring that the Company
adopts best practice governance principles including
those set by the NZX. T&G’s Corporate Governance
Statement offers an overview of the Company’s
practices, procedures and policies in line with the NZX
Corporate Governance Code. The Statement, as well
as T&G’s key corporate governance documents, can be
found on the investor section of T&G’s website.
Governance continued
Statutory information
Auditors
Deloitte Limited has continued to act as the
principal auditor of T&G and has undertaken the
audit of the financial statements for the year ended
31 December 2024.
Directors’ loans
No Director is in receipt of any loans from T&G.
Directors’ remuneration
The following persons held office as Director during the
year. Remuneration paid or accrued included incentive
payments, vehicles, superannuation and other benefits,
where applicable. On top of fees, Directors also receive
an annual travel allowance of $1,000. Directors are not
entitled to receive payment in the form of share options.
12 months to 31 December 2024
DIRECTORS OF
T&G GLOBAL LIMITED
DIRECTOR
FEES IN
$’000
COMMITTEE
WORK IN
$’000
Benedikt Mangold 4920
Michael Baur
1
––
Carol Campbell
2
10040
Andreas Helber3910
Rob Hewett 10030
Marcus Pöllinger
3
––
Tobias Priske 3920
Bastian von Streit
4
27–
Directors’ and officers’ composition
At 31 December 2024, the gender composition of T&G’s
Directors and officers was as follows:
GENDERMALEFEMALE
Directors51
Officers2822
1 Michael Baur was appointed by the Board as a Director on 19 November 2024.
He did not receive Director remuneration in 2024, in line with BayWa’s Subsidiary
Directorship Policy (BayWa policy).
2 Carol Campbell received additional Director remuneration of $20,000 in 2024,
for her role as Board Chair of T&G Insurance Limited.
3 Marcus Pöllinger resigned from the Board effective 31 October 2024. He did not
receive Director remuneration in 2024, in line with the BayWa policy.
4 Bastian von Streit resigned from the Board effective 31 December 2024. His
remuneration was prorated from the date of his appointment on 18 April 2024.
There have been no changes to the Director fee pool of
$550,000 set in July 2004.
T&G Global Annual Report 202458
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaFinancialsAppendicesIntroductionGovernance
T&G Global Annual Report 202458
Employee remuneration
T&G paid remuneration including benefits in excess of $100,000 to employees (other than Directors) during the 12 months.
Governance continued
$’000 NZD EQUIVALENT20242023
290-30022
300-31032
310-32014
320-33003
330-34011
340-35021
350-36021
360-37001
370-38010
380-39010
390-40001
400-41020
410-42010
420-43001
450-46020
460-47011
470-48011
490-50011
530-54012
$’000 NZD EQUIVALENT20242023
540-55001
560-57001
630-64010
770-78001
790-80010
1,130-1,14001
1,450-1,46010
Total327316
The current year total remuneration spread takes into
account the impact of exchange rate movements on
employees paid in foreign currencies.
$’000 NZD EQUIVALENT20242023
100-1104742
110-1204430
120-1303842
130-1402729
140-1502435
150-1602217
160-1701816
170-1801116
180-19087
190-200196
200-210117
210-220108
220-23058
230-24049
240-25036
250-26033
260-27022
270-28021
280-29046
T&G Global Annual Report 202459
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaFinancialsAppendicesIntroductionGovernance
T&G Global Annual Report 202459
CEO remuneration
The CEO’s remuneration reflects the scope, complexity
and risk profile of this role and is set by the Board based
on comparison to market data of CEO roles of other
similar sized companies.
Gareth received gross remuneration of $1,446,765.59
in the 2024 financial year. This amount was paid in
cash and included base salary, employer KiwiSaver
contributions, a long term incentive, a discretionary
bonus and a vehicle allowance. His base salary from
1 March 2024 was $1,068,480.
Short term incentive (STI) scheme
Subject to the achievement of profitability targets
set by the Board at the start of each year, Gareth will
be entitled to an annual cash reward of 40% of base
salary for 100% achievement of target and capped
at a maximum payment of 150% for overachievement.
No payment was made in 2024 through the STI scheme,
as the performance threshold for the 2023 scheme
was not met.
Long term incentive (LTI)
Gareth is entitled to participate in an LTI scheme set by
the Board which uses a three-year accumulated target,
based on an earnings before interest and tax growth
plan. The LTI component includes entitlement of a cash
reward from 50% of entitlement for 50% achievement
of target and capped at a maximum payment of 150%
for overachievement. From 2020, the LTI payment
partially vests in year three (50%) and closes out in
year five (50%). Gareth received a payment of $124,319
in 2024 (reflected in the total remuneration above),
relating to the 2019 LTI scheme.
Directors shareholdings
As at 31 December 2024, no current Directors or parties
associated with current Directors held ordinary shares
(2023: nil). There were no share transactions during
the year ended 31 December 2024 in which Directors
held ‘relevant interests’. There is no requirement for
Directors to hold shares in the Company.
Indemnification and insurance of Directors
and Officers
The Company indemnifies all Directors named
in this report, and current and former executive
officers of T&G against all liabilities (other than to the
Company or members of T&G) which arise out of the
performance of their normal duties as Director or
executive officer, unless the liability relates to conduct
involving lack of good faith. To manage this risk,
T&G has indemnity insurance.
Information used by Directors
No member of the Board of the Company, or any
subsidiary, issued a notice requesting to use information
received in their capacity as Director which would not
otherwise have been available to them.
Interested transactions
No Directors disclosed the existence of any
transactions with T&G during the 12 months in which
they held an interest.
Substantial shareholders
The following information is given pursuant to
Section 26 of the Security Markets Act 1988. The
following parties are recorded by the Company as at
31 December 2024 as substantial security holders in
the Company, and have declared the following relevant
interest in voting securities under the Securities
Markets Act 1988:
BayWa Aktiengesellschaft 90,671,206
Wo Yang Limited24,496,386
The total number of voting securities issued by the
Company as at 31 December 2024 was 122,543,204.
Governance continued
T&G Global Annual Report 202460
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaFinancialsAppendicesIntroductionGovernance
T&G Global Annual Report 202460
20 largest shareholders
Spread of security holders
Domicile of shareholders
NAME
UNITS% OF ISSUED
CAPITAL
BayWa Global Produce GmbH90,671,20673.99%
Wo Yang Limited 24,496,38619.99%
Bartel Holdings Limited 1,319,1541.08%
Queen Street Nominees Limited 545,4700.45%
New Zealand Depository Nominee Limited 403,4500.33%
HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited383,0170.31%
Queen Street Nominees Limited 295,2660.24%
Tribal Nominees Limited 226,9500.19%
R.J. Turner, C.E. Turner, Redoubt Trustees Limited &
Evans Pennell Trustees Limited 202,6890.17 %
J. Backhouse 197,9660.16%
S.A. McCabe131,1810.11%
NZX WT Nominees Limited 103,9370.09%
L.R. Hotham101,4820.08%
Estate M.F. Waite 100,8020.08%
Aotearoa Rental Enterprises Limited 100,6040.08%
Cathy & Steve Turner Legacy Limited 100,0000.08%
P.J.S. Rowland93,5070.08%
M.C. Goodson, D.D. Perron, Goodson & Perron Independent
Trustee Limited 79,3390.06%
Tribal New Zealand Traders Limited 78,3740.06%
R.M. Scott & C.H. Scott 63,4940.05%
Total119,694,27497.68%
RANGE
TOTAL
HOLDERS
% OF TOTAL
HOLDERS
UNITS
% OF ISSUED
CAPITAL
1 to 4997913.98%17,4320.01%
500 - 9998515.04%61,9850.05%
1,000 - 1,99912021.24%162,3410.13%
2,000 - 4,99910718.94%324,3130.26%
5,000 - 9,9996812.04%459,4600.37%
10,000 - 49,9998214.51%1,601,6981.31%
50,000 - 99,99981.42%536,4150.44%
100,000 - 499,999122.12%2,347,3441.92%
500,000 - 999,99910.18%545,4700.45%
1,000,000 and above30.53%116,486,74695.06%
Total565100%122,543,204100%
LOCATION
TOTAL
HOLDERS
% OF TOTAL
HOLDERS
UNITS
New Zealand 53895.22%7,230,815
Australia 173.01%57,510
Hong Kong 20.35%24,497,644
Germany 20.35%90,703,154
Singapore 20.35%40,432
Malaysia 10.18%11,716
Canada10.18%1,000
United States of America20.35%933
Total565100.00%122,543,204
as at 31 December 2024
as at 31 December 2024
as at 31 December 2024
Governance continued
T&G Global Annual Report 202461
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaFinancialsAppendicesIntroductionGovernance
T&G Global Annual Report 202461
Independent Auditor’s Report
To the Shareholders of T&G Global Limited
OpinionWe have audited the consolidated financial statements of T&G Global Limited and its subsidiaries (the ‘Group’),
which comprise the consolidated balance sheet as at 31 December 2024, and the consolidated income statement,
statement of comprehensive income, statement of changes in equity and statement of cash flows for the year then
ended, and notes to the consolidated financial statements, including material accounting policy information.
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated financial statements, on pages 66 to 139, present fairly, in all material
respects, the consolidated financial position of the Group as at 31 December 2024, and its consolidated financial
performance and cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with New Zealand Equivalents to IFRS Accounting
Standards (‘NZ IFRS’) as issued by the External Reporting Board and IFRS Accounting Standards (‘IFRS’) as issued
by the International Accounting Standards Board.
Basis for opinionWe conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (‘ISAs’) and International Standards
on Auditing (New Zealand) (‘ISAs (NZ)’). Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the
Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements section of our report.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
We are independent of the Group in accordance with Professional and Ethical Standard 1
International Code of Ethics
for Assurance Practitioners (including International Independence Standards) (New Zealand)
issued by the New
Zealand Auditing and Assurance Standards Board and the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants’
International Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (including International Independence Standards), and we
have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.
Other than in our capacity as auditor and other assurance services provided relating to the solvency return for the
captive insurer, limited assurance over the Group’s scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas emissions and the provision of non-
assurance services to the Corporate Taxpayers Group of which the Group is a member, we have no relationship with
or interests in the Company or any of its subsidiaries. These services have not impaired our independence as auditor
of the Company and Group.
T&G Global Annual Report 202462
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaFinancialsAppendicesIntroductionGovernance
T&G Global Annual Report 202462
Material uncertainty
related to going concern
We draw attention to Note 1 in the consolidated financial statements, which indicates that as of 31 December 2024,
the Group’s current liabilities exceeded its current assets by $23 million. This is due to the classification of the Group’s
recently renewed term debt facility as current. During the year, the Group breached a covenant based on the net
worth of its Ultimate Parent. A waiver was provided by the banks until 31 March 2025. As the waiver does not provide
a period of grace to rectify the breach for at least twelve months from the end of the reporting period, the debt has
been reclassified as current. Subsequent to year end, the banks extended the period of grace by one month to 30 April
2025. The Group now has until 30 April 2025 to move from a negative pledge facility (secured by a guarantee from the
Ultimate Parent) to a fully secured facility (without the Ultimate Parent guarantee). This timeline is in accordance with
the financial restructuring timeline of the Ultimate Parent company. As stated in Note 1, these events or conditions,
along with other matters as set forth in Note 1, indicate that a material uncertainty exists that may cast significant doubt
on the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Our opinion is not modified in respect of this matter.
Audit materialityWe consider materiality primarily in terms of the magnitude of misstatement in the financial statements of the Group that
in our judgement would make it probable that the economic decisions of a reasonably knowledgeable person would be
changed or influenced (the ‘quantitative’ materiality). In addition, we also assess whether other matters that come to our
attention during the audit would in our judgement change or influence the decisions of such a person (the ‘qualitative’
materiality). We use materiality both in planning the scope of our audit work and in evaluating the results of our work.
We determined materiality for the Group financial statements as a whole to be $11.0 million.
Key audit mattersKey audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the
consolidated financial statements of the current period. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit
of the consolidated financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a
separate opinion on these matters.
KEY AUDIT MATTERHOW OUR AUDIT ADDRESSED THE KEY AUDIT MATTER
Biological Asset Valuations (Note 8)
The Group’s Biological Assets of $36.3 million (2023: $28.2 million)
predominantly represent produce such as apples, tomatoes, citrus
fruits, blueberries and stone fruit, growing on bearer plants (e.g.,
trees and vines) at balance date.
We held discussions with management to understand if there were
changes in market or environmental conditions, or other risks inherent
in the current crop valuations.
Our audit procedures were focused on the higher value biological
assets, or where, in our professional judgement, there is a greater level
of uncertainty associated with the cash flow forecasts.
T&G Global Annual Report 202463
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaFinancialsAppendicesIntroductionGovernance
T&G Global Annual Report 202463
KEY AUDIT MATTERHOW OUR AUDIT ADDRESSED THE KEY AUDIT MATTER
Biological assets are measured at fair value less estimated point-
of-sale costs. This is calculated by the Group using discounted cash
flow models.
The valuation of biological assets is a key audit matter due to the
subjective judgements and assumptions in the valuation models,
many of which are specific to the location of the asset and therefore
unobservable in the market. These unobservable inputs and
assumptions include the forecast production per hectare per annum
by weight, prices expected to be received, costs expected to be
incurred and a discount rate reflecting the risks inherent in the crops.
The discount rate used in the fair value models takes into account the
risk of unknown adverse events including natural events, the possible
impact of diseases and other adverse factors that may impact on the
quality, yield or price.
We engaged our internal valuation specialist to consider whether the
valuation methods applied were reasonable.
We compared the forecast production per hectare, forecast prices, and
forecast costs to the approved budgets for the relevant fruit growing
activities, and assessed the historical accuracy of the Group’s forecasts.
With input from our internal valuation specialist, we assessed the
discount rates assumed in the models and evaluated changes from the
prior year.
We also performed a sensitivity analysis to assess the impact that a
change in the discount rate would have on the valuation of the biological
assets.
We checked the mechanical accuracy of the discounted cash flow
models.
Other informationThe directors are responsible on behalf of the Group for the other information. The other information includes the
Climate-related Disclosure and comprises the information in the Annual Report that accompanies the consolidated
financial statements and the audit report.
Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not express any
form of assurance conclusion thereon.
Our responsibility is to read the other information and consider whether it is materially inconsistent with the
consolidated financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to be materially
misstated. If so, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.
T&G Global Annual Report 202464
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaFinancialsAppendicesIntroductionGovernance
T&G Global Annual Report 202464
Directors’
responsibilities for the
consolidated financial
statements
The directors are responsible on behalf of the Group for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated
financial statements in accordance with NZ IFRS and IFRS, and for such internal control as the directors determine is
necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement,
whether due to fraud or error.
In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the directors are responsible on behalf of the Group for assessing
the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and
using the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the Group or to cease
operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.
Auditor’s
responsibilities
for the audit of the
consolidated financial
statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements as a whole
are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes
our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in
accordance with ISAs and ISAs (NZ) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can
arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be
expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these consolidated financial statements.
A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the consolidated financial statements is located on the
External Reporting Board’s website at:
https://www.xrb.govt.nz/standards/assurance-standards/auditors-responsibilities/audit-report-1-1/
This description forms part of our auditor’s report.
Restriction on use
This report is made solely to the Company’s shareholders, as a body. Our audit has been undertaken so that we might
state to the Company’s shareholders those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no
other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than
the Company’s shareholders as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.
Bruno Dente, Partner
for Deloitte Limited
Hamilton, New Zealand
3 March 2025
08. Financials
Income statement66
Statement of comprehensive income67
Statement of changes in equity68
Balance sheet70
Statement of cash flows71
Notes to the financial statements73
General information73
Basis of preparation73
New accounting standards, amendments
and interpretations76
Financial performance77
Segment information77
Revenue from contracts with customers80
Other income84
Other expenses85
Taxation87
Operating assets89
Biological assets89
Non-current assets classified as held for sale94
Property, plant and equipment95
Intangible assets101
Funding105
Leases105
Loans and borrowings110
Net financing expenses111
Capital and reserves111
Earnings per share112
Dividends112
Reconciliation of liabilities arising
from financing activities113
Working capital115
Trade and other receivables115
Inventories118
Trade and other payables118
Group structure119
Investments in subsidiaries119
Investments in joint ventures123
Investments in associates124
Other disclosures126
Related party transactions126
Financial risk management127
Derivative financial instruments136
Contingencies138
Commitments138
Events occurring after the balance date139
Contents
T&G Global Annual Report 202465
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Income statement
NOTE2024
$’000
2023
$’000
Revenue from contracts with customers41,360,8911,334,338
Other operating income513,04313,749
Purchases, raw materials and consumables used(1,009,985)(1,007,373)
Employee benefits expenses6(192,016)(182,974)
Depreciation and amortisation expenses6(58,397)(58,629)
Other operating expenses6(100,872)(144,690)
Operating profit / (loss)12,664(45,579)
Financing income145,4064,090
Financing expenses14(34,236)(28,924)
Share of loss from joint ventures23(26)(39)
Share of profit from associate242,4411,206
Other income57,76717,359
Other expenses6(847)(12,362)
Loss before income tax(6,831)(64,249)
Income tax (expense) / credit7(3,057)17,654
Loss after income tax (9,888)(46,595)
Attributable to:
Equity holders of the Parent(16,034)(51,155)
Non-controlling interests6,1464,560
Loss for the year(9,888)(46,595)
Earnings per share (in cents)
Basic and diluted loss16(13.0)(41.7)
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.
T&G Global Annual Report 202466
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Statement of comprehensive income
NOTE2024
$’000
2023
$’000
Loss for the year(9,888)(46,595)
Other comprehensive income
Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:
Movements in asset revaluation reserve15(4,165)–
Loss on revaluation of property, plant and equipment:
Held by subsidiaries of the Group15–(21,128)
Deferred tax effect on revaluation of property, plant and equipment15–3,824
Deferred tax effect of movements in asset revaluation reserve152,236–
Deferred tax effect on sale of property, plant and equipment15540(201)
(1,389)(17,505)
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations10,3715,834
Cash flow hedges:
Fair value (loss) / gain(24,746)3,823
Reclassification of net change in fair value to profit or loss(938)673
(15,313)10,330
Other comprehensive loss for the year(16,702)(7,175)
Total comprehensive loss for the year (26,590)(53,770)
Total comprehensive loss for the year is attributable to:
Equity holders of the Parent (34,277)(58,834)
Non-controlling interests7,6875,064
(26,590)(53,770)
For the year ended 31 December 2024
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.
T&G Global Annual Report 202467
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Statement of changes in equity
NOTE
Share
capital
$’000
Revaluation
and other
reserves
$’000
Retained
earnings
$’000
Total
$’000
Non-
controlling
interests
$’000
Total
equity
$’000
2024
Balance at 1 January 2024176,357100,296227,764504,41717,471521,888
(Loss) / profit for the year – – (16,034)(16,034)6,146(9,888)
Other comprehensive income / (expense)
Movements in asset revaluation reserve15 –(4,165) –(4,165) –(4,165)
Deferred tax effect of movements in asset revaluation reserve15 –2,236 –2,236 –2,236
Deferred tax effect on sale of property, plant and equipment15 –540 –540 –540
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations15 –8,830 –8,8301,54110,371
Movements in cash flow hedge reserve15 –(25,684) –(25,684) –(25,684)
Total other comprehensive (loss) / income –(18,243) –(18,243)1,541(16,702)
Transactions with owners
Dividends17 – – – –(5,379)(5,379)
Investment from non-controlling interest – – – –732732
Total transactions with owners – – – –(4,647)(4,647)
Transfer from asset revaluation reserve due to asset disposal15 –(14,286)14,286 – – –
Balance at 31 December 2024176,35767,767226,016470,14020,511490,651
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.
T&G Global Annual Report 202468
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
NOTE
Share
capital
$’000
Revaluation
and other
reserves
$’000
Retained
earnings
$’000
Total
$’000
Non-
controlling
interests
$’000
Total
equity
$’000
2023
Balance at 1 January 2023176,357115,221271,673563,25116,917580,168
(Loss) / profit for the year – – (51,155)(51,155)4,560(46,595)
Other comprehensive income / (expense)
Revaluation of property, plant and equipment15 –(21,128) –(21,128) –(21,128)
Deferred tax effect on revaluation of property, plant and equipment15 –3,824 –3,824 –3,824
Deferred tax effect on sale of property, plant and equipment15 –(201) –(201) –(201)
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations15 –5,333 –5,3335015,834
Movements in cash flow hedge reserve15 –4,493 –4,49334,496
Total other comprehensive (loss) / income –(7,679) –(7,679)504(7,175)
Transactions with owners
Dividends17 – – – –(5,668)(5,668)
Investment from non-controlling interest – – ––1,1581,158
Total transactions with owners – – – –(4,510)(4,510)
Transfer from asset revaluation reserve due to asset disposal15 –(7,246)7, 2 4 6 – – –
Balance at 31 December 2023176,357100,296227,764504,41717,4 7 1521,888
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Statement of changes in equity continued
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.
T&G Global Annual Report 202469
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
NOTE2024
$’000
2023
$’000
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents46,80130,508
Term deposits–2,277
Trade and other receivables19225,372196,810
Inventories2066,52367,640
Taxation receivable5,4839,737
Derivative financial instruments279897,110
Biological assets836,26028,249
Non-current assets classified as held for sale926,49711,100
Total current assets407,925353,431
Non-current assets
Trade and other receivables1931,59244,610
Derivative financial instruments2725913,268
Deferred tax assets719,6392,574
Investments in unlisted entities7992
Property, plant and equipment10406,934401,007
Right-of-use assets12169,123 148,592
Intangible assets1179,24879,692
Investments in joint ventures232,7402,927
Investment in associate2412,00029,019
Total non-current assets721,614 721,781
Total assets1,129,5391,075,212
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables21199,914 171,644
Loans and borrowings13 196,177 32,639
Lease liabilities1224,53123,706
Taxation payable 3,562 3,161
Derivative financial instruments27 6,993 955
Total current liabilities 431,177 232,105
NOTE2024
$’000
2023
$’000
Non-current liabilities
Trade and other payables21 45 43
Loans and borrowings13 18,843 163,144
Lease liabilities12173,953 151,816
Derivative financial instruments27 10,790 234
Deferred tax liabilities7 4,080 5,982
Total non-current liabilities207,711 321,219
Total liabilities638,888553,324
Equity
Share capital15 176,357 176,357
Revaluation and other reserves15 67,767 100,296
Retained earnings 226,016 227,764
Total equity attributable to equity holders of the Parent 470,140 504,417
Non-controlling interests 20,511 17,4 7 1
Total equity 490,651 521,888
Total liabilities and equity 1,129,539 1,075,212
Approved for and on behalf of the Board
Balance sheet
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.
As at 31 December 2024
BENEDIKT MANGOLD
DIRECTOR (CHAIR)
03 MARCH 2025
CAROL CAMPBELL
DIRECTOR (CHAIR OF THE FINANCE, RISK
AND INVESTMENT COMMITTEE)
03 MARCH 2025
T&G Global Annual Report 202470
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Statement of cash flows
NOTE2024
$’000
2023
$’000
Cash flows from operating activities
Cash was provided from:
Cash receipts from customers1,354,3381,348,709
Cash receipts from insurance proceeds3,8804,060
Other12,3202,320
Cash was disbursed to:
Payments to suppliers and employees(1,299,180)(1,317,715)
Interest paid(10,252)(11,751)
Income taxes paid(440)(60)
Net cash inflow from operating activities60,66625,563
Cash flows from investing activities
Cash was provided from:
Cash receipts from insurance proceeds6,8971,355
Current term deposits2,277–
Dividends received from joint ventures and
associate241,2432,235
External loan repayments from suppliers,
customers, associate and joint ventures871481
Investment from non-controlling interest7321,158
Sale of other property, plant and equipment314767
Sale of Pukekohe property10,799–
Sale of Palmerston North property–12,000
Sale of Belgian property2,148 –
NOTE2024
$’000
2023
$’000
Cash was disbursed to:
Purchase of property, plant and equipment10(45,673)(68,510)
Purchase of intangible assets11(2,382)(7,560)
Loans to suppliers, customers, associate and joint
ventures(200)(302)
Current term deposits –(1,167)
Net cash outflow from investing activities(22,974)(59,543)
Cash flows from financing activities
Cash was provided from:
Net proceeds from short-term borrowings–9,400
Proceeds from long-term borrowings30,00030,000
Proceeds from Ultimate Parent borrowings186,00011,000
Cash was disbursed to:
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests17(5,379)(5,668)
Repayment of long-term borrowings(1,096)(1,018)
Net repayment of short-term borrowings(17,500) –
Repayment of lease liabilities
12(37,544)(37,383)
Bank facility fees and transaction fees(4,235)(4,348)
Net cash (outflow) / inflow from financing
activities18(29,754)1,983
Net increase / (decrease) in cash and cash
equivalents7,938(31,997)
Foreign currency translation adjustment8,3555,096
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year30,50857,409
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year46,80130,508
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.
T&G Global Annual Report 202471
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Reconciliation of loss after income tax to net cash flow from operating activities
Statement of cash flows continued
NOTE2024
$’000
2023
$’000
Loss for the year(9,888)(46,595)
Adjusted for non-cash items:
Amortisation expense64,3204,736
Depreciation expense654,07753,893
Movement in deferred tax7(17,461)(19,413)
Movement in expected credit loss allowance(7,627)16,142
Revenue from sale of licences(3,502)(493)
Share of loss of joint ventures232639
Share of profit of associate24(2,441)(1,206)
Other movements(10,230)(9,795)
Net loss on loan written off1,376–
18,53843,903
Adjusted for investing and financing activities:
Bank facility and line fees4,2354,349
Gain on disposal of other property, plant
and equipment – (238)
Loss on disposal of other property, plant and
equipment684–
Loss on assets damaged from Cyclone Gabrielle649112,362
Net loss from reversal of previous property, plant
and equipment revaluation changes through profit
and loss – 253
Fair value adjustment of asset classified as held
for sale – 870
Insurance proceeds(7,767)(1,355)
Impairment of loan –5,205
(2,357)21,446
NOTE2024
$’000
2023
$’000
Impact of changes in working capital items net
of effects of non-cash items, and investing and
financing activities:
Decrease / (increase) in debtors and prepayments8,175(15,875)
Increase in biological assets(8,011)(646)
Increase in creditors and provisions48,43737,388
Decrease / (Increase) in inventories1,117(13,709)
Decrease / (Increase) in net taxation receivable4,655(349)
Total54,3736,809
Net cash inflow from operating activities60,66625,563
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.
T&G Global Annual Report 202472
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements
General information
This section describes the principles and general accounting policies used in the
preparation of the financial statements. Accounting policies that relate to specific
line items on the income statement and balance sheet are described in their
respective notes.
1. Basis of preparation
Reporting entity and statutory base
T&G Global Limited (the Parent) and its subsidiary companies (the Group), are
recognised as one of Aotearoa New Zealand’s leading growers, distributors,
marketers and exporters of premium fresh produce. Key categories for the Group
include apples, berries, citrus (lemons, mandarins and navel oranges), tomatoes
and stone fruit.
These consolidated financial statements presented are for the Group which
comprises the Parent and its subsidiaries, joint ventures and associate as at 31
December 2024.
The Parent is registered in New Zealand under the Companies Act 1993 and is a FMC
Reporting Entity under the Financial Market Conducts Act 2013 and the Financial
Reporting Act 2013.
The Parent is a limited liability company incorporated and domiciled in Aotearoa
New Zealand and is listed on the New Zealand Stock Exchange. The address of its
registered office is Building 1, Level 1, Central Park, 660 Great South Road, Ellerslie,
Auckland 1051.
BayWa Global Produce GmbH (the Immediate Parent) and BayWa Aktiengesellschaft
(the Ultimate Parent) are the parents of the Group and are based in Munich, Germany.
Statement of compliance
These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with
New Zealand Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (NZ GAAP). They comply
with New Zealand equivalents to IFRS Accounting Standards (NZ IFRS) and other
applicable New Zealand Financial Reporting Standards as appropriate for profit-
oriented entities, and IFRS Accounting Standards (IFRS). These consolidated financial
statements are prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Financial
Markets Conduct Act 2013.
These consolidated financial statements are expressed in New Zealand dollars which
is the presentation currency of the Group. All financial information has been rounded
to the nearest thousand ($’000) unless otherwise stated.
Going concern
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis
which contemplates the realisation of assets and the settlement of liabilities in the
normal course of business.
For the year ended 31 December 2024, the Group’s current liabilities are reported as
$431 million and exceed current assets of $408 million by $23 million. This is due to
the classification of the Group’s recently renewed term debt facility set out in Note
13 as current. As outlined in Note 26, during the year the Group breached a covenant
based on the net worth of its Ultimate Parent. A waiver was provided by the banks
on 28 November 2024 until 31 March 2025, at which point the requirement will be
removed if the Group moves from a negative pledge facility (secured by a guarantee
from the Ultimate Parent) to a fully secured facility (without the Ultimate Parent
guarantee). This timeline is in accordance with the financial restructuring timeline
of the Ultimate Parent which disallows granting of security by subsidiary companies
(including the Group) until the termination of its standstill arrangements, scheduled for
31 March 2025. As the waiver does not provide a period of grace to rectify the breach
for at least twelve months from the end of the reporting period, the debt has been
reclassified as current.
Subsequent to year end, a waiver was provided by the banks which extended the
period of grace by one month to 30 April 2025. This waiver was signed and duly
executed on the 27 February 2025.
T&G Global Annual Report 202473
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
Within the waiver letter to the banks, the Group disclosed that the conclusion of the
BayWa restructuring agreement is expected to be delayed until the end of April 2025
and that the Group’s subsidiaries are not permitted to grant security over more than
EUR 10,000,000 until the new restructuring agreement is entered into.
As a consequence of the above matters, there is uncertainty as to whether the
new security arrangements will be satisfied by the Group within the timeframe
required by the banks and whether if these are not met, the Group will be able to
negotiate continuation of or refinancing of the facility to enable the Group to settle
its obligations as they fall due for the foreseeable future. This uncertainty may cast
significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern and, therefore,
that the Group may be unable to realise its assets and discharge its liabilities in the
normal course of business. However, the Directors believe that there are reasonable
grounds that the use of the going concern basis remains appropriate:
■The banks have confirmed the required security arrangements, and those actions
that are within their control are being taken by the Group to ensure the security
arrangements will be in place by 30 April 2025;
■Based on inquiries held by the Group’s management and the Ultimate Parent’s
management, it is our understanding that the Ultimate Parent’s restructuring is
on schedule for completion by 30 April 2025, which will allow the Group to grant
security by that date;
■To our knowledge, no potential impediments have arisen to cast doubt on the
Group’s ability to implement appropriate security by the deadline date.
The financial report does not include any adjustments relating to the amounts or
classifications of recorded assets and liabilities that might be necessary if the Group
does not continue as a going concern.
Measurement basis
The measurement basis adopted in the preparation of these consolidated financial
statements is historical cost except for certain assets and liabilities, identified in
specific accounting policies, which are stated at fair value.
Basis of consolidation
In preparing these consolidated financial statements, subsidiaries are fully
consolidated from the date on which the Group gains control until the date on which
control ceases. All intercompany transactions, balances, income and expenses
between the Group’s companies are eliminated.
Accounting policies of subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates have been aligned
where necessary to ensure consistency with policies adopted by the Group.
The Group applies the acquisition method to account for business combinations.
The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary is the fair value of the
assets transferred, the liabilities incurred to the former owners of the acquiree and the
equity interests issued by the Group. The consideration transferred includes the fair
value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement.
Identifiable assets acquired, and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a
business combination, are measured initially at fair value at the acquisition date. The
Group recognises any non-controlling interest in the acquiree on an acquisition-by-
acquisition basis, either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate
share of the recognised amounts of the acquiree’s identifiable assets.
Acquisition related costs are expensed as incurred. If the business combination is
achieved in stages, the acquisition date fair value of the Group’s previously held equity
interest in the acquiree is initially remeasured at fair value at the acquisition date
through profit or loss.
Goodwill is initially measured as the excess of the aggregate of the consideration
transferred and the amount of any non-controlling interest and fair value of the
Group’s previously held interest (if any) over the net identifiable assets acquired and
liabilities assumed. If this consideration is lower than the fair value of the net assets of
the subsidiary acquired, the difference is recognised in profit or loss.
Basis of accounting
Material accounting policy information is set out within the notes to which those
policies are applicable and are designated with a
symbol. All other material
accounting policy information is set out on the following page. There have been no
significant changes made to accounting policy information during the year. Refer to
Note 2 for discussion on interpretations approved and effective in the current year,
and other standards approved but not yet effective for the Group in the current year.
1. Basis of preparation continued
T&G Global Annual Report 202474
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
Foreign currency translation
The assets and liabilities of the Group’s subsidiaries that do not have New Zealand
dollars as their functional currency are translated to New Zealand dollars at foreign
exchange rates ruling at balance sheet date. The revenues and expenses of these
foreign operations are translated to New Zealand dollars at rates approximating the
foreign exchange rates ruling at the dates of the transactions.
Exchange differences arising from the translation of foreign operations are recognised
in other comprehensive income and accumulated in the foreign currency translation
reserve.
Non-monetary assets and liabilities that are measured at historical cost in a foreign
currency are translated using the exchange rate on the date of the transaction. Non-
monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies that are stated at
fair value are translated to New Zealand dollars at the foreign exchange rate on the
dates that the fair value was determined.
Fair value estimation
Where fair value measurement has been applied, a
symbol designates the
paragraph describing the valuation method used.
The Group uses various valuation methods to determine the fair value of certain
assets and liabilities. The inputs to the valuation methods used to measure fair value
are categorised into three levels:
■Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or
liabilities.
■Level 2: Inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable
for the asset or liability, either directly (that is, as prices) or indirectly (that is,
derived from prices).
■Level 3: Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market
data (that is, unobservable inputs).
Goods and services tax (GST)
The income statement, statement of comprehensive income and statement of cash
flows have been presented with all items exclusive of GST. All items in the balance
sheet are stated net of GST, except for receivables and payables, which include GST
invoiced.
Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The Group makes estimates and judgements concerning the future. The resulting
accounting estimates may, by definition, not equal the related actual results. The
estimates and judgements that have a potential risk of causing a material adjustment
to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are
discussed within the notes to which those judgements are applicable and are
designated with a
symbol.
Area of estimate and judgementNOTE
Sale of licences4Revenue from contracts with
customers
Insurance proceeds5Other income
Fair value of biological assets8Biological assets
Valuation of property, plant and
equipment
10Property, plant and equipment
Carrying value of intangible assets11Intangible assets
Calculation of lease liabilities12Leases
1. Basis of preparation continued
T&G Global Annual Report 202475
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
2. New accounting standards, amendments and interpretations
New standards, amendments and interpretations adopted in the current year
Amendments to NZ IAS 1
Presentation of Financial Statements (NZ IAS 1) –
Classification of liabilities as current or non-current
The Group has adopted the amendments to NZ IAS 1 for the first time in the current
year. The amendments clarify that the classification of liabilities as current or non-
current is based on rights that are in existence at the end of the reporting period. The
amendment specifies that classification of liabilities is unaffected by expectations
about whether an entity will exercise its right to defer settlement of a liability, and
that deferral rights are in existence if covenants are complied with at the end of
the reporting period. The Group considered the amended requirements when
reclassifying the non-current borrowings as current liabilities as discussed in Note 1
and Note 13. While the amendment required retrospective application, comparative
information has not been impacted.
Amendments to NZ IFRS
16 Leases (NZ IFRS 16) – Lease liability in a Sale and
Leaseback
The Group has adopted the amendments to NZ IFRS 16 for the first time in the
current year. The amendments add subsequent measurement requirements for
sale and leaseback transactions which require the seller-lessee to determine lease
payments or revised lease payments such that the seller-lessee does not recognise
a gain or loss that relates to the right of use retained by the seller-lessee after the
commencement date. This has been assessed by the Group and has no material
impact on the Group’s financial statements.
Amendments to NZ IAS 7
Statement of Cash Flows (NZ IAS 7) and NZ IFRS 7
Financial Instruments: Disclosures (NZ IFRS 7) – Supplier Finance Arrangements
The amendments add a disclosure objective to NZ IAS 7 stating that an entity is
required to disclose information about its supplier finance arrangements that enables
users of financial statements to assess the effects of those arrangements on the
entity’s liabilities and cash flows. In addition, NZ IFRS 7 is amended to add supplier
finance arrangements as an example within the requirements to disclose information
about an entity’s exposure to concentration of liquidity risk. This has been assessed by
the Group and has no material impact on the Group’s financial statements.
Amendments to NZ IAS 12
Income Taxes (NZ IAS 12) – International Tax Reform –
Pillar Two Model Rules
Germany’s Minimum Taxation Directive Implementation Act (Minimum Tax Act –
MinStG), known as Pillar Two, will apply to the Ultimate Parent and its subsidiaries
from the financial year 2024. New Zealand has enacted legislation implementing
Pillar Two applying from 1 January 2025, however, Group subsidiaries operate in
jurisdictions that have enacted Pillar Two in the current year creating potential Pillar
Two tax liabilities for these subsidiaries. The law includes simplified rules in the form
of temporary safe harbour regulations for each jurisdiction, which means that no
tax increase is payable if certain conditions are met. The safe harbour calculations
demonstrated this requirement was satisfied in all relevant jurisdictions of the Group,
meaning that no additional taxes arise. As such, the Group has not recognised a Pillar
Two provision.
The Group is making use of the temporary exemption resulting from the
implementation of the Pillar Two regulations, which was included in the amendment
of NZ IAS 12 published in May 2023, under which it does not have to recognise
deferred taxes in relation to Pillar Two.
Standards, amendments and interpretations on issue not yet effective
There are other standards, amendments and interpretations which have been
approved but are not yet effective. The Group expects to adopt other standards
when they become mandatory. None are expected to materially impact the Group’s
financial statements.
T&G Global Annual Report 202476
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
Financial performance
This section explains the performance of the Group and details the contributions
made by the Group’s operating segments. It also describes how the Group earns
its revenue and addresses other areas that impact on profitability such as other
income, other expenses, and taxation.
3. Segment information
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting
provided to the chief operating decision-makers. The chief operating decision-makers
have been identified as the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and the
Executive team of the Group.
The chief operating decision-makers assess the performance of the operating
segments based on operating profit, which reflects earnings before financing income
and expenses, share of profit from joint ventures and associate, other income, other
expenses and income tax expense. Inter-segment pricing is determined on an arm’s
length basis and segment results include items directly attributable to a segment.
No single external customer’s revenue accounts for 10% or more of the Group’s
revenue.
During the year, the Group’s operating segments were reorganised to be consistent
with internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision-makers of the
Group. This resulted in the reallocation of business units that previously formed the
International Trading segment to the other operating segments of the Group based
on the type of produce traded by those business units. Any business units previously
in International Trading that traded apples were reallocated to the Apples operating
segment, with the remaining business units reallocated to T&G Fresh or Other.
This reallocation impacted solely on the segment information presented in Note 3,
and the analysis of revenue from contracts with customers presented in Note 4.
Operating segments
The Group comprises the following main operating segments:
Operating segmentSignificant operations
ApplesGrowing, packing, cool storing, sales and marketing of
apples worldwide.
T&G FreshGrowing, trading and transport activities within New
Zealand and Australia, and exports to the Pacific Islands,
Australia and Asia. This incorporates the New Zealand
wholesale markets and the tomato, citrus, berry and stone
fruit growing operations. This includes international trading
activities in Australia.
VentureFruitVariety management including identification, acquisition,
development and protection of new varieties of fruit.
Revenue from the sale of right-to-grow licences is included
in this business division.
OtherIncludes property and corporate costs, and some trading
elements of the former International trading operating
segment that have not been reallocated to the other
remaining operating segments in the current year.
T&G Global Annual Report 202477
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
Segment information provided to the chief operating decision-makers for the reportable segments is shown in the following tables:
Apples
$’000
T&G Fresh
$’000
VentureFruit
$’000
Other
$’000
Total
$’000
2024
Total segment revenue1,009,444477,42546,72433,4981,567,091
Inter-segment revenue(150,301)(22,136)(33,763)–(206,200)
Revenue from external customers859,143455,28912,96133,4981,360,891
Purchases, raw materials and consumables used(652,677)(314,349)(11,878)(31,081)(1,009,985)
Depreciation and amortisation expenses(33,063)(22,596)(217)(2,521)(58,397)
Net other operating expenses(129,736)(114,728)(5,157)(30,224)(279,845)
Segment operating profit / (loss)43,6673,616(4,291)(30,328)12,664
Financing income5,406
Financing expense(34,236)
Share of loss from joint ventures(26)
Share of profit from associate2,441
Net other income and expenses6,920
Loss before income tax(6,831)
3. Segment information continued
T&G Global Annual Report 202478
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
Apples
$’000
T&G Fresh
$’000
VentureFruit
$’000
Other
$’000
Total
$’000
2023
(1)
Total segment revenue968,160568,36841,37621,1141,599,018
Inter-segment revenue(148,274)(84,034)(32,372) – (264,680)
Revenue from external customers819,886484,3349,00421,1141,334,338
Purchases, raw materials and consumables used(639,902)(335,989)(11,526)(19,956)(1,007,373)
Depreciation and amortisation expenses(29,939)(25,851)(140)(2,699)(58,629)
Net other operating expenses(139,795)(112,660)(12,005)(49,455)(313,915)
Segment operating profit/(loss)10,2509,834(14,667)(50,996)(45,579)
Financing income4,090
Financing expense(28,924)
Share of loss from joint ventures(39)
Share of profit from associate1,206
Net other income and expenses4,997
Loss before income tax(64,249)
(1)
Prior period segment results have been re-presented to ensure consistency in the composition of business segments to reflect the Group’s internal reporting. This has no impact on the Income statement or other primary statements with the only impact being
in the 2023 segment information presentation.
3. Segment information continued
T&G Global Annual Report 202479
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
The Group records revenue from the following sources:
Sale of produce
Revenue from the sale of produce is recognised either on dispatch or when the
produce has reached its destination, depending on the terms and agreements
with customers and when there is supporting evidence that control and ownership
of the produce has transferred to the customer.
Commissions
The Group acts as an agent in certain revenue generating transactions where it
facilitates the sale of produce into markets and customers. Commission revenue
is recognised in these instances when there is supporting evidence that control
and ownership of goods have transferred to the end customer.
Services
The Group derives the majority of its service revenue through the provision
of cool storage and packing services during the growing and selling seasons.
Revenue from the provision of services is recognised simultaneously as the
services are being performed over the length of the contract or at a point in time
depending on the specifics of the contract.
The Group is domiciled in New Zealand. The total revenues from external customers
in New Zealand and other regions are:
2024
$’000
2023
$’000
New Zealand404,512415,033
Australia and Pacific Islands98,654108,938
Asia396,934348,659
Americas35,35390,770
Europe425,438370,938
Total1,360,8911,334,338
The total non-current assets other than trade and other receivables, derivative
financial instruments, deferred tax assets and investment in unlisted entities located
in New Zealand and other countries are:
2024
$’000
2023
$’000
New Zealand631,259623,482
Other64,82556,288
Total696,084679,770
3. Segment information continued
4. Revenue from contracts with customers
T&G Global Annual Report 202480
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
The key accounting judgment applied by the Group is around the determination of
the performance obligations in the right-to-grow licence agreements, when these
obligations are satisfied, and when revenue is recognised. The Group identified
two distinct performance obligations in its sale of right-to-grow licences,
■Transferring a right to obtain plant material
■Transferring a right to use brands
The right to obtain plant material is separately identifiable from other goods and
services contained in the right-to-grow and growing agreements with growers.
A grower can benefit from obtaining the plant material as once the grower is in
possession of plant material, they can plant the variety and grow fruit to generate
future economic benefits. These rights are conferred to the grower on signing
of the right-to-grow agreement and growing agreement. It is at this point in time
that the Group considers its performance obligation satisfied, and revenue is
recognised at this point in time.
When a grower enters into the agreements, the Group also transfers the right
to use certain brands when selling the variety of apples. The right to use a
brand is separately identifiable from other goods and services contained in the
agreements, and a grower can benefit from using the brand as this leads to
economic benefits for the grower. Access to the Group’s brands is an obligation
that is satisfied at a point in time and revenue is recognised as royalties at the
time licenced apple variety sales occur.
Royalties
The Group recognises revenue from royalties from sales of the Group’s licenced
apple varieties. Royalties are recognised at the point in time the sale of licenced
apple varieties occurs.
Sale of licences
The Group records revenue from the sale of right-to-grow licences for its
premium apple varieties. A right-to-grow licence transfers the right to grow a
variety over an approved number of hectares and the right to gain access to the
varietal plant material to growers who enter into an agreement with the Group.
Revenue from the sale of licences is recognised at the point in time control of
the licence transfers to a grower, which has been determined as when a grower
enters into a right-to-grow agreement with the Group. As the right-to-grow the
variety and access to varietal plant material are conferred to the grower at the
point in time the right-to-grow agreement is signed, revenue is recognised at this
point in time.
Principal and agency arrangements
The Group holds arrangements in which it acts as the principal and other
arrangements in which it acts as the agent. The following factors have been used
by the Group in distinguishing whether it acts as the principal or the agent in
specific arrangements:
■Primary responsibility for fulfilling the promise to provide the goods or services
to the end customer.
■Inventory risk before goods are transferred to the end customer.
■The discretion to establish the price of goods and services above.
4. Revenue from contracts with customers continued
T&G Global Annual Report 202481
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
Apples
$’000
T&G Fresh
$’000
VentureFruit
$’000
Other
$’000
Total
$’000
2024
Nature of revenue
Sale of produce804,604383,64630432,3961,220,950
Sale of licences – –6,0567136,769
Commissions6,36528,6122,68423937,900
Services38,66643,03171015082,557
Royalties9,508–3,207 –12,715
Revenue from external customers859,143455,28912,96133,4981,360,891
Timing of revenue recognition
At a point in time
Sale of produce804,604383,64630432,3961,220,950
Sale of licences – –6,0567136,769
Commissions6,36528,6122,68423937,900
Services29,40443,03171015073,295
Royalties9,508 –3,207 –12,715
849,881455,28912,96133,4981,351,629
Over time
Services9,262 – – –9,262
9,262 – – –9,262
Revenue from external customers859,143455,28912,96133,4981,360,891
4. Revenue from contracts with customers continued
T&G Global Annual Report 202482
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
Apples
$’000
T&G Fresh
$’000
VentureFruit
$’000
Other
$’000
Total
$’000
2023
(1)
Nature of revenue
Sale of produce742,404411,03610318,8581,172,401
Sale of licences – –2,662 –2,662
Commissions17,52225,7941,828 –45,144
Services51,17147,4971,4642,256102,388
Royalties8,78972,947 –11,743
Revenue from external customers819,886484,3349,00421,1141,334,338
Timing of revenue recognition
At a point in time
Sale of produce742,404411,03610318,8581,172,401
Sale of licences – –2,662 –2,662
Commissions17,52225,7941,828–45,144
Services43,56147,4971,4642,25694,778
Royalties8,78972,947 –11,743
812,276484,3349,00421,1141,326,728
Over time
Services7,610 – – –7,610
7,610 – – –7,610
Revenue from external customers819,886484,3349,00421,1141,334,338
(1)
Prior year segment results have been re-presented to ensure consistency in the composition of business segments to reflect the Group’s internal reporting. This had no impact on the income statement or other primary statements, with the only impact other
than in the above note being in the 2023 segment information presentation note. Refer to Note 3.
4. Revenue from contracts with customers continued
T&G Global Annual Report 202483
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
5. Other income
Other income
The Group recognised income from other operating and non-operating activities
during the year.
Insurance proceeds recognised of $7.8m relate to the Group’s material damage
and business interruption (MDBI) claim resulting from Cyclone Gabrielle in
2023. The judgment applied by the Group relates to the determination of which
aspects of the MDBI claim the Group has virtual certainty of coverage, in line
with the requirements of NZ IAS 37
Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and
Contingent Assets
(NZ IAS 37), and therefore the ability to recognise a receivable
at balance date.
Of the total claim recognised in 2023 and 2024 of $24.9 million, $8.9 million is
recorded as a receivable as at 31 December 2024.
Other operating income consists of the following:
NOTE2024
$’000
2023
$’000
Net exchange gains1,644–
Net gain from changes in fair value
of biological assets86,7216,301
Net gain from disposal of property,
plant and equipment–72
Rent – others1,9482,534
Rent from subleases2,2911,964
Other4392,878
Total13,04313,749
Net exchange gains do not include a net realised foreign exchange gain of
$10.9 million (2023: $14.0 million) recognised as part of revenue and purchases.
The total impact of exchange differences in the current financial year was a net gain
of $12.5 million (2023: net loss of $2.9 million).
Other income consists of the following non-operating activities:
2024
$’000
2023
$’000
Gain on sale of plant and machinery on orchard–166
Insurance proceeds7,76717,193
Total7,76717,359
T&G Global Annual Report 202484
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
Employee benefits expenses
Defined contribution plans
Obligations for contributions to defined contribution pension plans are recognised
as an expense in the income statement as incurred.
Short-term employee benefits
Employee entitlements to salaries, wages, and annual leave to be settled within
12 months of the reporting date, represent present obligations resulting from
employees’ services provided up to the reporting date, calculated at undiscounted
amounts based on remuneration rates that the Group expects to pay.
During the year, contributions of $4.06 million (2023: $4.19 million) were made by the
Group towards employees’ superannuation schemes.
6. Other expenses
Depreciation and amortisation expenses
NOTE2024
$’000
2023
$’000
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment1025,98324,139
Depreciation of right-of-use assets1228,09429,754
Amortisation of intangible assets114,3204,736
Total58,39758,629
Other operating expenses
Other operating expenses includes the following:
NOTE2024
$’000
2023
$’000
Directors’ remuneration25504437
Fleet costs13,47613,481
Insurance13,01910,616
Impairment on receivables63712,943
Net exchange losses– 16,902
Professional fees14,46916,682
Promotion costs11,07819,579
Rental and property related costs18,34118,944
Repairs and maintenance12,52918,809
Research and development8851,173
Travel and accommodation4,6594,684
Prior year impairment on receivables includes amounts related to writing off long-
term receivables due from Cyclone Gabrielle impacted growing partners, and a
provision for a long-term receivable from an overseas growing partner.
T&G Global Annual Report 202485
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
During the year, subsidiaries of the Group engaged other auditors to perform audit
services and the fees paid were as follows:
2024
$’000
2023
$’000
BDO for Delica (Shanghai) Fruit Trading Company Limited2415
Burgess Hodgson LLP for Worldwide Fruit Limited144107
HLB Mann Judd for Delica Australia Pty Limited, T&G Vizzarri
Farms Pty Limited, T&G Berries Australia Pty Limited189120
Hutchinson and Bloodgood LLP for Delica North America,
Inc.174190
Moss Adams LLP for ENZAFRUIT Products Inc.281224
JPAC for T&G South East Asia Limited115102
Total927758
Other expenses
Other expenses consists of the following non-operating activities:
2024
$’000
2023
$’000
Loss on sale of commercial land and buildings356–
Loss on assets damaged from Cyclone Gabrielle49112,362
84712,362
6. Other expenses continued
Audit fees
Audit fees of the Group and related services from the Group’s auditors consist of the
following:
2024
$’000
2023
$’000
Audit and review of financial statements
Audit and review of financial statements696677
Total audit and review of financial statements696677
Other services
Audit or review related services:
■Captive insurance subsidiary solvency return77
■Belgian subsidiary assurance engagement–48
Other assurance services and other agreed-upon
procedures engagements:
■Limited assurance over selected GHG information
included in the Climate-related Disclosures4535
■Compliance of sustainability linked loan–35
■Readiness analysis on Climate-related Disclosures–69
Taxation services:
■Tax compliance and administrative services of the
Corporate Taxpayers Group (CTG)1714
Total other services69208
Total fees paid to auditors765885
Other auditors
Audit services provided927758
Other services
■Internal audit services213243
■Tax services82115
T&G Global Annual Report 202486
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
(B) Reconciliation of prima facie taxation and tax (expense) / credit
The taxation expense that would arise at the standard rate of corporation tax in
New Zealand is reconciled to the tax expense as follows:
2024
$’000
2023
$’000
Loss before income tax (6,831) (64,249)
Prima facie taxation at 28% (2023: 28%) 1,913 17,990
(Add) / deduct tax effect of:
Non-deductible items(1,880)(2,869)
Effect of tax rates in non-New Zealand jurisdictions1,5352,750
Tax on share of joint ventures' and associate’s profits
and losses23(70)
Deferred tax assets not recognised(2)(223)
Adjustments in respect of prior periods1,167(678)
Unutilised foreign tax credits not available for future periods(109)393
Non-taxable capital gain on sale(1,255)(149)
Building depreciation written off(4,483) –
Non-taxable items3474
Change in tax rate in non-New Zealand jurisdiction – (2)
Other – 438
Total(3,057)17,654
The tax charge for the year of $3.1 million (2023: $17.7 million tax credit), equates to an
effective tax rate of -45% (2023: 27%). This represents a tax charge on a loss before
tax. If the impact from the removal of the tax deduction for building depreciation was
excluded from the tax calculation the tax credit for the year would be $1.4 million
which equates to an effective tax rate of 21%. Excluding the impact of building
depreciation, the Group’s effective tax rate is lower than the New Zealand statutory
corporate tax rate of 28% due principally to expenses of a capital nature in New Zealand,
and the tax impact of the property sale in ENZAFRUIT New Zealand (CONTINENT).
7. Taxation
Income tax
Current tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount expected to be
recovered from or paid to the relevant taxation authorities based on the current
period’s taxable income and any adjustments in respect of previous years.
Deferred tax
Deferred tax is provided on all temporary differences at the balance date between
the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial
reporting purposes.
Income tax is recognised in the income statement apart from when it relates to
items recognised directly in other comprehensive income or equity, in which case
it is recognised in other comprehensive income or equity.
(A) Taxation on loss before income tax
2024
$’000
2023
$’000
Current tax expense(20,518)(1,759)
Deferred tax credit17,46119,413
Total(3,057)17,654
In addition to the Group tax credit/(charge), tax of $12.4 million is credited (2023: $0.1
million charged) directly to other comprehensive income.
T&G Global Annual Report 202487
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
The impact of these items is partially offset by the different corporate tax rates applicable for T&G’s subsidiaries operating in foreign jurisdictions and prior year Californian state
tax refunds received. In 2023, the rate of 27% was due principally to not recognising tax losses in Fruitmark Pty Limited or Enzafruit Peru S.A.C and expenses of a capital nature
in New Zealand, partially offset by the different corporate tax rates applicable for T&G’s subsidiaries operating in foreign jurisdictions.
(C) Deferred taxation
Balance of temporary differences
Property,
plant and
equipment
$’000
Intangible
assets
$’000
Biological
assets
$’000
Provisions
and
accruals
$’000
Unrelieved
trading
losses
$’000
Other
$’000
Total
$’000
2023
Balance as at 1 January(33,818)(1,785)(7,987)3,63414,877(2)(25,081)
Recognised in income statement prior year(791) – (139)531(2,059)(66)(2,524)
Recognised in income statement4,2704111882,57916,105(1,615)21,938
Recognised in equity3,623 – – – – (1,213)2,410
Foreign exchange movements(118)(40) – 63(2)(151)
Balance as at 31 December(26,834)(1,414)(7,938)6,75028,926(2,898)(3,408)
2024
Balance as at 1 January(26,834) (1,414)(7,938) 6,750 28,926 (2,898)(3,408)
Recognised on acquisition(85) (184) (106) – – – (375)
Recognised in income statement prior year(215) – – (522)(579)295(1,021)
Recognised in income statement(5,505)537(1,281)(1,579)26,625(312)18,485
Recognised in equity2,020 – – (29) – – 1,991
Foreign exchange movements(244)(89) – 17957(16)(113)
Balance as at 31 December(30,863)(1,150)(9,325)4,79955,029(2,931)15,559
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when they relate to income taxes levied by the same tax authority and the Group intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities
on a net basis. Net deferred tax balance of $15.6 million (2023: $3.4 million) is represented by deferred tax assets of $19.6 million (2023: $2.6 million) and deferred tax liabilities
of $4 million (2023: $6 million). The Unrelieved Trading Losses of $55 million largely comprises New Zealand carried forward tax losses incurred in the current and prior
periods. It is expected there will be sufficient future earnings in New Zealand to utilise the deferred tax assets in New Zealand.
7. Taxation continued
T&G Global Annual Report 202488
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
Expected settlement
2024
$’000
2023
$’000
Deferred tax assets expected to be settled within
12 months(4,526)27,737
Deferred tax liabilities expected to be settled in more
than 12 months20,085(31,145)
Total15,559(3,408)
(D) Imputation credits
The Group has a negative imputation credit account balance of $0.4 million as at
31 December 2024 (2023: $0.4 million positive balance).
(E) Additional tax disclosures
At the reporting date, the Group had unrecognised tax losses from its Peru operations
that arose between 2020 and 2022 of approximately $4.7 million (2023: $4.3 million)
which are available for offset against future Peru profits. The losses will all expire in
2025. The Group also has unrecognised losses from its Fruitmark Australia business
which ceased trading in 2023 of approximately $0.8 million (2023: $0.6 million) which
are available indefinitely for offset against future profits in the Fruitmark Australia
business.
Removal of building depreciation (New Zealand)
During the year, the New Zealand Government passed legislation to remove
commercial building depreciation for tax purposes. As a result, the Group’s deferred
tax liabilities have increased by $4.5 million with a one-off tax expense of $4.5 million
recognised, as the tax base of the Group’s buildings in New Zealand reduced to nil.
Operating assets
This section describes the assets used to operate the business and generate
revenue for the Group. Operating assets include biological assets, property, plant
and equipment, and intangible assets.
8. Biological assets
Biological assets consists of unharvested fruit growing on bearer plants, and are
stated at fair value based on their present location and condition less estimated point-
of-sale costs. Any gain or loss from changes in the fair value of biological assets is
recognised in the income statement.
Point-of-sale costs include all other costs that would be necessary to sell the assets.
The fair value of the Group’s apples, tomatoes, citrus, blueberries, and stone fruit
are determined by management using a discounted cash flow approach.
Costs are based on current average costs and referenced back to industry
standard costs. The costs are variable depending on the location, planting and
the variety of the biological asset. A suitable discount rate has been determined
in order to calculate the present value of those cash flows. The fair value of
biological assets at or before the point of harvest is based on the value of the
estimated market price of the estimated volumes produced, net of harvesting
and growing costs. Changes in the estimates and assumptions supporting the
valuations could have a material impact on the carrying value of biological assets
and reported profit.
7. Taxation continued
T&G Global Annual Report 202489
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
The following significant assumptions and considerations have been taken into
account in determining the fair value of the Group’s biological assets:
■Forecasts for the following year based on management’s view of projected cash
flows, including sales and margins, adjusted for inflation, location and variety of
crops.
■The Group has unhedged projected cash flows from sales in foreign currencies.
These have been translated to the Group’s functional currency at average
exchange rates sourced from financial institutions based on forecasted sales
profiles.
■Discount rates to adjust for risks inherent to the crop, including natural events,
disease or any other adverse factors that may impact the quality, yield or price.
■Any significant changes to management of the crop in the current and following
year.
Valuation process
Within the Group’s finance team are individuals who work closely with the Group’s
key biological asset categories during the year. These finance team members are
also responsible for performing valuations of the Group’s biological assets for
financial reporting purposes.
Discussions of valuation processes and results are held between the Chief Financial
Officer and the finance team at least once every six months, in line with the Group’s
reporting requirements.
The main level 3 inputs used by the Group are derived and evaluated as follows:
■Production yields, including tray carton equivalents per hectare and tonnes per
hectare, are determined based on historical production trends for each orchard
and forecasted expected yields based on the underlying age and health of the
orchards.
■Annual gate prices represent management’s assessment of expected future
returns for the biological assets based on historical trends, current market
pricing, and known market factors at balance date.
■Discount rates are determined by reference to historical trends and loss events,
and an assessment of the time value of money and any risks specific for the
current crop being valued.
■The fair value of biological assets and the level 3 inputs to the fair value model
are analysed at the end of each reporting period.
As part of the analysis, the level 3 inputs are reviewed and assessed for
reasonableness with reference to current market conditions. The calculated fair
value of biological assets is also reviewed to determine if it is a fair reflection of
management’s expected returns for each crop type.
The cash outflows used in the fair value calculation include notional cash flows for
land and bearer plants owned by the Group. They are based on market rent payable
for orchards of similar size.
8. Biological assets continued
T&G Global Annual Report 202490
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
Apples
$’000
Tomatoes
$’000
Citrus
$’000
Blueberries
$’000
Stone fruit
$’000
Total
$’000
2023
Balance at 1 January 21,455 3,504 1,941 702
– 27,602
Capitalised costs 20,248 – 5,378 1,800
– 27,426
Change in fair value less costs to sell (1,238) 4,522 2,004 1,013
– 6,301
Decrease due to harvest (20,476) (4,223) (6,987) (1,394)
– (33,080)
Balance at 31 December 19,989 3,803 2,336 2,121
– 28,249
2024
Balance at 1 January 19,989 3,803 2,336 2,121 – 28,249
Capitalised costs 19,102 – 8,560 1,999 (235) 29,426
Change in fair value less costs to sell 1,368 1,165 633 1,681 1,874 6,721
Decrease due to harvest (19,851) (813) (7,104)(195) (173) (28,136)
Balance at 31 December 20,608 4,155 4,425 5,606 1,466 36,260
8. Biological assets continued
T&G Global Annual Report 202491
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
8. Biological assets continued
T&G Global Annual Report 202492
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Fair value measurement
Techniques applied by the Group which are used to value biological assets are considered to be level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. Inputs are not based on observable
market data (that is, unobservable inputs). There have been no transfers between levels during the year.
The unobservable inputs used by the Group to fair value its biological assets are detailed below:
ProduceUnobservable inputs
Range of unobservable inputs
20242023
ApplesTray carton equivalent (TCE) per hectare per annum288 to 3,06881 to 3,380
Weighted average TCE per hectare per annum 1,663 1,264
Export prices per export TCE$14.20 to $76.32$26 to $64
Weighted average export prices per export TCE per annum$35.50$33.74
Risk-adjusted discount rate31%31%
TomatoesTonnes per hectare per annum233 to 480129 to 480
Weighted average tonnes per hectare per annum327329
Annual price per kilogram (kg) per season$1.80 to $26.07$1.57 to $25.77
Weighted average price per kg per season$6.47$6.01
Risk-adjusted discount rate27%27%
CitrusTonnes per hectare per annum 37 31
Weighted average tonnes per hectare per annum 37 31
Annual gate price per tonne per season$2,158 to $4,166$553 to $3,314
Weighted average gate price per tonne per season$3,019$1,958
Risk-adjusted discount rate25%25%
BlueberriesTonnes per hectare per annum5.32 to 8.192.9 to 6.5
Weighted average tonnes per hectare per annum7.0 24.9
Annual gate price per kg per season$14.51 to $88$8.00 to $30.80
Weighted average gate price per kg per season$25.52$21.76
Risk-adjusted discount rate22%22%
Notes to the financial statements continued
ProduceUnobservable inputs
Range of unobservable inputs
20242023
Stone fruitTonnes per hectare per annum39 to 300 –
Weighted average tonnes per hectare per annum 157 –
Annual gate price per tonne per season$4.31 to $20 –
Weighted average gate price per tonne per season $8.57 –
Risk-adjusted discount rate27% –
8. Biological assets continued
As the yield per hectare and gate price or export price per TCE increases, the fair
value of biological assets increases. As the discount rate used increases, the fair value
of biological assets decreases.
For the Group’s apples crop, an increase or decrease of 10% in the discount rate
would result in a fair value change of $1.1 million (2023: 10% change in discount rate
would result in fair value change of $1.0 million and $1.1 million respectively).
For the Group’s tomatoes, citrus, blueberry and stone fruit crops, an increase or
decrease of 10% in the discount rate would not have a material impact on the fair
value of the crop.
For the Group’s apples crop, an increase or decrease of 10% in volumes would result
in a fair value change of $2.1 million (2023: 10% increase or decrease in volumes
would result in a fair value change of $3.3 million). For the Group’s tomatoes crop,
an increase or decrease of 10% in volume would result in a fair value change of
$1.5 million (2023: 10% increase or decrease in volumes would result in a fair value
change of $2.2 million and $2.1 million respectively).
For the citrus, blueberry and stone fruit crops, an increase or decrease of 10% in
volumes would not have a material impact on the fair value of the crop.
Risk
Being involved in agricultural activity, the Group is exposed to financial risks arising
from adverse climatic or natural events that could impact on the Group’s biological
assets through damage to crop caused by severe weather events. As a result of
severe weather events in prior years, in 2023 the Group increased its discount rates
used to calculate the fair value of its biological assets. The discount rates were
assessed in the current year and were deemed appropriate.
The Group continues to work with research partners to develop and commercialise
new categories of fruit that can thrive in a warming climate, for example, apples
branded as TUTTI™, the world’s first specifically bred hot climate-tolerant apple variety.
Financial risk also arises through adverse changes in market prices or volumes
harvested, and adverse movements in foreign exchange rates.
Price risk is minimised by close monitoring of commodity prices and factors that
influence those commodity prices. The Group also takes reasonable measures to
ensure that harvests are not affected by climatic and natural events, disease, or any
other factors that may negatively impact on the quality and yield of crop. Foreign
currency risk is mitigated by using derivative instruments such as foreign currency
hedging contracts to hedge foreign currency exposure.
T&G Global Annual Report 202493
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
9. Non-current assets classified as held for sale
Non-current assets held for sale are measured at the lower of the asset’s
previous carrying amount and its fair value less costs to sell. Non-current assets
are classified as held for sale if their carrying amount will be recovered through a
sale transaction rather than through continuing use.
2024
$’000
2023
$’000
Commercial land and buildings 8,280 11,100
Investment in associate 18,217 –
Total 26,497 11,100
5125 Roxburgh, Ettrick Road, Ettrick, Central Otago District
In February 2024, the Group’s management committed to sell the commercial
land and building at 5125 Roxburgh, Ettrick Road, Ettrick, Central Otago. On
reclassification of the property as a non-current asset held for sale, the net book value
of the property was reduced to market value less costs to sell, with $1.47 million being
adjusted through asset revaluation reserves.
The property remains unsold as at 31 December 2024, though the Group’s
management remains committed to the sale in the upcoming financial year.
Management has assessed that the property still meets the requirements of being
classified as held for sale, and therefore continues to classify the property as a non-
current asset held for sale as at 31 December 2024.
24.39% Investment in Grandview Brokerage LLC
In August 2024, the Group’s management committed to sell 24.39% of its investment
in Grandview Brokerage LLC for $18.22 million. The sale was completed on 1 January
2025.
Activity on productive owned and leased land
The productive owned and leased land growing different types of biological assets by
agricultural product types are detailed in the table below:
HectaresProduction units
Unit
measure2024202320242023
Apples422444744,148 573,336 TCE
Tomatoes24247,934,818 8,463,825 kg
Citrus90903,288,993 2,778,756 kg
Blueberries3419238,228 94,888 kg
Stone fruit156 – 116 – kg
8. Biological assets continued
T&G Global Annual Report 202494
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
Commercial land and improvements, orchard land and improvements, and buildings
are stated at their fair value less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses.
All other items of property, plant and equipment are stated at their cost less
accumulated depreciation and impairment losses.
Revaluations
The Group’s policy is to revalue commercial land and improvements, orchard land
and improvements, and buildings every three years with valuations being performed
by independent registered valuers based on the price that would be received to
sell the asset in an orderly transaction between market participants under current
market conditions. Valuation assessments are performed earlier than every three
years if market evidence suggests that property values have moved materially since
the time of the last valuation assessment.
All property valuers used are members of the New Zealand Institute of Valuers,
with the exception of the valuers appointed in Belgium and the United Kingdom who
have the appropriate expertise as required in those jurisdictions.
The revaluations are conducted on a systematic basis across the Group so that
the asset revaluations are performed with sufficient regularity to ensure that the
carrying amount does not differ materially from that which would be determined
using fair value at balance date. Where valuations are not obtained for land and
improvements, and buildings, the carrying values of these assets are reassessed for
any material change.
Any revaluation increase arising on the revaluation of such land and buildings is
credited to the properties revaluation reserve, except to the extent that it reverses
a revaluation decrease for the same asset previously recognised as an expense, in
which case the increase is credited to profit or loss to the extent of the decrease
previously expensed. A decrease in carrying amount arising on the revaluation of
such land and buildings is charged as an expense to the extent that it exceeds the
balance, if any, held in the properties revaluation reserve relating to a previous
revaluation of that asset.
Depreciation
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment, other than commercial and orchard
land which is not depreciated, is calculated on a straight-line basis so as to expense
the cost of the assets, or the revalued amounts, to their expected residual values
over their useful lives as follows:
AssetTime
■Commercial land improvements15 to 50 years
■Orchard land improvements15 to 50 years
■Buildings15 to 50 years
■Bearer plants7 to 40 years
■Glasshouses33 years
■Motor vehicles5 to 7 years
■Plant and equipment and hire containers3 to 15 years
Impairment
Items of property, plant and equipment are assessed for indicators of impairment
at each reporting date. An impairment loss is recognised immediately in profit
or loss, unless the relevant asset is carried at a revalued amount, in which case
the impairment loss is treated as a revaluation decrease and to the extent that
the impairment loss is greater than the related revaluation surplus, the excess
impairment loss is recognised in profit or loss.
10. Property, plant and equipment
T&G Global Annual Report 202495
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
Commercial
land and
improvements
$’000
Orchard
land and
improvements
$’000
Buildings
$’000
Bearer
plants
$’000
Glasshouses
$’000
Motor
vehicles
$’000
Plant and
equipment
and hire
containers
$’000
Work in
progress
$’000
Total
$’000
At 1 January 2023
Cost or valuation36,42261,04393,18044,44129,0126,862152,843114,037537,840
Accumulated depreciation and impairment(626)(962)(2,458)(8,986)(15,838)(4,706)(103,187) – (136,763)
Net carrying amounts 35,79660,08190,72235,4551 3 ,1742,15649,656114,037401,077
Year ended 31 December 2023
Opening net carrying amounts35,79660,08190,72235,4551 3 ,1742,15649,656114,037401,077
Additions2371823,6022234327984,06658,97068,510
Reclassifications10,995(4,205)56,91410,018 – – 34,710(108,432) –
Depreciation(1,186)(795)(7,124)(2,390)(1,021)(722)(10,901) – (24,139)
Disposals(134)(879)(723)(9,023)(8)(122)(2,362)(11,109)(24,360)
Revaluations39(4,502)(24,457) – – – – – (28,920)
Depreciation write back on revaluations1,0092986,549 – – – – – 7,856
Foreign exchange movements205 – 526 – – (66)3099983
Closing net carrying amounts46,96150,180126,00934,28312,5772,04475,47853,475401,007
At 31 December 2023
Cost or valuation47,77651,426128,82044,10027,6006,971185,04953,475545,217
Accumulated depreciation and impairment(815)(1,246)(2,811)(9,817)(15,023)(4,927)(109,571) – (144,210)
Net carrying amounts 46,96150,180126,00934,28312,5772,04475,47853,475401,007
10. Property, plant and equipment continued
T&G Global Annual Report 202496
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
Commercial
land and
improvements
$’000
Orchard
land and
improvements
$’000
Buildings
$’000
Bearer
plants
$’000
Glasshouses
$’000
Motor
vehicles
$’000
Plant and
equipment
and hire
containers
$’000
Work in
progress
$’000
Total
$’000
Year ended 31 December 2024
Opening net carrying amounts 46,961 50,180 126,009 34,283 12,577 2,044 75,478 53,475 401,007
Additions 13 28 910 2,396 165 341 9,425 32,395 45,673
Reclassifications 5 1,685 516 390 1,894 – 4,897 (9,387) –
Depreciation (1,388) (872) (5,598) (2,652) (961) (659) (13,853) – (25,983)
Disposals (721) (444) (5,854) (50) – (106) (886) (307)(8,368)
Transfer to asset held for sale (723) – (7,557) – – – – – (8,280)
Foreign exchange movements 463 – 245 – – 18 1,997 162 2,885
Closing net carrying amounts 44,610 50,577 108,671 34,367 13,675 1,638 77,058 76,338 406,934
At 31 December 2024
Cost or valuation46,80652,586117,25546,77529,6596,346195,19676,338570,961
Accumulated depreciation and impairment(2,196)(2,009)(8,584)(12,408)(15,984)(4,708)(118,138) – (164,027)
Net carrying amounts 44,61050,577108,67134,36713,6751,63877,05876,338406,934
Included in property, plant and equipment is a farm in Chile that the Group previously held as collateral on a loan to a growing partner in Peru. During the year, the growing
partner defaulted on the loan resulting in the derecognition of the loan receivable, and the recognition of the farm at fair value in line with the requirements of NZ IFRS 9
Financial Instruments. At 31 December 2024, the fair value of the farm was $6 million.
10. Property, plant and equipment continued
T&G Global Annual Report 202497
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
Revaluations
The methods and valuation techniques used for assessing the current market
value of commercial land and improvements, orchard land and improvements,
and buildings by external valuers are disclosed on the following page. Changes in
the estimates and assumptions underlying the valuation approaches could have
a material effect on the carrying amounts of the properties, with changes in value
reflected either in other comprehensive income or through the income statement
as appropriate in accordance with the Group’s accounting policy.
The following table presents the valuers and valuation techniques of the most recent
valuation of the Group’s commercial land and improvements, and buildings. The last
revaluation was carried out in the prior year between October and December 2023.
PropertyValuer
Depreciation replacement cost / market comparison
approach
153 Harrisville Road, Tuakau, WaikatoTelfer Young
292 Harrisville Road, Tuakau, Waikato Telfer Young
133 Lynd Road, Ōhaupō, WaipaTelfer Young
3057 Broadlands Road, Broadlands, RotoruaTelfer Young
655 Main Road, Riwaka, MotuekaDuke and Cooke
PropertyValuer
Depreciation replacement cost / market comparison
approach/ income capitalisation approach
2 Anderson Road, Whakatu, HastingsLogan Stone
Market comparison approach
Apple Way, Pinchbeck, Spalding, United KingdomJones Lang LaSalle
The following table presents the valuers and valuation techniques of the most recent
valuation of the Group’s orchard land and improvements. The last revaluation was
carried out in June 2023.
PropertyValuer
Depreciation replacement cost / market comparison
approach
Kerikeri orchards, KerikeriLogan Stone
Apollo orchards, Heretaunga Plains, Hawke's BayLogan Stone
2 Anderson Road, WhakatuLogan Stone
Ormond Road, Twyford, HastingsLogan Stone
Raupare Road, Twyford, HastingsLogan Stone
101 Motueka River West Bank Road, Brooklyn, MotuekaDuke and Cooke
10. Property, plant and equipment continued
T&G Global Annual Report 202498
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
The principal valuation approaches used by the valuers during their valuations of
commercial land and improvements, orchard land and improvements, and buildings,
and the impact of a change in a significant unobservable valuation input are described
below:
Principal valuation approach and
description of approach
Relationships of
unobservable inputs
to fair value
Depreciation replacement cost approach
Under this approach, a cost to replace improvements
with modern equivalents is established. From
this, an allowance is deducted to allow for market-
based depreciation, encompassing physical
deterioration, functional obsolescence and economic
obsolescence. To the value of improvements, an
estimate of market value of land is added.
The higher the replacement
cost after adjustments, the
higher the fair value.
Discounted cash flow approach
This approach is based on the future projection of
rental income cash flows discounted back to their
present value, with inputs which include:
Discount rates at 9.3%The higher the discount rate,
the lower the fair value.
Terminal yield rate at 10.5%The higher the terminal yield
rate, the lower the fair value.
Investment horizon of 10 yearsThe longer the investment
horizon, the higher the fair
value.
Rental growth estimated at between 0% and 6.7%
per annum
The higher the rental growth
rate, the higher the fair value.
Principal valuation approach and
description of approach
Relationships of
unobservable inputs
to fair value
Income capitalisation approach
This approach capitalises the actual contract and /
or potential income at an appropriate market derived
rate of return. Capitalisation rates applied range from
6.7% to 8.8%.
The higher the capitalisation
rate, the lower the fair value.
Market comparison approach
This approach considers the sales of comparable
properties. These sales are analysed on the basis
of land value per square meter after allowing for
any improvements. Comparison against the subject
property includes making adjustments where
necessary for differences in:
■Availability of services and access
■Planning considerations
■Size, shape and contour
■Location
The higher the sale price
per square metre after
adjustments, the higher the
fair value.
10. Property, plant and equipment continued
T&G Global Annual Report 202499
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
Land and buildings at historical cost
If land and buildings were carried under the cost model, their carrying amounts would
be as follows:
2024
$’000
2023
$’000
Commercial land and improvements
Cost 20,41821,129
Accumulated depreciation and impairment(10,329)(8,946)
Net carrying amount10,08912,183
Orchard land and improvements
Cost 41,67240,514
Accumulated depreciation and impairment(21,413)(20,650)
Net carrying amount20,25919,864
Buildings
Cost 126,599130,577
Accumulated depreciation and impairment(48,146)(42,961)
Net carrying amount78,45387,616
Fair value measurement
Techniques applied by the Group which are used to value certain classes of
property, plant and equipment are considered to be level 3 in the fair value
hierarchy. Inputs are not based on observable market data (that is, unobservable
inputs). There have been no transfers between levels during the year.
The following values represent fair value at the time of valuation, plus additions
and less disposals and accumulated depreciation, since the date of valuations.
Management have assessed that these values represent fair value.
2024
$’000
2023
$’000
Commercial land and improvements44,61046,961
Orchard land and improvements50,57750,180
Buildings108,671126,009
Total203,858223,150
10. Property, plant and equipment continued
T&G Global Annual Report 2024100
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
11. Intangible assets
Intangible assets, except for goodwill acquired by the Group, are stated at cost
less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses.
Software, licences and capitalised costs of developing systems are recorded as
intangible assets, unless they are directly related to a specific item of hardware
and recorded as property, plant and equipment, and are amortised over a period
of three to eight years. Costs relating to Software-as-a-Service arrangements that
only provide the Group the right to access the suppliers software are expensed as
incurred.
Acquired brands are amortised over their anticipated useful lives of 10 to 25 years
where they have a finite life.
Goodwill is recorded at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill
and any other intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are tested for
impairment at each balance date.
Climate considerations
The Group has identified climate-related risks that could impact on the Group’s
property, plant, and equipment through damage to commercial and orchard land and
buildings due to severe weather events, or decline in the value of the Group’s bearer
plants as existing crop could be grown in areas with declining land suitability for
horticultural activity.
In the prior year, the Group wrote off assets damaged as a result of Cyclone
Gabrielle and also incurred higher insurance costs to ensure it had optimal insurance
programmes in place. The Group continually assesses its risk in this area and looks
for opportunities to diversify growing regions or invest in new crop varieties that will
thrive in hot and warming climates. Continued investment in protection structures,
such as hail netting, also mitigates the risk of damage through severe weather events.
10. Property, plant and equipment continued
T&G Global Annual Report 2024101
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
Goodwill
$’000
Software
$’000
Plant variety
rights
$’000
Other
intangibles
$’000
Total
$’000
At 1 January 2023
Cost50,98237,7121,40023,306113,400
Accumulated amortisation – (22,404)(244)(14,014)(36,662)
Net carrying amounts50,98215,3081,1569,29276,738
Year ended 31 December 2023
Opening carrying amounts50,98215,3081,1569,29276,738
Additions – 5,2032552,1027,560
Amortisation – (2,435)(91)(2,210)(4,736)
Reclassifications – 183 – (183) –
Disposals – – – (92)(92)
Foreign exchange movements1844 – 160222
Net carrying amounts51,00018,3031,3209,06979,692
At 31 December 2023
Cost51,00043,2461,65425,369121,269
Accumulated amortisation – (24,943)(334)(16,300)(41,577)
Net carrying amounts51,00018,3031,3209,06979,692
11. Intangible assets continued
T&G Global Annual Report 2024102
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
Goodwill
$’000
Software
$’000
Plant variety
rights
$’000
Other
intangibles
$’000
Total
$’000
Year ended 31 December 2024
Opening carrying amounts 51,000 18,303 1,320 9,069 79,692
Additions 37 2,045 – 2,025 4,107
Amortisation – (2,388) (92) (1,840) (4,320)
Reclassifications – (2) – – (2)
Disposals – (213) ––(213)
Foreign exchange movements 121 (477) – 340 (16)
Net carrying amounts 51,158 17,268 1,228 9,594 79,248
At 31 December 2024
Cost 51,158 44,882 1,655 27,989 125,684
Accumulated amortisation – (27,614) (427) (18,395) (46,436)
Net carrying amounts 51,158 17,268 1,228 9,594 79,248
11. Intangible assets continued
T&G Global Annual Report 2024103
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
Impairment tests for goodwill
The discount rate used for the purposes of goodwill impairment testing is based
on a calculated weighted average cost of capital adjusted for risks specific to the
cash-generating units. The weighted average cost of capital is based on the cost
of debt and cost of equity weighted accordingly between the relative percentages
of debt and equity. The cost of debt is the actual cost of debt and the cost of
equity is calculated using the capital asset pricing model.
Goodwill held by the Group relates to acquisitions of Status Produce Limited, the
Delica Group (including cash-generating units of Delica Limited, Delica Australia Pty
Limited and T&G Vizzarri Farms Pty Limited), Worldwide Fruit Limited and Freshmax
New Zealand Limited.
Goodwill
2024
$’000
2023
$’000
ENZAFruit New Zealand Limited1,3951,395
Delica Australia Pty Limited3,4083,331
T&G Fresh - Covered Crops8,6998,699
T&G Fresh - Markets30,09430,057
T&G Vizzarri Farms Pty Limited1,6731,629
Worldwide Fruit Limited5,8895,889
Total51,15851,000
The recoverable amounts of cash-generating units have been determined based
on value-in-use calculations. These calculations require the use of estimates as
to future profitability of the relevant cash-generating units to which goodwill has
been allocated and the choice of a suitable discount rate in order to calculate the
present value of those cash flows, based on the last approved budget projected
for a further three years plus a terminal value at the end of the fourth year.
The key assumptions used for the value-in-use calculations are as follows:
EBIT
growth rate
Discount
rate
Terminal
growth rate
202420232024202320242023
Cash-generating units
ENZAFruit New Zealand
Limited2.00%33.00%9.70%9.00%2.00%2.50%
Delica Australia Pty Limited2.00%3.00%9.70%9.00%2.00%3.00%
T&G Fresh - Covered Crops2.00%4.00%9.70%9.00%2.00%4.00%
T&G Fresh - Markets2.00%4.00%9.70%9.00%2.00%4.00%
T&G Vizzarri Farms Pty
Limited2.00%3.00%9.70%9.00%2.00%3.00%
Worldwide Fruit Limited2.36%2.00%11.90%11.50%2.36%2.00%
The calculations support the carrying amount of recorded goodwill. Management
believes that any reasonable change in the key assumptions used in the calculations
would not cause the carrying amount to exceed its recoverable amount.
11. Intangible assets continued
T&G Global Annual Report 2024104
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
Climate considerations
The Group has identified climate-related risks that could impact on
the Group’s intangible assets through impairment of goodwill and
plant variety rights if the Group’s current key crop varieties reduce
in viability due to the warming climate. The Group’s operations were
impacted by Cyclone Gabrielle in the 2023 financial year, though this
did not lead to any impairment of the Group’s intangible assets in the
previous financial year.
The Group is the strategic commercialisation partner of the Hot
Climate Partnership, and in 2023, commercially launched the world’s
first specifically bred hot climate-tolerant apple. It will continue
looking for opportunities to harness unique plant varieties to mitigate
the risk of crop variety obsolescence due to the impact of climate-
related risk.
Funding
This section focuses on how the Group funds its operations and manages its
capital structure.
12. Leases
The Group as a lessee
The Group leases certain property, plant and equipment. The Group recognises
a right-of-use asset and a corresponding lease liability with respect to all lease
arrangements in which it is the lessee, except for short-term leases and leases
of low-value assets where the Group recognises the lease payments as an other
operating expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.
Right-of-use (ROU) assets
ROU assets comprise of the initial measurement of the corresponding lease
liability, lease payments made at or before the commencement date and any
initial direct costs. They are subsequently measured at cost less accumulated
depreciation and impairment losses.
Wherever the Group incurs an obligation for costs to dismantle and remove a
leased asset, restore the site on which it is located or restore the underlying asset
to the condition required by the terms and conditions of the lease, a provision is
recognised and measured under NZ IAS 37
Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and
Contingent Asset
. The costs are included in the related ROU asset, unless those
costs are incurred to produce inventories.
ROU assets are depreciated over the shorter period of lease term and useful life
of the underlying asset. The estimated useful lives of ROU assets are determined
on the same basis as similar owned assets within property, plant and equipment.
Depreciation starts at the commencement date of the lease.
11. Intangible assets continued
T&G Global Annual Report 2024105
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
The Group applies NZ IAS 36 Impairment of Assets to determine whether a ROU
asset is impaired and accounts for any identified loss under the same policy adopted
for property, plant and equipment.
Variable rents that do not depend on an index or rate are not included in the
measurement of the lease liability and ROU asset. The related payments are
recognised as an expense in the period in which the event or condition that triggers
those payments occurs and are included in other operating expenses in the income
statement.
Lease liabilities
Lease liabilities are initially measured at the present value of the lease payments
that are not paid at the commencement date, discounted by using the rate
implicit in the lease. If this rate cannot be readily determined, the Group uses its
incremental borrowing rate (IBR).
Lease payments included in the measurement of the lease liability comprise:
■Fixed lease payments, less any lease incentives;
■Variable lease payments that depend on an index or rate, initially measured using
the index or rate at the commencement date;
■The exercise price of purchase options, if the lessee is reasonably certain to
exercise the options; and
■Payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the
exercise of an option to terminate the lease.
Lease liabilities are presented as a separate line in the balance sheet and are
subsequently measured by increasing the carrying amount to reflect interest on
the lease (using the effective interest method) and reducing the carrying amount to
reflect the lease payments made.
The Group remeasures the lease liability if:
■The lease term has changed or there is a change in the assessment of exercise of
a purchase option, in which case the lease liability is remeasured by discounting
the revised lease payments using a revised discount rate;
■Lease payments change due to changes in an index or rate, in which case the
lease liability is remeasured by discounting the revised lease payments using the
initial discount rate; or
■A lease contract is modified and the lease modification is not accounted for as a
separate lease, in which case the lease liability is remeasured by discounting the
revised lease payments using a revised discount rate.
12. Leases continued
T&G Global Annual Report 2024106
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
Key judgement areas include:
■The discount rates applied; and
■The assessment of whether options to extend or terminate a lease will be
exercised.
Discount rates used include the Group’s IBR. The Group’s IBR is the average of the
borrowing rates obtained from financial institutions as if the Group had purchased
the leased asset, with the term of the borrowing similar to the lease term. The
weighted average rate applied for each leased asset class are:
Asset20242023
■Orchard land8.57%8.57%
■Property8.57%8.57%
■Glasshouses8.57%8.57%
■Motor vehicles 4.73%4.73%
■Plant and equipment 6.70%6.70%
The assessment of whether a lease contract will be extended or terminated at the
end of the lease contract is dependent on the asset class and type. For property
leases, this will be determined by the Group’s intention to exercise a contractual
right of renewal at the end of the initial lease term.
The Group has applied the following practical expedients when entering into a new
lease:
■The use of a single discount rate to a portfolio of leases with similar
characteristics;
■Not recognising ROU assets and liabilities for leases with a term of less than
12 months;
■Not recognising ROU assets and liabilities if the underlying leased asset is
considered a low-value asset; and
■For short-term leases (lease term of 12 months or less) and leases of low-value
assets, the Group has opted to recognise a lease expense on a straight-line basis
as permitted by NZ IFRS 16. This expense is presented within other operating
expenses in the income statement.
12. Leases continued
T&G Global Annual Report 2024107
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
Right-of-use assets
Orchard land
$’000
Property
$’000
Glasshouses
$’000
Motor
vehicles
$’000
Plant and
equipment
$’000
Total
$’000
2023
As at 1 January 202324,26994,01218211,9195,960136,342
Additions14,34121,3081,4897,9284,66249,728
Terminations (net)(2,958)(3,333) – (475)(1,032)(7,798)
Depreciation expense(2,699)(16,821)(444)(7,336)(2,454)(29,754)
Foreign exchange movements(36)30 – 87(7)74
As at 31 December 202332,91795,1961,22712,1237,129148,592
2024
As at 1 January 202432,91795,1961,22712,1237,1 2 9148,592
Additions8,61926,0445910,3013,67948,702
Terminations (net)(202)(194) – (347)(12)(755)
Depreciation expense(1,859)(15,972)(507)(7,095)(2,661)(28,094)
Foreign exchange movements36476 – 28210678
As at 31 December 202439,839105,15077915,0108,345169,123
12. Leases continued
Climate considerations
The Group has identified climate-related risks that could impact on the carrying value of the Group’s right-of-use assets through either damage to growing operations as a
result of severe weather events, or decline in land suitability for growing existing crop categories due to adverse temperature changes.
The Group continues to explore diversification of growing regions to mitigate the impact of decline in land suitability and damage as a result of severe weather events.
T&G Global Annual Report 2024108
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
Lease liabilities - current and non-current
2024
$’000
2023
(1)
$’000
Lease liabilities
Less than one year24,53123,706
Between one and two years21,97218,430
Between two and three years21,52215,607
Between three and four years20,54315,113
Between four and five years17,56814,633
More than five years92,34888,033
Total lease liabilities198,484175,522
Current24,53123,706
Non-current173,953151,816
(1)
Prior period comparatives have been re-presented to ensure consistency in the composition of lease liabilities.
The Group leases various items of property, plant and equipment under non-
cancellable operating leases expiring within a month to 25 years. The leases have
varying terms and with no renewal option to purchase in respect of the leased
operating plant and equipment in the financial year ended 31 December 2024.
Amounts recognised in the income statement
NOTE2024
$’000
2023
$’000
Expenses
Depreciation of right-of-use assets628,09429,754
Interest expense on lease liabilities1412,46710,773
Short-term leases3,8833,515
Leases of low-value assets768451
The total cash outflow for leases in 2024 was $37.5 million (2023: $37.4 million).
12. Leases continued
T&G Global Annual Report 2024109
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
13. Loans and borrowings
Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value less directly attributable
transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, borrowings are stated at
amortised cost using the effective interest method.
2024
$’000
2023
(1)
$’000
Current
Secured borrowings 196,177 32,639
Total 196,177 32,639
Non-current
Secured borrowings 1 151,814
Borrowings from Ultimate Parent 18,842 11,330
Total 18,843 163,144
(1)
Prior period comparatives have been re-presented to ensure consistency in the composition of loans and borrowings.
Borrowings from the Ultimate Parent relate to a $24 million (2023: $24 million)
subordinated facility with an expiry date of 3 August 2026 (2023: 3 August 2026).
Interest on these borrowings is charged at a rate of 8.75% per annum (2023: 10% per
annum).
Reclassification of non-current borrowings
As at 31 December 2024, the Group reclassified $180 million of its recently renewed
term debt facility from non-current borrowings to current borrowings. This was done
on the basis that the waiver provided by the banks does not provide a period of grace
to rectify the breach for at least twelve months from the end of the reporting period,
and therefore the debt has been reclassified as current as discussed in Note 1 and
Note 2.
Interest rates
As at 31 December 2024, the weighted average interest rate on the secured and
unsecured borrowings is 5.85% (2023: 7.33%), fixed for periods up to 3 months
(2023: 3 months).
2024
$’000
2023
$’000
Secured and unsecured borrowings repayment schedule
Within one year196,17732,639
Between one and two years18,843163,144
Total215,020195,783
Security and bank facilities
The banking facilities for the 2024 year are as follows:
Amount
$’000Expiry date
Banking facilities in New Zealand
Term debt facility - A170,00004 Jul 2026
Term debt facility - A270,00004 Jul 2026
Seasonal facility120,00031 Dec 2025
Money market facility40,00004 Jul 2026
Overdraft facility3,000Uncommitted
Term debt facility - D40,00004 Jul 2026
Banking facilities in the United Kingdom
Term debt facility68931 Jul 2025
Term debt facility4,47431 May 2026
As at 31 December 2024, the Group had a term debt facility from the Bank of
New Zealand, HSBC, Rabobank and Westpac amounting to $180 million (2023: $180
million). The seasonal facility is renewed annually and is not drawn as at 31 December
2024. $15.5 million of the money market facility was drawn as at 31 December 2024
(2023: $33 million).
T&G Global Annual Report 2024110
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
14. Net financing expenses
2024
$’000
2023
$’000
Financing income
Interest income5,4064,090
Total5,4064,090
Financing expenses
Interest expense on borrowings(21,481)(17,577)
Effective interest on long-term receivables(51)(1,321)
Interest expense on lease liabilities(12,467)(10,773)
Capitalised interest – 1,018
Bank fees(237)(271)
Total(34,236)(28,924)
Net financing expenses(28,830)(24,834)
15. Capital and reserves
Share capital
2024
shares
2023
shares
2024
$’000
2023
$’000
Balance at 31 December122,543,204122,543,204176,357176,357
All ordinary shares on issue are fully paid and have no par value. All ordinary shares
rank equally with one vote attached to each fully paid ordinary share. There are no
other classes of shares issued and no ordinary shares were issued during the year.
Revaluation and other reserves
2024
$’000
2023
$’000
Asset revaluation reserve
Balance at 1 January 84,948109,699
Movements in asset revaluation reserve(4,165)–
Loss on revaluation of property, plant and equipment – (21,128)
Deferred tax effect on revaluation of property, plant and
equipment–3,824
Deferred tax effect of movements in asset revaluation
reserve2,236–
Transfer to retained earnings due to sale of property, plant
and equipment
(1)
(14,286)(7,246)
Deferred tax effect on sale of property, plant and equipment540(201)
Balance at 31 December69,27384,948
Foreign currency translation reserve
Balance at 1 January3,265(2,068)
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations8,8305,333
Balance at 31 December12,0953,265
(1)
These transfers were a result of the sales of the Pukekohe and Belgian properties.
T&G Global Annual Report 2024111
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
2024
$’000
2023
$’000
Cash flow hedge reserve
Balance at 1 January12,0837,590
Movements in fair value(34,402)7,7 7 0
Reclassification of net change in fair value(938)670
Taxation on reserve movements9,656(3,947)
Balance at 31 December(13,601)12,083
Total67,767100,296
Revaluation and other reserves consists of the following:
ReserveParticulars of reserve
Asset revaluation
reserve
This revaluation reserve accounts for movements in the fair
value of commercial land and improvements, orchard land
and improvements, and buildings.
Foreign currency
translation reserve
The foreign currency translation reserve comprises all
foreign exchange differences arising from the translation
of the financial statements of foreign operations into
New Zealand dollars.
Cash flow hedge reserveThe cash flow hedge reserve accounts for the fair value
movements of hedging instruments designated as cash
flow hedges.
16. Earnings per share
The earnings used to calculate basic and diluted earnings per share is net loss
after tax attributable to equity holders of the Parent of $16.0 million (2023: loss of
$51.2 million).
The weighted average number of shares used to calculate basic and diluted loss per
share is 122,543,204 shares (2023: 122,543,204 shares).
The basic and diluted loss per share is 13.0 cents (2023: loss per share 41.7 cents).
17. Dividends
2024202320242023
$’000$’000
Cents
per share
Cents
per share
Ordinary shares
Dividends to non-controlling
interests in Group subsidiaries5,3795,668 – –
Total5,3795,668
15. Capital and reserves continued
T&G Global Annual Report 2024112
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
18. Reconciliation of liabilities arising from financing activities
The below table details changes in the Group’s liabilities from financing activities, including both cash and non-cash changes.
Liabilities arising from financing activities are those for which cash flows were, or future cash flows will be, classified in the Group’s statement of cash flows from
financing activities.
NOTEBalance at
1 January
2023
$’000
Non-cash
changes
(1)
$’000
Financing
cash flows
(2)
$’000
Balance at
31 December
2023
$’000
Borrowings
Secured borrowings13147,478(1,407)38,382184,453
Loans from Ultimate Parent13 – 33011,00011,330
Lease liabilities12157,94054,965(37,383)175,522
Total305,41853,88811,999371,305
Other current liabilities
Deferred payments216837 – 105
Deferred payments to related parties21236 – – 236
Total30437 – 341
Total liabilities arising from financing activities305,72253,92511,999371,646
T&G Global Annual Report 2024113
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
NOTEBalance at
1 January
2024
$’000
Non-cash
changes
(1)
$’000
Financing cash
flows
(2)
$’000
Balance at
31 December
2024
$’000
Borrowings
Secured borrowings13184,45332111,404196,178
Loans from Ultimate Parent1311,3301,5126,00018,842
Lease liabilities12175,52260,506(37,544)198,484
Total371,30562,339(20,140)413,504
Other current liabilities
Deferred payments21105(105) – –
Deferred payments to related parties21236(236) – –
Total341(341) – –
Total liabilities arising from financing activities371,64661,998(20,140)413,504
(1)
Non-cash changes within lease liabilities relate to new leases entered into in the financial year, interest, lease modifications and reassessments of lease terms.
(2)
Financing cash flows are made up of the net cash inflow / (outflow) from financing activities in the statement of cash flows with the exception of dividends paid and bank facility fees and transaction fees, which do not result in liabilities on the balance sheet.
18. Reconciliation of liabilities arising from financing activities continued
T&G Global Annual Report 2024114
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
Working capital
This section reviews the level of working capital the Group generates through its
operating activities. The working capital items described below include trade and
other receivables, inventories, and trade and other payables.
19. Trade and other receivables
Trade receivables are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently measured
at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less any expected credit loss
allowance.
The following categories of trade and other receivables are subject to the expected
credit loss model:
■Trade receivables
■Loan receivables
■Related party receivables including receivables from Ultimate Parent and
associates of the Ultimate Parent
■Receivables from joint ventures and associate
The Group applies the simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses
which uses a lifetime expected credit loss allowance for trade receivables, related
party receivables and receivables from joint ventures and associate as they all
display the same risk profile. Related party receivables are mainly trade in nature
and are on terms consistent with external customers.
The measurement of expected credit losses is a function of the probability of
default, loss given default and the estimated exposure at default. The Group
considers an event of default as occurring when information obtained (internally
and externally) indicates a debtor (this includes trade receivables and receivables
from related parties) is unlikely to pay its creditors including the Group. The
assessment of the probability of default and loss given default is based on historical
data adjusted by forward looking information relating to the debtor and general
economic conditions of the debtors. As for the estimated exposure at default, this is
represented by the assets’ gross carrying amount at the reporting date.
T&G Global Annual Report 2024115
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
NOTE2024
$’000
2023
$’000
Current
Gross trade receivables191,190167,370
Insurance receivables8,93611,778
Prepayments13,34316,479
GST and other taxes9,07 17,809
Receivables from joint ventures231,6071,059
Receivables from Ultimate Parent2512
Receivables from related parties25 – 1,408
Receivables from Ultimate Parent’s subsidiaries
and associate2563
Other receivables1,747327
Expected credit loss allowance(529)(9,425)
Total225,372196,810
Non-current
Trade receivables 24,62725,232
Other receivables6,96519,378
Total31,59244,610
Total trade and other receivables256,964241,420
Analysis of receivables
Gross receivablesExpected credit loss
2024
$’000
2023
$’000
2024
$’000
2023
$’000
Not past due235,500231,466 – 8,036
Past due 1-30 days10,81410,134 – –
Past due 31-60 days3,5826821 –
Past due 61-90 days1,3721,3782020
Past due over 90 days6,2257,1855081,369
Total257,493250,8455299,425
Although the Group has a number of receivables aged more than 30 days past due,
the risk of financial loss is mitigated as the Group has a policy of only dealing with
creditworthy customers and requires security to be taken for advances to third
parties. Creditworthiness and customer limits are determined by reference to credit
ratings and country ratings provided by the Group’s credit insurer. The Group’s
exposure and the credit ratings of its customers are continuously monitored.
All trade and other receivables are individually reviewed regularly for impairment as
part of normal operating procedures and provided for where appropriate.
2024
$’000
2023
$’000
Analysis of movements in the expected credit loss
allowance
Balance at 1 January9,4251,186
Net remeasurement of expected credit loss allowance427(42)
Change in expected credit loss allowance due to new trade
and other receivables(8,054)16,184
Amount written off during the year(1,269)(7,903)
Balance at 31 December5299,425
19. Trade and other receivables continued
T&G Global Annual Report 2024116
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
The Group has numerous credit terms for various customers. These credit terms vary
depending on the services provided and the customer relationship. A receivable is
considered impaired if there has been any indication of significant financial difficulties
for the customer or default or late payments more than 90 days overdue, unless there
are prior arrangements.
The Group makes advances to customers, suppliers, joint ventures and associate.
All advances are within the agreed credit periods. The Group’s policy requires security
to be taken for advances to third parties. This security ranges from charges over
property and assets, to personal guarantees. The Group does not hold any collateral
over these balances.
Included in the provision for expected credit loss allowance are individually impaired
receivables amounting to $0.1 million (2023: $9.0 million) for certain balances being
past due. The remaining loss allowance balance represents the expected amount
of default from customers as well as advances made to customers, suppliers, joint
ventures and associate over their lifetime based on historical trends of defaults from
customers and forward looking information.
The following table details the risk profile of amounts due from customers based on
the Group’s provision matrix. As the Group’s historical credit loss experience does
not show significantly different loss patterns for different customer segments, the
provision for expected credit loss allowance based on past due status is not further
distinguished between the Group’s different customer base.
Trade receivables – days past due
Not past
due
$’000
Past due
1-30 days
$’000
Past due
31-60 days
$’000
Past due
61-90 days
$’000
Past due
over 90 days
$’000
Total
$’000
At 31 December 2024
Expected credit loss rate0.00%0.00%0.06%2.44%8.48%2.20%
Loss given default rate60%60%60%60%60%60%
Estimated total gross carrying amount at default235,500 10,814 3,582 1,372 6,225 257,493
Lifetime ECL – – 1 20 364 385
At 31 December 2023
Expected credit loss rate0.00%0.00%0.06%2.44%8.48%2.20%
Loss given default rate60%60%60%60%60%60%
Estimated total gross carrying amount at default 231,466 10,134 682 1,378 7,185 250,845
Lifetime ECL – – – 20 365 385
19. Trade and other receivables continued
T&G Global Annual Report 2024117
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
20. Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first in, first out basis) or net realisable
value. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of
business, less the estimated costs of completion and selling expenses.
2024
$’000
2023
$’000
Finished and semi-finished goods60,84860,086
Consumables (including packaging)5,6757,554
Balance at 31 December66,52367,640
The cost of inventories recognised as an expense and included in ‘Purchases, raw
materials and consumables used’ in the income statement for the year ended
31 December 2024 amounted to $925.3 million (2023: $917.9 million).
21. Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are initially recognised at fair value and then
subsequently measured at amortised cost.
NOTE2024
$’000
2023
$’000
Current
Trade payables98,20878,473
Employee entitlements13,71112,254
Accrued expenses42,60038,602
Payables to associate243,4582,024
Payables to related parties2541,11539,472
Payables to Ultimate and Immediate Parents25766343
Payables to Ultimate Parent’s subsidiaries and
associate2556135
Deferred payments – 105
Deferred payments to related parties25 – 236
Total199,914171,644
Non-current
Employee entitlements4543
Total4543
T&G Global Annual Report 2024118
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
Group structure
This section provides information on the Group’s structure and the subsidiaries,
joint ventures and associates included in the consolidated financial statements.
22. Investments in subsidiaries
Significant subsidiaries of the Group are listed below:
Name of entity
Place of business and
country of incorporation
Ownership interest
(%)
Principal activity20242023
Delica LimitedNew Zealand100100Investment company
Delica Australia Pty LimitedAustralia100100Fruit exporter
Delica North America, Inc.United States of America5050Fruit exporter
Delica (Shanghai) Fruit Trading Company LimitedChina100100In-market services and fruit importer
ENZAFRUIT New Zealand (CONTINENT)Belgium100100Apple marketing
ENZAFRUIT New Zealand International LimitedNew Zealand100100Apple sales and marketing
ENZAFRUIT Peru S.A.CPeru100100Horticulture operations
ENZAFRUIT Products Inc.United States of America100100Fruit variety development and propagation
Fruit Distributors Limited
(1)
New Zealand100100Investment company
Fruitmark Pty LimitedAustralia100100Processed foods broking
T&G Berries Australia Pty LtdAustralia8585Fresh produce wholesale distributor and horticulture operations
T&G CarSol Asia PTE. LimitedSingapore5050In-market services and fruit importer
T&G Chile SpAChile100100In-market services and fruit importer
T&G EuropeFrance100100In-market services and fruit importer
T&G Fresh Produce PTE. LimitedSingapore100100In-market services and fruit importer
T&G Fruitmark HK LimitedHong Kong100100Processed foods broking
T&G Global Vietnam Company LimitedVietnam100100In-market services and fruit importer
T&G Insurance LimitedNew Zealand100100Captive insurance provider
T&G Japan LimitedJapan100100In-market services and fruit importer
T&G Global Annual Report 2024119
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
Name of entity
Place of business and
country of incorporation
Ownership interest
(%)
Principal activity20242023
T&G Orchard Services LimitedNew Zealand100100Horticulture operations
T&G Processed Foods LimitedNew Zealand100100Processed foods sales and marketing
T&G South East Asia LimitedThailand100100In-market services and fruit importer
T&G Vizzarri Farms Pty LimitedAustralia5050Fruit and produce wholesale distributor
Taipa Water Supply LimitedNew Zealand6565Water supply
Turners & Growers (Fiji) LimitedFiji7070Fresh produce importer
Turners & Growers Fresh LimitedNew Zealand100100Fresh produce wholesale distributor and horticulture operations
Turners & Growers New Zealand LimitedNew Zealand100100Shared services provider
Unearthed Produce LimitedNew Zealand5151Fresh produce wholesale distributor and horticulture operations
VentureFruit Australia Pty LimitedAustralia100100Variety management services
VentureFruit Global LimitedNew Zealand100100Investment company
VentureFruit International LimitedNew Zealand100100Investment company
VentureFruit NZ LimitedNew Zealand100100Variety management services
VentureFruit USA Inc.United States of America100100Variety management services
Worldwide Fruit LimitedUnited Kingdom5050Apple importer and packing services
The balance date of all subsidiaries is 31 December.
(1)
Fruit Distributors Limited was merged into T&G Processed Foods Limited on 31 October 2024.
22. Investments in subsidiaries continued
T&G Global Annual Report 2024120
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
Details of non-wholly owned subsidiaries that have material non-controlling interests
The table below shows details of non-wholly owned subsidiaries of the Group that have material non-controlling interests:
Name of entity
Place of business and
country of incorporation
Ownership interest held by
non-controlling interests
20242023
Delica North America, Inc.United States of America50%50%
Worldwide Fruit LimitedUnited Kingdom50%50%
Name of entity
Profit allocated to
non-controlling interests
Accumulated
non-controlling interests
2024
$’000
2023
$’000
2024
$’000
2023
$’000
Delica North America, Inc.1,7989695,0323,755
Worldwide Fruit Limited2,2431,7045,8515,781
Individually immaterial subsidiaries
with non-controlling interests2,1761,8879,7007,935
Total6,2174,56020,58317,4 7 1
Summarised financial information in respect of each of the Group’s subsidiaries that have material non-controlling interests is set out on the following page. The summarised
financial information represents amounts before intragroup eliminations.
Delica North America, Inc.
The terms of the shareholders’ agreement of Delica North America, Inc. specify that the Group has the right to appoint three of the entity’s five directors. The Group therefore
has the ability to approve the annual business plan and annual budget, as well as dictate the direction of other fundamental business matters of the entity.
This satisfies the criteria set out in NZ IFRS 10
Consolidated Financial Statements around achieving control over an entity and consequently, Delica North America, Inc. is
accounted for as a subsidiary by the Group.
Effective on 1 January 2025, the Group acquired an additional 40% shareholding in Delica North America, Inc.
22. Investments in subsidiaries continued
T&G Global Annual Report 2024121
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
2024
$’000
2023
$’000
Balance sheet
Current assets56,25735,403
Non-current assets24,67920,757
Current liabilities(60,488)(38,137)
Non-current liabilities(1,740)(2,256)
Equity attributable to owners of the Company(12,857)(9,986)
Non-controlling interests(5,851)(5,781)
Income statement
Revenue357,661305,426
Expenses(353,175)(302,018)
Profit for the year4,4863,408
Profit attributable to owners of the Company2,2431,704
Profit attributable to non-controlling interests2,2431,704
Profit for the year4,4863,408
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests2,9742,016
Cashflow
Net cash inflow from operating activities5,2703,838
Net cash outflow from investing activities(4,132)(4,421)
Net cash inflow / (outflow) from financing activities1,097(1,635)
Total net cash outflow2,235(2,218)
22. Investments in subsidiaries continued
T&G Global Annual Report 2024122
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
2024
$’000
2023
$’000
Balance sheet
Current assets66,79055,578
Non-current assets153227
Current liabilities(56,739)(49,622)
Non-current liabilities(26)(96)
Equity attributable to owners of the Company(5,146)(2,332)
Non-controlling interests(5,032)(3,755)
Income statement
Revenue127,821119,712
Expenses(124,225)(117,774)
Profit for the year3,5961,938
Profit attributable to owners of the Company1,798969
Profit attributable to non-controlling interests1,798969
Profit for the year3,5961,938
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests946953
Cashflows
Net cash inflow / (outflow) from operating activities10,417(527)
Net cash inflow / (outflow) from investing activities632(785)
Net cash inflow from financing activities958320
Total net cash inflow / (outflow)12,007(992)
Worldwide Fruit Limited
The shareholders’ agreement specifies that the Group has the right to approve
Worldwide Fruit Limited’s annual business plan and annual budget and the right to
approve the appointment of the Chief Executive Officer.
This satisfies the criteria set out in NZ IFRS 10
Consolidated Financial Statements
around achieving control over an entity and consequently, Worldwide Fruit Limited is
accounted for as a subsidiary by the Group.
Notes to the financial statements continued
23. Investments in joint ventures
Under the equity method, an investment in a joint venture is initially recognised
in the balance sheet at cost. The investment is adjusted for the Group’s share of
the profit or loss and other comprehensive income of the joint venture which is
recognised from the date that joint control begins, until the date that joint control
ceases.
Investments in joint ventures are assessed for indicators of impairment at each
reporting date.
Set out below are the joint ventures of the Group as at 31 December 2024. The joint
ventures have share capital consisting solely of ordinary shares, which are held
directly by the Group.
The Group’s investments in joint ventures in 2024 and 2023 are:
Name of entity
Place of
business and
country of
incorporation
Ownership interest
(%)
Principal
activity20242023
Growers Direct
LimitedUnited Kingdom5050Apples importer
Wawata General
Partner LimitedNew Zealand5050
Horticulture
operations
The balance date of all joint ventures is 31 December.
For the purposes of applying the equity method of accounting, management accounts
of the companies for the year ended 31 December 2024 have been used. Differences in
accounting policies between the Group and the joint ventures have been adjusted for.
None of the Group’s joint ventures as at 31 December 2024 are considered to be
material to the Group during the period.
The Group’s share of loss and the carrying amounts of the Group’s interest in all joint
ventures are presented below:
2024
$’000
2023
$’000
Group’s share of loss and comprehensive income of
joint ventures(26)(39)
Carrying amount of the Group’s interest in joint ventures2,7402,927
Transactions with joint ventures of the group
The Group has entered into the following transactions with its joint ventures during
the year:
2024
$’000
2023
$’000
Sale of produce to joint ventures5,3722,819
Purchase of produce from joint ventures – (48)
Loans provided to joint ventures200200
Interest on loan charged to joint ventures6546
Services provided to joint ventures1,4071,224
Services received from joint ventures(52) –
Current receivables owing from joint ventures1,6071,059
Loans provided to joint ventures relates to a loan provided to Wawata General Partner
Limited who can repay all or any portion of the amount outstanding at anytime. The
average weighted interest rate charged on the loan is 7.4% (2023: 8.3%).
T&G Global Annual Report 2024123
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
24. Investment in associate
Under the equity method, an investment in an associate is initially recognised
in the balance sheet at cost. The investment is adjusted for the Group’s share
of the profit or loss and other comprehensive income of the associate which is
recognised from the date that significant influence begins, until the date that
significant influence ceases.
The investment in associate is assessed for indicators of impairment at each
reporting date.
Set out in the table below is the associate of the Group as at 31 December 2024.
The associate has share capital consisting solely of ordinary shares, which are held
directly by the Group.
The Group’s investment in its associate in 2024 and 2023 is:
Name of entity
Place of business
and country of
incorporation
Ownership interest
(%)
Principal
activity20242023
Grandview
Brokerage LLCUnited States of America3939
Investment
company
For the purposes of applying the equity method of accounting, management accounts
of the company for the period ended 31 December 2024 have been used. Differences
in accounting policies between the Group and the associate have been adjusted for.
Effective on 1 January 2025, the Group sold 24.39% of its shareholding in Grandview
Brokerage LLC.
Summarised financial information for material associate
The following table sets out the summarised financial information for Grandview
Brokerage LLC, the associate considered to be material to the Group for the period.
T&G Global Annual Report 2024124
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Grandview Brokerage LLC
2024
$’000
2023
$’000
Balance sheet
Current assets260,592213,731
Non-current assets55,70139,432
Current liabilities(270,744)(224,539)
Non-current liabilities(11,094)(9,410)
The above amounts of assets includes the following:
Cash and cash equivalents15,4151,304
Income statement
Revenue1,609,2011,081,052
Depreciation and amortisation expenses(2,324)(1,939)
Interest expense(5,302)(3,702)
Income tax expense(2,637)(1,391)
Profit after tax and total comprehensive income16,7342,922
Group’s share of carrying amount
Carrying amount from Group’s share in associate13,5727,568
Goodwill on acquisition32,15028,435
Other adjustments(15,505)(6,984)
Transfer to asset held for sale(18,217)–
Group’s adjusted share of carrying amount in associate12,00029,019
Group’s share of profit from continuing operations
Gain from Group’s share in associate6,5921,151
Other adjustments(4,151)55
Group’s adjusted share of profit from continuing
operations in associate2,4411,206
Dividend received from associate1,2432,235
Notes to the financial statements continued
The Group’s share of profit and the carrying amounts of the Group’s interest in its
associate is presented below:
2024
$’000
2023
$’000
Group’s share of profit and comprehensive income
of associate
Grandview Brokerage LLC2,4411,206
Total2,4411,206
Carrying amount of the Group’s interest in associate
Grandview Brokerage LLC12,00029,019
Total12,00029,019
Transactions with associate of the Group
The Group has entered into the following transactions with its associate during the
year:
2024
$’000
2023
$’000
Sale of produce to associate16,53021,060
Services received from associate(2,255)(3,754)
Current payables owing to associate(3,458)(2,024)
Dividends received from associate1,2432,235
24. Investment in associate continued
T&G Global Annual Report 2024125
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
Other disclosures
This section presents disclosures required to provide readers with an
understanding of the Group’s activities during the financial year.
25. Related party transactions
Transactions with the Group’s related parties comprise of sales and purchases of
produce and services provided and received.
Transactions with joint ventures and associates
The Group has related party transactions with its joint ventures and associates.
The details of the transactions are contained in Notes 23 and 24 respectively.
Transactions with the Ultimate Parent
The Group has related party transactions with the Ultimate Parent as follows:
2024
$’000
2023
$’000
Services provided to the Ultimate Parent10 –
Services received from the Ultimate Parent(918)(1,574)
Interest on loan charged by the Ultimate Parent(1,680)(367)
Current receivables owing from the Ultimate Parent12
Current payables owing to the Ultimate Parent(10)–
Term debt facility from the Ultimate Parent(17,000)(11,000)
Transactions with the Immediate Parent
The Group has related party transactions with the Immediate Parent as follows:
2024
$’000
2023
$’000
Services received from the Immediate Parent(591)(684)
Current payables owing to the Immediate Parent(756)(343)
Transactions with the Ultimate Parent’s subsidiaries and associates
The Group has related party transactions with BayWa IT GmbH, BayWa Obst GmbH
& Co. KG and BayWa r.e. Bioenergy GmbH, three wholly-owned subsidiaries of the
Ultimate Parent, and the transactions with these subsidiaries are detailed as follows:
2024
$’000
2023
$’000
Sale of produce to the Ultimate Parent's subsidiaries – 56
Purchase of produce from the Ultimate Parent's subsidiaries(299) –
Services provided to the Ultimate Parent's subsidiaries17 –
Services received from the Ultimate Parent's subsidiaries – (433)
Current receivables owing from the Ultimate Parent's
subsidiaries63
Current payables owing to the Ultimate Parent's subsidiaries(56)(135)
Transactions with related parties
The Group has related party transactions with M&G Vizzarri Farms and David
Oppenheimer & Company I, L.L.C and the transactions with the related parties are
detailed as follows:
2024
$’000
2023
$’000
Sale of produce to related parties3,261184
Purchase of produce from related parties(42,382)(49,778)
Services provided to related parties53 –
Services received from related parties – (188)
Current receivables owing from related parties – 1,408
Current payables owing to related parties(41,115)(39,472)
All related party amounts outstanding are unsecured and will be settled in cash. No
expense has been recognised in the current or prior years for expected credit losses
in respect of the amounts owed by related parties.
T&G Global Annual Report 2024126
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
Key management personnel compensation
2024
$’000
2023
$’000
Short-term employee benefits5,0144,639
Directors' remuneration504437
Total5,5185,076
At 31 December 2024, the Group has no outstanding deferred payments to key
management personnel relating to short-term and long-term incentives (2023:
$0.2 million). Refer to Note 21.
26. Financial risk management
The Group is subject to a number of financial risks which arise as a result of its
activities, including importing, exporting and domestic trading. Treasury activities
are performed by a central treasury function and the use of derivative financial
instruments is governed by the Group’s policies approved by the Board. The Group
does not engage in speculative transactions.
Market risk
(i) Foreign exchange risk
The Group operates internationally and has exposure to foreign currency risk as
a result of transactions denominated in foreign currencies from normal trading
activities. Major trading currencies include the Australian Dollar, United States Dollar,
Euro, Japanese Yen and British Pound.
The Group’s foreign currency risk management policies are designed to protect
the Group from exchange rate volatilities as they relate to future foreign currency
payments or foreign currency receipts, and the protection of profit margins at the time
foreign currency exposures are created or recognised.
To manage foreign currency risk, the Group utilises hedging instruments in the form
of spot foreign exchange contracts, forward foreign exchange contracts, and currency
options. Any other financial instrument must be specifically approved by the Finance,
Risk, and Investment Committee on a case-by-case basis. Contracts are entered into
within parameters determined by the Group’s Treasury Policy and contracts generally
do not exceed two years.
For hedges of highly probable forecast sales and purchases, as the critical terms of
the hedge contracts and the corresponding hedged items are the same, the Group
performs a qualitative assessment of hedge effectiveness. It is expected that the
value of the contract and the value of the corresponding hedged item will change in
opposite directions in response to movements in underlying exchange rates.
The main source of hedge ineffectiveness in the Group’s hedging relationships are
in the timing of cashflows, and differences in the timing of implementation of hedge
contracts.
The Group uses forward foreign exchange contracts and currency options to manage
these exposures with the main exposure relating to its Apples export business. As at
31 December 2024, the Group held foreign exchange contracts and currency options
with a contract value of $483 million (2023: $433 million).
The below tables highlight the foreign exchange cover in place, average exchange
rates, notional foreign currency and New Zealand dollar value of the contracts as at
31 December:
% of forecast exposure
20252026
ActualPolicyActualPolicy
USD59.0%10%-70%47.4%0%-50%
GBP66.3%10%-70%38.7%0%-50%
EUR63.2%10%-70%43.0%0%-50%
JPY49.1%10%-70%39.2%0%-50%
Average exchange
rates
Notional value:
Foreign currency
Notional value:
Local currency
202420232024
$’000
2023
$’000
2024
$’000
2023
$’000
USD 0.59 0.59 266,759 232,917 450,516 393,214
GBP 0.48 0.50 4,750 6,200 9,886 12,402
EUR 0.54 0.56 6,750 10,774 12,403 19,286
JPY 83.76 82.16 847,000 624,662 10,112 7,603
25. Related party transactions continued
T&G Global Annual Report 2024127
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
Exchange rate sensitivity
Reasonable fluctuations in foreign exchange rates were determined based on a review
of the last two years’ historical movements. A movement of plus or minus 10% has
therefore been applied to the exchange rates to demonstrate the sensitivity to foreign
currency risk of the Group.
The following sensitivity is based on the foreign currency risk exposures in existence
at the balance date. The impact of a plus or minus 10% foreign exchange movement
on New Zealand dollars against all trading currencies, with all other variables held
constant, is illustrated below:
-10%+10%
2024
$’000
2023
$’000
2024
$’000
2023
$’000
Pre-tax (profit) / loss(633)(588)518481
Equity(45,322)(34,183)36,58428,448
(ii) Interest rate risk
The Group is exposed to interest rate risk as it borrows funds at both fixed and floating
interest rates.
Interest rate risk is identified by forecasting cash flow requirements, short-term
through to long-term. Short-term seasonal funding is provided by a syndicate of four
banks. These funding arrangements are negotiated at the start of each season, on
behalf of apple growers who bear the interest cost.
The Group has floating rate borrowings used to fund ongoing activities which are
repriced on roll-over dates.
As at 31 December 2024, $180 million of interest bearing loans are subject to interest
rate repricing within the next 14 months (2023: $150 million).
The table below highlights the weighted average interest rate and the currency profile
of interest bearing loans and borrowings:
20242023
Weighted
average
interest
rate
Loans
and
borrowings
$’000
Weighted
average
interest
rate
Loans
and
borrowings
$’000
Australian Dollars0% 1 – –
British Pounds9% 677 9% 1,447
New Zealand Dollars6% 214,342 7% 194,336
United States Dollars0% – 0% –
Total215,020195,783
Interest rate derivatives
The Group’s treasury policy allows up to 100% (2023: 100%) of forecasted term
facility debt to be fixed via interest rate derivatives to protect the Group from exposure
to fluctuations in interest rates. Accordingly, the Group has entered into interest rate
swap contracts under which it is obliged to receive interest at variable rates and to pay
interest at fixed rates.
Swaps currently in place cover approximately 75% (2023: 83%) of the forecasted
core debt. The fixed interest rates average 3.7% (2023: 3.2%). The variable rates are
set at the bank bill rate 90 day settlement rate, which at balance date was 4.4% (2023
5.6%). The contracts require settlement of net interest receivable or payable each
90 days as appropriate, and are settled on a net basis. As at 31 December 2024, the
Group held swaps with a contract value of $135 million (2023: $125 million).
Hedge effectiveness is tested by matching critical terms for prospective testing
and cumulative dollar offset for retrospective tests. The potential sources of hedge
ineffectiveness are timing of cashflows, and differences in timing of implementation of
the hedge contract.
26. Financial risk management continued
T&G Global Annual Report 2024128
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
Interest rate sensitivity
At 31 December 2024, $180 million (2023: $150 million) of loans are at fixed rates
for defined periods of up to three months, after which interest rates will be reset.
Additionally, the Group has overnight deposits that are subject to fluctuations of
interest rates. If the Group’s loan and deposit balances at 31 December had remained
the same throughout the year and interest rates moved by 1% then the impact would
be a $1.8 million gain or loss on pre-tax profits (2023: $1.5 million).
A 1% (2023: 1%) sensitivity has been used as this is what management estimates is a
likely range within which interest rates will move for the year.
(iii) Commodity price risk
The Group does not trade in commodity instruments and therefore is not exposed to
commodity price risk.
Credit risk
In the normal course of business, the Group is exposed to counterparty credit risks.
The maximum exposure to credit risk at 31 December 2024 is equal to the carrying
value for cash and cash equivalents, trade and other receivables, derivative financial
instruments and a guarantee claimable of $3.4 million (2023: $27.5 million) in the
event the guarantee in Note 28 is called. Credit risk is managed by restricting the
amount of cash and derivative financial instruments which can be placed with any one
institution and these institutions are all New Zealand registered banks with at least a
Standard & Poor’s rating of A. The financial condition and credit evaluation of trade
and loan receivables, receivables from joint ventures, associates and related parties
are continuously considered.
Due to the nature and dispersion of the Group’s customers and growers, the Group’s
concentration of credit risk is not considered significant.
Liquidity risk
The Group manages liquidity risk by continuously monitoring cash flows and forecasts
and matching maturity profiles of financial assets and liabilities. The Group also
maintains adequate headroom on its loan facilities.
Policies are established to ensure all obligations are met within a timely and cost-
effective manner.
The table on the next page analyses the Group’s financial liabilities into relevant
contractual maturity groupings based on the remaining period at the balance date to
the contractual maturity date. For the purpose of this table, it is assumed that year
end interest rates applicable to the term loan will apply through to expiry of the term
loan facility, even though the Group has the option to repay the loan prior to its expiry
date. For cash flow hedges, the impact on the profit and loss is expected to occur at
the same time as the cash flows occur.
The amounts disclosed for financial guarantees are the maximum amounts the Group
could be forced to settle under the arrangement for the full guaranteed amount if that
amount is claimed by the counterparty to the guarantee.
26. Financial risk management continued
T&G Global Annual Report 2024129
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
The amounts disclosed below are contractual undiscounted cash flows at balance date:
Carrying
amount
$’000
Less than
six months
$’000
Between six
months and
one year
$’000
Between
one and two
years
$’000
Between
two and five
years
$’000
Over five
years
$’000
Total
$’000
2024
Loans and borrowings215,020124,057124,73418,842 – – 267,633
Trade and other payables (excluding employee entitlements)186,203186,203 – – – – 186,203
Derivative financial instruments - cash flow hedges:17,777 – – – – – –
Inflows(9,127)(142,706)(123,425)(51,360) – (326,618)
Outflows10,471149,685131,46554,730 – 346,351
Derivative financial instruments - fair value through profit or loss:6 – – – – – –
Inflows(896) – – – – (896)
Outflows931 – – – – 931
Lease liabilities198,48419,39618,12632,567103,86592,865266,819
Financial guarantees3,3943,394 – – – – 3,394
Total620,884334,429149,83959,449107,23592,865743,817
26. Financial risk management continued
T&G Global Annual Report 2024130
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
Carrying
amount
$’000
Less than
six months
$’000
Between six
months and
one year
$’000
Between
one and two
years
$’000
Between
two and five
years
$’000
Over five
years
$’000
Total
$’000
2023
Loans and borrowings195,7835,49238,492195,386 – – 239,370
Trade and other payables (excluding employee entitlements)159,390159,390 – – – – 159,390
Derivative financial instruments - cash flow hedges:1,140 – – – – – –
Inflows(32,774)(17,521) – – – (50,295)
Outflows34,43819,1982,39041 – 56,067
Derivative financial instruments - fair value through profit or loss:49 – – – – – –
Inflows(2,810) – – – – (2,810)
Outflows2,903 – – – – 2,903
Lease liabilities175,52217,45315,34427,14583,28793,888237,117
Financial guarantees27,48427,484 – – – – 27,484
Total559,368211,57655,513224,92183,32893,888669,226
26. Financial risk management continued
T&G Global Annual Report 2024131
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
Capital risk management
The main objective of capital risk management is to ensure the Group operates as a
going concern, meeting debts as they fall due, maintaining the best possible capital
structure and reducing the cost of capital. Group capital consists of share capital,
other reserves and retained earnings. To maintain or alter the capital structure, the
Group has the ability to review the size of dividends paid to shareholders, return
capital or issue new shares, reduce or increase debt, or sell assets.
There are a number of externally imposed bank financial covenants required as part
of seasonal and term debt facilities. These covenants are calculated monthly and
reported to the banks on a monthly and quarterly basis.
The key covenants are as follows:
Financial covenantsRequirement imposed
Contingent liabilitiesContingent liabilities of the Group shall not at any time
exceed 6% (2023: 6%) of total tangible assets of the Group.
Interest cover ratioThe interest cover ratio of the Group shall at all times be
equal to or exceed 2.25 times. This covenant is reportable
from the first quarter of 2025 onward.
Leverage ratioThe leverage ratio shall not exceed the specified ratio as
at the end of each quarter. This ratio ranges from 4.00:1 to
4.50:1. This covenant is reportable from the first quarter of
2025 onward.
Seasonal facility stock
and debtors
Seasonal facility stock and debtors of the Group shall at all
times be equal to or exceed 1.50:1 (2023: 1.1:1 to 1.25:1).
Total net worth of
Ultimate Parent
The total net worth of the Ultimate Parent shall not at any
time be less than EUR 800 million (2023: EUR 800 million).
In addition, the Group also made the following undertaking:
■At all times, the tangible assets of the Group entities that form part of the
guaranteeing group shall not be less than 90% (2023: 90%) of the total tangible
assets of the whole Group.
During the financial year, the Group received a waiver from its banks from having
to meet the total net worth of Ultimate Parent covenant from 30 September 2024.
The waiver provided a grace period until 31 March 2025. Subsequent to year end,
a waiver was provided by the banks which extended the period of grace by one month
to 30 April 2025. Note 1 and Note 13.
The Group complied with all other financial covenants during the year.
In 2022, the Group entered into a sustainability-linked loan, borrowing $180 million
for a period of three years. Under the terms of the loan, the Group achieved discounts
on borrowing costs if Sustainability Performance Targets (SPT) were met. Penalties,
in the form of increases in borrowing costs, were incurred should SPT not be met.
During the year, the Sustainability Linked Loan clauses and the SPT were removed as
part of the Group’s refinancing.
26. Financial risk management continued
T&G Global Annual Report 2024132
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
Seasonality
Due to the seasonal nature of the business, the risk profile at 31 December is not representative of all risks faced during the year. Seasonality causes large fluctuations in the
size of borrowings and debtors.
Financial instruments by category
26. Financial risk management continued
The classification of the Group’s financial assets and liabilities depends on
the purpose for which the assets were acquired or liabilities were incurred.
Management determines the classification of its financial assets and liabilities at
initial recognition and re-evaluates this designation at every balance date.
Financial assets and financial liabilities classed as measured at amortised cost
are carried at amortised cost less any impairment. Financial assets measured
at amortised costs includes cash and cash equivalents which comprises cash
balances and call deposits. Bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand and form
an integral part of the Group’s cash management are included in current liabilities
in the balance sheet and as a financial liability measured at amortised cost, unless
there is a right of offset, and included as a component of cash and cash equivalents
in the statement of cash flows.
Financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value through profit or loss are initially
recognised at fair value. Realised and unrealised gains arising from changes in fair
value are included in the income statement.
Financial assets and financial liabilities classed as derivatives for hedging are
recognised at fair value. The Group recognises the effective portion of changes in
the fair value of derivative financial instruments that qualify as cash flow hedges in
other comprehensive income. Gains or losses relating to the ineffective portion of a
cash flow hedge are recognised in the income statement. Amounts taken to equity
are transferred to the income statement when the hedged transaction affects the
income statement.
Investments in unlisted entities are carried at fair value and classified as fair value
through other comprehensive income (OCI) as they are not held for trading.
Unrealised gains and losses arising from changes in fair value are recognised in
other comprehensive income, except for dividends from those investments which
are recognised in profit or loss. When investments in unlisted entities are sold, the
accumulated fair value adjustments are recycled directly through retained earnings.
T&G Global Annual Report 2024133
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
Financial assets
Measured at
amortised
cost
$’000
Derivatives
for hedging
$’000
Equity
instrument
designated
at fair value
through OCI
$’000
Total
$’000
2024
Cash and cash equivalents46,801 – – 46,801
Term deposits – – – –
Trade and other receivables (excluding prepayments and taxes)234,550 – – 234,550
Investment in unlisted entities – – 7979
Derivative financial instruments – 1,248 – 1,248
Total281,3511,24879282,678
2023
Cash and cash equivalents30,508 – – 30,508
Term deposits2,277 – – 2,277
Trade and other receivables (excluding prepayments and taxes)217,132 – – 217,132
Investment in unlisted entities – – 9292
Derivative financial instruments – 20,378 – 20,378
Total249,91720,37892270,387
26. Financial risk management continued
T&G Global Annual Report 2024134
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
Financial liabilities
Measured at
amortised
cost
$’000
Fair value
through profit
or loss (held
for trading)
$’000
Derivatives
for hedging
$’000
Total
$’000
2024
Loans and borrowings215,020 – – 215,020
Trade and other payables (excluding employee entitlements)186,203 – – 186,203
Lease liabilities198,484 – – 198,484
Derivative financial instruments – 617,77717,783
Total599,707617,777617,490
2023
Loans and borrowings195,783 – – 195,783
Trade and other payables (excluding employee entitlements)159,390 – – 159,390
Lease liabilities175,522 – – 175,522
Derivative financial instruments – 491,1401,189
Total530,695491,140531,884
26. Financial risk management continued
T&G Global Annual Report 2024135
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
Fair value measurement
Techniques applied by the Group which use methods and assumptions to
estimate the fair value of financial assets and liabilities are considered to be level
2 in the fair value hierarchy.
The fair value of derivative instruments designated in a hedging relationship is
determined using the following valuation techniques:
■Foreign currency forward exchange contracts have been fair valued using
quoted forward exchange rates and discounted using yield curves from quoted
interest rates that match the maturity dates of the contracts.
■Foreign currency option contracts have been fair valued using observable
option volatilities, and quoted forward exchange and interest rates that match
the maturity dates of the contracts.
Interest rate swaps are fair valued by discounting the future interest and principal
cash flows using current market interest rates that match the maturity dates of
the contracts. These valuation techniques maximise the use of observable market
data where it is available and rely as little as possible on entity-specific estimates.
Inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 of the fair value hierarchy
are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (that is, as prices) or
indirectly (that is, derived from prices). There have been no transfers between
levels during the year.
The estimated fair values of all of the Group’s other financial assets and liabilities
approximate their carrying values.
27. Derivative financial instruments
Derivative financial instruments are used to hedge exchange rate and interest
rate risks. The Group does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for
trading purposes. Derivative financial instruments are recognised at fair value.
Any resulting gains or losses are recognised in the income statement unless the
derivative financial instrument has been designated into a hedge relationship that
qualifies for hedge accounting.
Cash flow hedges
Cash flow hedges are currently applied to forecast transactions that are subject
to foreign currency fluctuations and future interest cash flow on loans. The Group
recognises the effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivative financial
instruments that qualify as cash flow hedges in other comprehensive income.
These accumulate as a separate component of equity in the cash flow hedge
reserve.
Gains or losses relating to the ineffective portion of a cash flow hedge are
recognised in the income statement in other operating expenses. Amounts taken
to equity are transferred to the income statement when the hedged transaction
affects the income statement in revenue and cost of goods sold.
26. Financial risk management continued
T&G Global Annual Report 2024136
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
2024
$’000
2023
$’000
Current assets
Cash flow hedges
Forward foreign exchange contracts4284,818
Foreign currency options1331,428
Interest rate swaps428864
Total9897,110
Non-current assets
Cash flow hedges
Forward foreign exchange contracts2559,644
Foreign currency options –1,544
Interest rate swaps42,080
Total25913,268
2024
$’000
2023
$’000
Current liabilities
Cash flow hedges
Forward foreign exchange contracts4,862855
Foreign currency options2,12551
Fair value through profit or loss (held for trading)
Forward foreign exchange contracts649
Total6,993955
Non-current liabilities
Cash flow hedges
Forward foreign exchange contracts8,625 –
Foreign currency options498 –
Interest rate swaps1,667234
Total10,790234
27. Derivative financial instruments continued
T&G Global Annual Report 2024137
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
28. Contingencies
The Group has the following guarantees:
2024
$’000
2023
$’000
Bonds and sundry facilities7575
Guarantees of bank facilities for associated companies – 27,409
Guarantees of liabilities for subsidiary3,319 –
Total3,39427,484
29. Commitments
Capital commitments
As at 31 December, the Group is committed to the following capital expenditure:
2024
$’000
2023
$’000
Property, plant and equipment9841,222
Intangible assets265 –
Total1,2491,222
Non-cancellable operating leases receivables
The Group as a lessor
Whenever the terms of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards
of ownership to the lessee, the contract is classified as a finance lease. All other
leases are classified as operating leases.
Rental income (net of any incentives given to lessees) is recognised on a straight-
line basis over the term of the relevant lease. All properties leased to third
parties under operating leases are included in the ‘Buildings’ category within
‘Property, plant and equipment’ on the balance sheet. They are depreciated over
their expected useful lives on a basis consistent with similar property, plant and
equipment.
Amounts due from lessees under finance leases are recognised as receivables at
the amount of the Group’s net investment in the leases. Finance lease income is
allocated to accounting periods so as to reflect a constant periodic rate of return
on the Group’s net investment outstanding in respect of the leases.
T&G Global Annual Report 2024138
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Notes to the financial statements continued
30. Events occurring after the balance date
Effective on 1 January 2025, the Group sold 24.39% of its shares in its associate
Grandview Brokerage LLC.
Effective on 1 January 2025, the Group acquired an additional 40% of the shares of its
subsidiary Delica North America, Inc.
There are no other material events that occurred after the balance date that would
require adjustment of disclosure in these financial statements.
Operating leases receivables
Future minimum rentals receivable under non-cancellable operating leases as at
31 December are as follows:
2024
$’000
2023
$’000
Within one year1,7471,831
One to two years6371,296
Two to five years1,016395
Later than five years775749
Total4,1754,271
29. Commitments continued
T&G Global Annual Report 2024139
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
Five year financial review
T&G Global Annual Report 2024140
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials
2024
$’000
2023
$’000
2022
$’000
2021
$’000
2020
$’000
Revenue
Continuing activities1,360,8911,334,3381,304,9361,365,4131,412,590
Profit
Pre-tax (loss) / profit(6,831)(64,249)(3,341)9,79822,024
Net (loss) / profit after tax(9,888)(46,595)(861)13,55216,590
Funds employed
Paid up capital176,357176,357176,357176,357176,357
Retained earnings and reserves 293,783328,060386,894383,719330,250
Non-controlling interests20,51117,4 7 116,91713,52813,147
Non-current liabilities 207,711321,219284,679200,660232,471
Current liabilities431,177232,105218,506210,016228,517
Total1,129,5391,075,2121,083,353984,280980,742
Assets
Property, plant and equipment406,934401,007401,077399,806392,700
Other non-current assets 314,680320,774334,783291,266270,542
Current assets407,925353,431347,493293,208317,500
Total1,129,5391,075,2121,083,353984,280980,742
20242023202220212020
Statistics
Number of ordinary shares on issue122,543,204122,543,204122,543,204122,543,204122,543,204
(Loss) / earnings per share - cents(13.0)(41.7)(4.4)7. 29.0
Net tangible assets per security$3.36$3.61$4.11$4.06$3.61
Percentage of equity holders funds to total assets 43%49%54%58%53%
Ratio of current assets to current liabilities0.951.521.591.401.39
Ratio of debt to equity
(1)
1.301.060.870.720.89
Dividends
Cents per share on paid up capital – - - 66
Total dividend paid – - - $7,352,592$7,352,592
(1)
Debt includes trade payables.
10. Appendices
Appendix 1
Stakeholder engagement142
Appendix 2
Materiality: defining what matters143
Appendix 3
Employee and workforce data144
Appendix 4
GRI index145
Contents
T&G Global Annual Report 2024141
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsIntroductionAppendices
Appendix 1:
Stakeholder engagement
T&G engages with a wide range of stakeholders, as noted in the below table. As per our materiality assessment conducted in 2022, we follow the methodology outlined in
AccountAbility’s AA1000 Stakeholder Engagement Standard 2015 to define our stakeholders.
STAKEHOLDER GROUPHOW WE ENGAGE
Employees ■Employee communications and engagement activities led by our Executive, senior leadership teams and people leaders, including regular leadership calls,
roadshows, huis, briefings, workshops, daily operational Tier meetings and online channels
■Employee surveys
Growers ■Comprehensive programme of engagement, including quarterly T&G Fresh grower updates, monthly apple grower calls and Core News update, apple grower
portal, orchard field days, meetings, letters and ongoing conversations
■Grower surveys
Shareholders ■Annual Meeting which provides an opportunity to meet and ask questions of the Board and management
■Six-monthly financial reporting
■New Zealand Stock Exchange market updates
Financial institutions
and advisors
■Regular engagement through briefings and updates
Customers and consumers ■Regular customer engagement led by our Apples and T&G Fresh leadership and sales and marketing teams, including meetings, store visits, audits, and
orchard and packhouse visits
■Consumer research
■Digital engagement, including social media channels
Government ■Engagement with central and regional Governments on topics relating to business and the horticulture sector, including trade, market access, regulations,
innovation and employment
Suppliers ■Ongoing conversations and engagement with our suppliers
■Surveys
Community and
industry groups
■Engagement with a number of organisations representing horticulture and the consumer good sectors, iwi, community groups and the business community
Media ■Programme of proactive engagement and responding to media enquiries
T&G Global Annual Report 2024142
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsIntroductionAppendices
Appendix 2:
Materiality: defining what matters
Our materiality assessment
Materiality assessments are widely used in business to inform strategic sustainability
priorities, ensuring it meets the needs of stakeholders and the topics and issues
which matter most to them. It is also a prerequisite for sustainability reporting
referencing the GRI Standards. T&G conducted its assessment in 2022. For more
information and greater detail about it, please see the 2023 Annual Report, pages
160-161. From this assessment, the top five material topics for T&G are:
Sustainable financial
performance
Ensuring sustainable financial growth and performance,
made up of the three pillars: economic, environmental and
social. Returning fair value to growers.
Product qualityDelivering a high-quality, premium product to customers and
consumers.
Resilient and ethical
supply chain
Supply chain management, including mitigating supply chain
risk (e.g. modern slavery).
Customer and
consumer needs
Meeting customer requirements. Consumer preference
and brand awareness. Impacts from changing customer
or consumer needs, impact from unstable economic
environment.
Climate change and
resilience
Understanding and adapting to the impacts on the business
directly, or indirectly, from a changing climate, such as
increased temperatures, extreme weather events and
increased biosecurity risks.
Informed by our materiality assessment, in 2023 we refreshed our Kaitiakitanga
sustainability framework and wove in resilient and ethical supply chains, and climate
change and resilience. Our wider business strategy focuses on the management
of sustainable financial performance, product quality, and customer and consumer
needs.
T&G materiality matrix
LOWHIGH
LOW
HIGH
T&G Global Annual Report 2024143
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsIntroductionAppendices
STAKEHOLDER IMPORTANCE (SURVEY RESULTS)
BUSINESS IMPACT (BUSINESS IMPACT WORKSHOP)
Communication and relationship
management
Sustainable financial performance
Resilient and ethical
supply chain
Resilient and healthy
communities
Responsible land management
Team member wellbeing and growth
Sector leadership
Business continuity planning
Water management
Investing in the next generation
Biodiversity
Waste reduction and circular economy
Sustainable packaging
Compliance and regulation
Product development and innovation
Market access
Automation and the
future of work
Carbon and energy use
Governance and processes
Product quality
Customer and consumer needs
Climate change and
resilience
Appendix 3:
Employee and workforce data
Aotearoa New Zealand employee and workforce
information has been calculated using data averaged
over the required reporting period shown in each table.
The data has been rounded. Employees are grouped in
line with T&G’s terminology, with the table immediately
below providing the correlation to GRI terminology.
EMPLOYEE TYPE T&GGRI GROUP
Full-timePermanent full-time
Part-timePermanent part-time
Fixed-termTemporary employee
CasualNon-guaranteed hours
SeasonalTemporary employee
In addition to full-time and part-time permanent
employees, we also employ fixed-term, casual and
seasonal employees. Fixed-term, casual and seasonal
employment helps address labour shortages in the
horticulture industry, especially during peak seasons.
It provides flexibility for both employers and workers,
allowing workforce adjustments based on seasonal
needs and offering temporary job opportunities that fit
workers’ schedules.
EMPLOYEE TYPEMALEFEMALEGRAND TOTAL
Full-time6454171,062
Part-time183452
Fixed-term9716
Casual8480164
Seasonal45050500
Grand total1,2055881,794
LOCATIONSFULL-TIMEPART-TIMEFIXED-TERMCASUALSEASONALGRAND TOTAL
Hastings3151211316645
Auckland310981719363
Tūākau106213062201
Alexandra41–6364132
Taupō2911231266
Christchurch602–4–66
Palmerston North58111–61
Hamilton402–10456
Pukekohe2613110–50
Kerikeri241112350
Nelson38––1–39
Tauranga2411––26
Wellington1831––22
New Plymouth64–1–11
Gisborne1––2–3
Whangārei2––––2
Dunedin1––––1
Grand total1,06252161645001,794
We have streamlined the data sets in this Appendix compared to our 2023 Annual Report. While precise comparisons
are not possible, the overall employee and workforce figures remain comparable to 2023. The data in this Appendix
currently excludes international employees given disparate systems.
T&G Global Annual Report 2024144
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsIntroductionAppendices
Appendix 4:
GRI index
Statement of useT&G Global Limited has reported the information cited in this GRI content index for the period 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024, with reference to the GRI Standards.
GRI 1 used GRI 1: Foundation 2021
REFDISCLOSURE PAGE #/REFERENCE
2-1Organisational detailsT&G Global Limited
New Zealand limited liability company
Listed on the New Zealand Stock Exchange
Headquarters: Auckland, Aotearoa New Zealand
Pages 11-14
2-2Entities included in the organisation’s sustainability reportingPage 4
2-3 Reporting period, frequency and contact point1 January 2024 - 31 December 2024
Annual
Page 147
2-4Restatements of information
See page 36, 41 and 45 in T&G’s 2024 Climate-related Disclosure
https://tandg.global/investors/reporting
2-5External assurance
Pages 57, 61-64; and also see T&G’s 2024 Climate-related Disclosure
https://tandg.global/investors/reporting
2-6Activities, value chain and other business relationships
Pages 10-38; and also see T&G’s 2024 Climate-related Disclosure
https://tandg.global/investors/reporting/
2-7EmployeesPages 12-13, 144
2-8Workers who are not employeesN /A
2-9Governance structure and compositionPages 44, 52, 54-57
2-10Nomination and selection of the highest governance bodyPages 54-57
2-12Role of the highest governance body in overseeing the management of impactsPages 44, 54-57
2-13Delegation of responsibility for managing impactsPages 44, 54-57
2-14Role of the highest governance body in sustainability reportingPage 44
2-29Approach to stakeholder engagementSee Appendix 1
2-30Collective bargaining agreements4.4% of T&G employees in 2024 (this includes permanent and seasonal employees)
T&G Global Annual Report 2024145
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsIntroductionAppendices
REFDISCLOSURE PAGE #/REFERENCE
3-1Process to determine material topicsSee Appendix 2
3-2List of material topicsSee Appendix 2
3-3Management of material topicsSee Appendix 2
Material topic standard disclosures
Sustainable financial performance
3-3Management of material topicsPages 6-9, 10-38, 65-140
201-1Direct economic value generated and distributedPages 6-9
Resilient and ethical supply chains
3-3Management of material topicsPages 44, 46-47, 50
414-1New suppliers that were screened using social criteriaAll suppliers were screened using IntegrityNext
Climate change and resilience
3-3Management of material topics
Pages 44, 48; and also see T&G’s 2024 Climate-related Disclosure
https://tandg.global/investors/reporting/
302-1Energy consumption within the organisationT&G does not report energy consumption
305-1Direct (Scope 1) emissions
See page 45 in T&G’s 2024 Climate-related Disclosure https://tandg.global/investors/reporting/
305-2Energy indirect (Scope 2) emissions
See page 45 in T&G’s 2024 Climate-related Disclosure https://tandg.global/investors/reporting/
305-3Other indirect (Scope 3) emissionsT&G will commence reporting of scope 3 emissions in 2025
305-5Reduction of GHG emissions
Page 48; and also see pages 35-36, and pages 45-46 in T&G’s 2024 Climate-related Disclosure
https://tandg.global/investors/reporting/
Appendix 4: GRI index continued
T&G Global Annual Report 2024146
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsIntroductionAppendices
Directors
Benedikt Mangold
Chair and Non-Independent Director
Michael Baur
Non-Independent Director
Carol Campbell
Independent Director
Andreas Helber
Non-Independent Director
Rob Hewett
Independent Director
Ralf Tobias Priske
Non-Independent Director
Registered office
Central Park
Building 1, Level 1
660 Great South Road
Ellerslie, Auckland 1051
Aotearoa New Zealand
Registered office contact details
PO Box 56
Shortland Street
Auckland 1140
Aotearoa New Zealand
Telephone: (09) 573 8700
Website: www.tandg.global
Email: info@tandg.global
Auditors
Deloitte Limited
Principal bankers
Bank of New Zealand
HSBC
Rabobank
Westpac New Zealand
Principal solicitors
Russell McVeagh
Share registry
Computershare Investor Services Limited
Level 2, 159 Hurstmere Road
Takapuna
Auckland 0622
Aotearoa New Zealand
Share registry contact details
Private Bag 92119
Victoria Street West
Auckland 1142
Aotearoa New Zealand
Investor enquiries: (09) 488 8700
Website: www.computershare.co.nz
Email: enquiry@computershare.co.nz
Enquiries
For enquiries about T&G’s financial and operating performance,
please contact:
Chief Financial Officer
T&G Global Limited
PO Box 56, Shortland Street,
Auckland 1140,
Aotearoa New Zealand
10. Directory
T&G Global Annual Report 2024147
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsIntroductionAppendices
Building 1, Level 1,
Central Park
660 Great South Road,
Ellerslie Auckland 1051,
Aotearoa New Zealand
+64 9 573 8700
info@tandg.global
tandg.global
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsIntroductionAppendices
---
MARKET UPDATE
3 March 2025
Improved Apples performance signals bounce back for T&G Global
At a glance:
• Revenue: $1.36 billion, up from $1.33 billion
• Operating profit/(loss): $12.7 million, up from ($45.6 million)
• Net loss before tax: ($6.8 million), up from ($64.2 million)
• Net loss after tax: ($9.9 million), up from ($46.6 million)
High demand for T&G Global’s premium ENVY™ and JAZZ™ branded apples, coupled with higher
pricing in global markets, has helped the Company achieve good momentum in its bounce back from
the impact of Cyclone Gabrielle.
For the year ending 31 December 2024, the Company recorded a full-year loss before tax of $6.8
million for the year compared to a loss before tax of $64.2 million in 2023, and an operating profit of
$12.7 million compared to a loss of $45.6 million in 2023.
T&G Global Chair, Benedikt Mangold, said the results demonstrate great improvement.
“It was a year of continued recovery, following the devastating effect of Cyclone Gabrielle. While our
results are not where we want them to be, it is pleasing to see the momentum in the business,
particularly in Apples, which is the engine room for our growth,” said Mr Mangold.
“Over the last six years, we have invested significantly in our Apples business to enable our growth,
including automation-ready orchards with high-performing premium varieties and our world-class
post-harvest facility. With the business now coming out of the difficult post-Cyclone period, we are on
the edge of realising a sustainable performance uplift from the investment made as part of our Apples
strategy.”
Apples revenue rose 5% to $859.1 million, with the business achieving an operating profit of $43.7
million, compared to $10.3 million in the year prior.
T&G Global Chief Executive, Gareth Edgecombe, said the Apples business accounted for 63% of
T&G’s revenue of $1.36 billion which was up 2% on 2023.
“Following the impact of the cyclone, this year’s results represent a significant performance
turnaround. It is heartening to see the investments made in our Apples business supporting better
performance and good growth,” said Mr Edgecombe.
“The global premium apple market continues to grow, particularly in emerging Asian markets. Our
growth strategy is supported by a framework to unlock that growth through an expanded presence in
key global markets and across retail and wholesale channels. With this, volumes, revenue and
profitability will increase.”
Mr Edgecombe said the Apples’ performance helped offset a difficult year for T&G Fresh. This
business saw ideal growing conditions produce plentiful supplies but faced low consumer demand as
households adjusted to a higher cost of living and an uncertain economy.
T&G Fresh revenue, which includes the Company’s Australian business, was 6% lower at $455.3
million compared to $484.3 million in the prior year. This contributed to a 63% reduction in T&G
Fresh’s operating profit which came in at $3.6 million.
Mr Edgecombe said that in a tough year, T&G Fresh still made positive progress, achieving
operational efficiencies, acquiring a summerfruit business, expanding its Queensland blueberry
operations and delivering strong Australian citrus exports.
“We broadened our portfolio, acquiring the Hinton’s stone fruit business and leasing their stone fruit
orchards in Central Otago, and nearly doubling our Australian blueberry operations. All this work
leaves us in good shape to take advantage of improving conditions in the year ahead.”
VentureFruit increased its revenue by 44% to $13.0 million and reduced its operating loss to $4.3
million.
“VentureFruit’s royalties from sales benefitted from the positive market pricing achieved with ENVY™
and JAZZ™ branded apples at a consumer level. The business was also successful in securing
license contracts for additional ENVY™ plantings in the United States and China, which will enhance
future revenue.
“It also made good headway with our new premium JOLI™ apple brand. Released last year, JOLI™
has attracted good grower interest in the United States, while pilot plantings in Europe will support
the brand’s growth in that region. Closer to home, the first commercial scale plantings of JOLI™ in
the South Island will go ahead in Canterbury in 2025 and 2026, with FarmRight, the New Zealand
Superannuation Fund’s rural investment manager, licensed to grow 125 hectares on their property.”
Looking ahead, Mr Edgecombe said the 2025 Aotearoa New Zealand apple harvest is on track to be
a great high-quality crop, with exceptional colour and taste, and the focus is on excellence in
delivering the Apples strategy. Improving consumer sentiment will benefit T&G Fresh, which has
reduced its costs and improved efficiencies to strengthen margins. VentureFruit will continue to
acquire and commercialise premium new varieties, develop new market growth opportunities, and
protect and defend its intellectual property.
T&G’s 2024 Annual Report and 2024 Climate-related Disclosure are available at:
https://tandg.global/investors/reporting/
ENDS
For further information, please contact:
Adrienne Sharp
Head of Corporate Affairs
T&G Global Limited
Adrienne.Sharp@tandg.global
+64 (0)27 801 5534
About T&G Global
T&G Global’s story began more than 125 years ago as Turners and Growers, and today the business
helps grow healthier futures for people around the world. As a part of the BayWa Global Produce
family, T&G is located in 13 countries and its team of 1,800 people both grow and partner with over
700 growers to market, sell and distribute nutritious fresh produce to customers and consumers in
over 55 countries. It does this guided by kaitiakitanga - treating the land, people, produce, resources,
and community with the greatest of respect and care, as guardians of their future. www.tandg.global
---
Climate-
related
Disclosure
For the year ended 31 December 2024
T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
2
About this report
Reporting entity
T&G Global is a Climate Reporting Entity (CRE)
under the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013
and this is T&G Global’s second Climate-related
Disclosure. It includes T&G Global Limited and its
subsidiaries (together T&G). This Climate-related
Disclosure accompanies T&G’s 2024 Annual Report,
which contains detailed information on business
and financial performance, and can be found here:
https://tandg.global/investors/reporting.
Basis of preparation
The disclosures in this report comply with the
Aotearoa New Zealand Climate Standards (NZ CS 1,
NZ CS 2 and NZ CS 3). T&G has taken the second-year
adoption provisions relating to disclosure and assurance
of scope 3 emissions, and disclosure of anticipated
financial impacts.
An independent limited assurance report, compliant
with NZ SAE 1, for T&G’s scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas
(GHG) disclosures is available in Appendix 2.
Reporting period and currency
This report is for the period of 1 January 2024 to
31 December 2024. Any reference to dollars ($) in this
report refers to New Zealand dollars (NZD).
Date published
This report was published on 3 March 2025.
Reasonable care and
forward-looking statements
While there are forward-looking statements
made in this report, the climate-related
statements, scenarios, adaptation and transition
plans, projections, metrics, targets, assumptions
and judgements contained here should not be
considered any sort of prediction or forecast of
performance outcomes, financial or otherwise.
These statements are subject to both known and
unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, many
of which lie outside T&G’s control. T&G has prepared
this information with due care and attention, and this
report is based on assumptions about T&G’s current
business and our future strategies, as well as the
environment and markets our business operates in,
both now and in the future. The identified climate-
related risks and opportunities may not eventuate,
and if they do, the actual impacts may differ
materially from what is provided in this report.
Enquiries
For any questions or comments regarding this
report, please contact info@tandg.global.
T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
3
Contents
Introduction4
Message 4
About T&G 5
Our business model 6
Our value chain 7
Appendices 37
Appendix 1: T&G
Global 2024 GHG
inventory37
Appendix 2:
Independent Limited
Assurance Report on
Selected Greenhouse
Gas (‘GHG’)
Disclosures and
the GHG Inventory
Report included
within Climate-related
Disclosure48
Appendix 3: Risk
escalation process53
Appendix 4: Risk
Matrix53
Appendix 5:
Glossary54
Governance 8
Our approach to
climate governance
8
The role of the Board
9
Directors’ climate
capabilities and
understanding
10
The role of the
Executive team
10
Strategy 11
Scenario analysis 11
T&G’s climate
scenarios 11
Rationale for
scenarios 12
T&G’s scenario
narratives 13
Limitations of
scenarios 14
Transition plan
aspects of T&G’s
strategy15
Metrics and
targets
33
Metrics33
Internal carbon price33
Targets for climate-
related risks and
opportunities33
GHG reporting
standards and
assurance 34
Targets and emissions
reductions34
T&G’s performance
against its SBTs 35
Risk
management
19
Integration of
climate-related risks
with overall risk
management 19
Scenarios and time
horizons for risk
and opportunity
assessment 20
Time horizons 20
Identifying and
assessing climate-
related risks and
opportunities21
T&G’s process to
assess climate-
related risks and
opportunities22
Monitoring and review 23
Material climate-
related risks and
opportunities 23
Determination of
financial impacts 23
Material climate-
related risks 25
Material climate-
related opportunities31
01.
Click on any of the text
headings to navigate
through this report.
02.03.04.05.06.
T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
4T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
4
Message
Generations of people have contributed to building
T&G into what it is today. As we work to grow and
strengthen our business for the benefit of future
generations, it is crucial that we also support Aotearoa
New Zealand’s transition to a resilient, low-emissions
economy. This role is integral to our purpose of growing
healthier futures.
Our sustainability framework, known as Kaitiakitanga,
underpins our growth strategy. It’s focused on people,
planet and produce. Within this, climate action is a
key focus area. Established this year, our climate
action framework outlines how we will do this, through
decarbonisation and adaptation, and this has helped
guide elements of the transition plan aspects of
our strategy.
Shaping our decarbonisation pathway are our near-
term Science-based Targets (SBTs) for scopes 1, 2 and
3, which are in line with the Paris Agreement to limit
global warming to 1.5°C above pre-industrial levels.
The targets were this year independently validated by
the Science-based Targets initiative (SBTi).
In 2024, overall total scope 1 – not related to Forest,
Land and Agriculture (FLAG) – and scope 2 (market-
based) emissions of 27,221.83 tCO
2
e decreased by
16% from our base year of 2021 (32,520.74 tCO
2
e).
It has been pleasing to see positive progress on some
of our hard-to-abate emissions. At our Reporoa tomato
glasshouses, renewable heat and biomethane is now
coming from Ecogas’ adjacent organics processing
facility. And at our Geraghty glasshouses in Tūākau, the
installation of thermal screens has contributed to a 29%
01. Introduction
reduction in natural gas emissions from our 2021 base
year. In the coming years, we expect to see the benefits
of our 2024 investment in 21 more fuel-efficient Euro
6 trucks in our heavy fleet, combined with the recent
commissioning of a transport management system, to
provide further efficiencies and emissions reductions.
This shift has already helped reduce transport
emissions by 3% from 2023.
While we have a pathway towards achieving a significant
portion of our 2030 emissions reduction SBTs, we still
require a further ~5,267 tCO
2
e of abatement initiatives
to deliver the overall total scope 1 (non-FLAG) and
scope 2 (market-based) target. We are actively seeking
technology solutions and opportunities to help close
this gap.
Work to capture and measure scope 3 emissions across
our complex value chain continues and this will be
reported in our 2025 Climate-related Disclosure.
To support our climate adaptation and resilience,
this year we refined and updated our climate-related
risks and opportunities. Extensive modelling was
performed to guide the materiality of each risk and
opportunity, looking at critical attributes such as yield
and fruit quality, with supporting adaptation plans
developed and owned by key business leads. In the year
ahead, we will continue to refine our climate risk and
opportunity modelling, ahead of disclosing anticipated
financial impacts in 2025.
Pivotal to the success and growth of our business
is our relationships with our independent growers.
Just as we are continually strengthening our internal
capabilities and knowledge on climate, we want to share
our insights and learnings with our network of growers
to help support them as they strengthen the resilience
of their own businesses. We commenced this in 2024,
running sessions with Aotearoa New Zealand’s National
Institute of Water and Atmospheric Research (NIWA),
and sharing our high-level growing and post-harvest
adaptation plans. We look forward to working alongside
our growers and building on this with decarbonisation in
the years ahead.
T&G is pleased to release its second Climate-
related Disclosure.
BENEDIKT MANGOLD
CHAIR T&G GLOBAL,
CHAIR OF THE SUSTAINABILITY COMMITTEE
3 MARCH 2025
GARETH EDGECOMBE
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
3 MARCH 2025
CAROL CAMPBELL
INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR,
CHAIR OF THE FINANCE, RISK AND INVESTMENT COMMITTEE
3 MARCH 2025
T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
5T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
5
About T&G
T&G’s story began over 125 years ago as Turners and
Growers, and today we help grow healthier futures for
people around the world.
Located in 13 countries, our team of 1,800 people grow
fresh produce, partner with over 700 growers, and
market and sell fruit and vegetables to customers and
consumers in over 55 countries.
We do this guided by kaitiakitanga – treating the land,
people, produce, resources and community with the
greatest of respect and care.
Further information about T&G can be found in our
2024 Annual Report and on our website:
https://tandg.global/investors/reporting.
■ Best genetics in apples
and berries
■ Unique varieties
and brands loved
by consumers
■ World-class in growing and
post-harvest, with global
partners maximising our
intellectual property
Grow great brands
■ Unlock markets selected
for premium and potential
■ Close to customers with
capability in-market
■ Most efficient end-to-end
supply chain
Win in key global
markets
■ Win in chosen categories
■ Offer the best channels
to market
■ Build long-term
relationships
Lead Aotearoa’s fresh
produce future
Our strategy
futures
healthier
Growing
The world’s leading
fresh produce company
premium
Our purposeOur vision
Figure 1: T&G’s strategy
Be BoldDo the MahiOne TeamTake Good Care
Kaitiakitanga guides everything we do
Our mindsets
High performance culture
T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
6T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
6
Our business model
T&G is a vertically integrated fresh produce business.
Our operations include:
Apples
Our Apples business spans each step of the value chain
from unique varieties, growing, post-harvest, quality
and logistics, through to in-market marketing and sales.
It ensures consumers around the world can access our
high quality, premium apples 365 days of the year.
Our premium apples portfolio consists of ENVY™,
JAZZ™ and JOLI™ branded apples, and they are grown
under license by specially selected growers in over 11
countries and across both hemispheres. Our premium
brands are complemented by a wide portfolio of
commercial varieties including Royal Gala, Pacific
Queen™ and Pacific Rose™.
In Aotearoa New Zealand, T&G has extensive
own-growing and post-harvest operations in Hawke’s
Bay, and partners with over 100 independent growers in
Hawke’s Bay, Tairāwhiti Gisborne, Nelson and Otago.
T&G Fresh
T&G Fresh grows tomatoes, citrus, berries and stone
fruit, and partners with over 600 growers to provide
New Zealanders with delicious, healthy fresh fruit and
vegetables. With 10 market sites, T&G Fresh connects
hard-working growers to buyers, from supermarkets,
fruit shops and foodservice businesses. To supplement
local supply, T&G Fresh imports fresh produce from
over 100 growers that can’t be grown locally or to cover
seasonal gaps in local production. It also manages our
Australian and Pacific Islands operations.
VentureFruit Global Limited
VentureFruit is T&G’s global plant variety management
business that collaborates with breeders, research
partners, growers, and sales and marketing
organisations around the world to bring new, high
value and superior quality fruit to markets and
consumers globally.
T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
7T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
7
Natural
ecosystem inputs
Agricultural
inputs
Intellectual
property
Orchards, farms
& greenhouses
Harvesting
Orchard &
farm storageCustomer
Road freight
Road freight
Markets &
distribution
centres
Post-harvest
& cool store
Departure
airport
Departure
seaport
Air freight
ShippingRoad freightRoad freight
Customer
Cool store
Arrival
airport
Arrival
seaport
Our value chain
Figure 2: T&G’s value chain
Growing*Intellectual propertyPost-harvestShipping and logisticsSalesKEY
*Includes supply and procurement of produce; there are no exclusions from the value chain.
T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
8T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
8
02. Governance
Our approach to
climate governance
T&G recognises that strong corporate governance is
essential in protecting and strengthening the interests
of the Company, its shareholders and stakeholders, and
in creating long-term sustainable value.
At T&G, climate governance is managed through the
Three Lines of Defence Model (see Figure 3).
Figure 3: T&G’s climate-related risk and opportunity management model
Risk appetite
Board
Direction and strategy
CEO and Executive team
Our Planet Steering Committee
Climate-related risks and opportunities
Expertise
Risk, compliance and sustainability teams
Understand overall risk for the Group and provide support for risk
mitigation, realisation of opportunities and development of strategy
Operational risk
management
Determine risks and
opportunities for their
operational area
Business unit risk
management
Understand overall
risks and opportunities
for the business unit
Internal audit
Independent
challenge to the levels
of assurance
Finance, Risk and
Investment Committee
Sustainability
Committee
Direction and strategy
Climate and sustainability experts/consultants review
External audit
First line of defenceSecond line of defenceThird line of defence
KEY
T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
9T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
9
The role of the Board
T&G’s purpose and overall strategic direction is set
by our Board of Directors, which has visibility and
oversight of our risk management strategy, framework,
policies and risk appetite, including those related to
sustainability and climate change.
Our Board members are detailed on page 52
of the 2024 Annual Report and on our website
https://tandg.global/our-story/our-team. The
Board has responsibility for ensuring that T&G’s
climate-related matters are recognised, assessed
and monitored. There are two Board committees
which support the Board with this responsibility – the
Sustainability Committee (SC) and the Finance, Risk
and Investment Committee (FRIC), both of which
operate under respective Board-approved charters.
1
• Sustainability Committee (SC)
The SC is responsible for overseeing T&G’s
Kaitiakitanga sustainability framework, including its
climate action strategy, targets, initiatives, policies
and the annual allocation of internal carbon price
funds, prior to recommending them to the Board for
approval. Once approved, it monitors performance
in these areas through standing agenda items.
The SC oversees the Company’s sustainability and
Climate-related Disclosures, before recommending
them to FRIC for subsequent review and tabling
with the Board for approval. From 2025, the SC will
also oversee climate-related risks and opportunities
(currently sitting with FRIC). The SC is comprised of
three Directors, including one Independent Director.
• Finance, Risk and Investment
Committee (FRIC)
The FRIC ensures that management has established
procedures and processes to identify, escalate,
manage and monitor primary business and climate-
related risks and opportunities according to its
Risk Management Policy. The FRIC reviews T&G’s
annual corporate disclosures, including its Annual
Report and Climate-related Disclosure, before
recommending them to the Board for approval.
It is comprised of three Directors, including two
Independent Directors.
Both the SC and FRIC benefit from climate-related
expertise from the Executive team, Our Planet Steering
Committee, internal subject matter experts and external
advisors who provide specialist advice on climate
science and changing regulatory requirements.
Meeting at least four times a year, both Committees
review management’s progress in addressing climate-
related risks and opportunities through standing agenda
items and detailed papers. As and where required,
additional reporting to the Committees and Board is
undertaken, such as updates on strategic climate-
related initiatives.
1. For more detail on our Board and Committee charters, please see the Corporate Governance section on our website: https://tandg.global/investors/corporate-governance
T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
10T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
10
Directors’ climate capabilities
and understanding
The Board continues to expand its climate-related
capability through knowledge-sharing, engagement
with internal and external subject matter experts, and
participation in external events.
Three Directors have previously completed Cambridge
Institute for Sustainability Leadership programmes
and two Directors are members of Chapter Zero, a
global network of directors committed to taking action
on climate change. A skills and experience matrix for
Directors is on page 54 of the 2024 Annual Report.
The role of the Executive team
Daily management of risks and opportunities is
delegated by the Board to our Executive team and
the Our Planet Steering Committee via the Chief
Executive Officer.
The Executive team, with the support of the
Our Planet Steering Committee, oversees our
Kaitiakitanga sustainability framework, including
our climate action framework, targets and
performance; financial planning and capital
allocation; the identification, assessment, monitoring
and management of climate-related risks and
opportunities; and climate-related reporting and
regulatory compliance. This is achieved through at
least quarterly meetings with standing agenda items.
Members of the Executive team are outlined on our
website https://tandg.global/our-story/our-team and in
our 2024 Annual Report.
The Our Planet Steering Committee was established
in 2024. It comprises the Chief Executive Officer,
Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer Apples,
Managing Director T&G Fresh, Head of Corporate
Affairs and General Manager VentureFruit. This steering
committee is responsible for overseeing the strategic
implementation of the Company’s climate action and
low-impact operations strategies, targets and initiatives,
and monitoring performance. In addition, it discusses
risk appetite on related areas, identifies areas of
alignment and opportunity across the business, and
makes recommendations to the SC. It meets at least
four times a year with standing agenda items.
The Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and
Head of Corporate Affairs attend each SC meeting.
Likewise, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial
Officer attend all FRIC meetings, with other Executive
members attending as required. Annual updates of
climate-related risks and opportunities are provided to
the FRIC and in the year ahead, this will shift to the SC.
An overview of T&G’s climate-related risk and
opportunity management model, including key
climate-related roles and responsibilities, is provided
in Figure 3.
T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
11T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
11
T&G’s purpose is to grow healthier futures, and this
guides everything we do.
Our business strategy, as detailed in Figure 1, is
structured to create short, medium and long-term
value by growing great brands, winning in key global
markets and leading Aotearoa’s fresh produce future.
Underpinning this is our high-performance culture and
our Kaitiakitanga sustainability framework. An inherent
part of our strategy is building a strong and thriving
climate-resilient business through decarbonisation
and adaptation.
Scenario analysis
Developed in 2023, our climate scenarios provide us
with a range of plausible and challenging hypothetical
future events to help inform the long-term direction and
continual evolution of our strategy, test the resilience
of our business model, decisions and risk management
tools, and identify climate-related risks and
opportunities. T&G worked with Aurecon Limited, an
Asia Pacific design, engineering and advisory company
to develop three temperature-aligned climate scenarios
(for details on this process, please see page 16 of
T&G’s 2023 Climate-related Disclosure). In 2024, our
scenarios remain the same and they will be reviewed in
the next one to three years as the latest climate science
and updated Aotearoa New Zealand sector level-
scenario analysis become available.
03. Strategy
T&G’s climate scenarios
2. Average global temperature rise for RCP1.9, in alignment with NZ CS 1
3. Rise in average global temperatures in the 2081-2100 period relative to
the pre-industrial baseline (1850-1900)
SCENARIO 1:
ORDERLY
DECARBONISATION
SCENARIO 2:
REGIONAL
RIVALRY
SCENARIO 3:
HOTHOUSE
SSP/RCP
combination used
SSP1
RCP1.9 and 2.6
SSP3
RCP4.5
SSP5
RCP8.5
Warming level1.5°C
2
warming by 2100
3
2.9°C warming by 2100
3
4.8°C warming by 2100
3
Description
A fast, globally coordinated
transition to a net zero
emissions economy
Resurgent nationalism,
deglobalisation and
trade barriers, alongside
weak climate action until
2030, followed by a rapid,
disrupted transition to a
low-emissions world
A future with a lack of
climate policies and a
focus on adaptation instead
of mitigation. There are
significant physical climate
change impacts and warming
Plausibility
for T&G
Selected to reflect a plausible
future in which T&G has to
rapidly decarbonise and
transition its operations
Selected as it poses high
levels of disruption to
international trade that would
affect T&G’s business model
Selected due to the high
level of physical impact
that would manifest in
T&G’s growing operations
Table 1: T&G's climate scenarios
T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
12T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
12
Rationale for scenarios
The establishment of T&G’s three scenarios was guided
by the requirements of the NZ CS 1 and The Aotearoa
Circle’s
4
Agriculture Sector Climate Change Scenarios.
Sector scenarios were developed by The Aotearoa
Circle in 2022 and 2023 by bringing together the
diversity of the agriculture sector to collaborate,
share knowledge, science and insights, and inform
the outcome. T&G participated as a member of the
Technical Expert Group.
In line with the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate
Change (IPCC), T&G has used both Representative
Concentration Pathways (RCPs) and Shared
Socio-economic Pathways (SSPs) as the basis of our
climate scenarios. This provides us with a plausible
future state, from which we can analyse and test our
business strategy.
RCPs are models which illustrate possible future
greenhouse gas emission trajectories, and SSPs
are projections which describe alternative futures
of socio-economic development without climate
policy intervention. Each number in the RCP and SSP
is a reference to a socio-economic narrative and a
different emission trajectory.
T&G’s first scenario, orderly decarbonisation (1.5°C),
and third scenario, hothouse (4.8°C), align with both the
mandated NZ CS 1 scenarios as well as The Aotearoa
Circle sector scenarios.
Regional rivalry (2.9°C), our second scenario, differs
from the sector scenarios. It was selected as we
consider regional rivalry (a combination of SSP3 and
RCP4.5) to be the more comprehensive challenge
for our business given the aspects of deglobalisation,
increased national food security and the subsequent
effects on consumer preferences and market size.
We selected RCP4.5 because:
■ It provides an intermediate warming scenario from
a physical risk perspective (distinctly different from
orderly decarbonisation and hothouse scenarios).
■ Of historic availability of RCP4.5 data relative to
RCP6.0 data in 2023 when the work was conducted.
■ It is commonly adopted by other reporting entities,
allowing for easier comparison of Climate-related
Disclosures.
■ It was used in The Aotearoa Circle’s sector scenarios,
allowing consistency in the translation of sector-to-
company specific scenarios.
No further scenarios have been undertaken since 2023.
4. The Aotearoa Circle is a voluntary initiative which brings together leaders from the public and private sectors to commit to priority actions that will restore Aotearoa
New Zealand’s natural capital for future generations. Its Agriculture Sector Climate Change Scenarios can be found at www.theaotearoacircle.nz/reports-resources/
agri-sector-climate-change-scenarios
T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
13T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
13
T&G’s scenario narratives
Scenario 1:
Orderly decarbonisation
In the near-term, the world shifts purposefully
towards valuing planetary health, biodiversity and
human wellbeing, with governments and institutions
collaborating effectively at all levels in pursuit of these
goals and net zero emissions.
Environmentally-friendly technologies are developed
and uptake of renewable energy increases. There
is rapid decarbonisation of the transport network.
However, this results in increases to import and
export costs, and time to market, for example, due to
slower moving ships. Globally, sustainable purchasing
and consumption habits are enhanced, resulting in
increased amounts of produce sourced regionally and
scrutiny in overseas markets of food shipped over great
distances from places like Aotearoa New Zealand. The
effects of climate change are increasingly evident in the
second half of the century, with significant impacts to
the horticulture sector, especially in terms of wind and
flood damage to horticulture infrastructure. This creates
difficulty accessing climate-related insurance products
for growers.
In tandem, the use of new horticultural technologies,
advancements in sustainable fertilisers and
regenerative horticulture techniques rapidly emerge,
and forests and native plantings are also enhanced.
At a wider level, the agriculture sector meets 2050 net
zero goals through activities such as these, driven by
the recognition that decarbonisation impacts its social
license to operate.
Scenario 2:
Regional rivalry
Off the back of COVID-19 and regional conflicts,
there is a resurgence of nationalism in the near
future. This leads to trade barriers, rivalry and
nation-serving behaviours.
Globalism deteriorates, and there are increased
constraints on international trade and technology
transfer, resulting in nations prioritising food and
resource security. Food stockpiling means consumer
preferences shift to less perishable and preserved
produce options. Governments increase attention
and scrutiny for the local food sector, with an emphasis
on maximising yields, whatever it takes. These shifts
have multiple knock-on effects.
Exporters face reputational risks and consumers
increasingly support domestic, Aotearoa New Zealand-
grown produce. Also, sustainability and biodiversity
outcomes are de-prioritised, with net zero
commitments deferred until 2035, when policies
are enacted with costly transition implications. With
the focus on growing food, there are increases in
deforestation, biodiversity loss, and negative impacts on
ecosystem services, for example, pollinators. Climate-
related chronic impacts and extreme events accelerate
beyond 2050, with increased water scarcity and water
rights conflicts internationally, further exacerbating
food security issues. Increases in drought frequency
and severity, fire and severe weather all have adverse
impacts on growers. This creates increased challenges
for accessing insurance and finance, and the failure of
smaller grower businesses who are unable to adapt and
transition their businesses. With an increasing need to
shore up food security, there is widespread international
social acceptance of modern genetic technologies,
such as new breeding techniques and gene editing.
Scenario 3:
Hothouse
The world continues with business as usual for the
coming decades. Globally, an economic and social
development focus built on fossil fuel-intensive growth
yields little climate regulation. However, companies
owned by or having tangata whenua business partners
remain committed to demonstrating sustainability.
Climate change impacts intensify and increase,
especially after 2050. There is extreme heat which
causes blackouts, fatalities, worker heat stress and
food supply shortages. As a result, produce demand
increases, with a two-tier market emerging: high-
priced sustainable options and low-priced conventional
choices for the mass market. The severity and
frequency of ex-tropical cyclones, flooding, drought and
fire increases in Aotearoa New Zealand, which creates
catastrophic growing damage, significant losses and
supply chain disruptions. The horticulture industry
shifts to indoor growing, cultivating new regions with
intensifying land competition, and increased acceptance
and use of modern genetic technologies to develop
plants with climate-resilient properties. In this context,
grower climate adaptation difficulties result in stranded
assets, increased market concentration, costly and
challenging technological innovation, and the need for
increased government support. Obtaining insurance
is increasingly difficult, and growers face financial
liabilities and the need to self-insure. Globally, water
T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
14T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
14
stress, competition, and energy and food instability
cause poverty and political instability. To counteract
this, global markets are increasingly integrated, trade
policy supported, and international shipping and
logistics diversified to thwart weather disruptions.
There is a post-climate disaster focus on adaptation,
technology, infrastructure and systems change.
Limitations of scenarios
The use of climate scenarios provides insights on
what the impacts might be. Scenarios are crafted
with the best information available at the time they
are produced. However, climate and many other
assumptions inherent in these scenarios may not
ultimately reflect the complex evolution and interaction
of global systems and factors. These factors are
inherently uncertain, not intended to provide a complete
or certain view of the future, and this should be noted
when reviewing this report.
T&G’s scenario narratives continued
T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
15T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
15
Transition plan aspects
of T&G’s strategy
Within T&G’s overall business strategy, as detailed
in Figure 1, the following priorities guide our
transition planning towards a low-emissions,
climate-resilient future:
1. Diversify our business
2. Improve climate resilience
3. Decarbonise
4. Build capability
5. Allocate capital
1. Diversify our business
Expand licensed plant varieties
Global temperature increases can affect many aspects
of fruit quality, such as maturation, yield, colour, texture,
taste and storability.
As the world’s climate continues to change, new plant
varieties (which are suitable for different growing
conditions and regions) are vital to ensure global
food supply and to help build and maintain resilient
horticultural businesses.
Underpinning T&G’s strategy is the need to have unique
plant varieties that meet consumer and customer
needs. Our VentureFruit business leads this, partnering
with research and development institutes and plant
breeders around the world to develop, test, license
and commercialise new varieties globally. Its portfolio
includes apples, pears, berries and dragon fruit.
Significant progress has been made in expanding
our portfolio of licensed plant varieties, and this will
continue to be a key priority into the future.
As the global commercialisation partner of the Hot
Climate Partnership, VentureFruit has launched
the world’s first two apple varieties that have been
specifically bred for hot and warming climates. TUTTI™
branded apples were launched in February 2023 and
STELLAR™ apple trees launched in October 2024.
While both varieties have been developed to withstand
high temperatures, they also thrive in traditional,
temperate climates. Each variety has its own unique
benefits and strengths, complementing each other
by addressing different needs, such as pricing and
maturing timeframes.
With a bright red colour and a similar size to Gala
apples, STELLAR™ apple trees are an early variety,
maturing one to two weeks earlier than Gala, whereas
TUTTI™ branded apples are a mid-season apple. There
are currently over 600 hectares of TUTTI™ branded
apples licensed in three countries – Spain, Chile and
the United Kingdom. In Aotearoa New Zealand, the
first TUTTI™ branded apples were planted in 2024 and
the variety will be available for domestic licensing and
planting from 2026.
The Hot Climate Partnership has an extensive pipeline
of apple and pear varieties that are completing their
final years of evaluation and testing. At this stage, two
further varieties which have been specifically bred to
be tolerant of hot and warming climates have been
shortlisted and we are hopeful they will progress to
commercialisation in 2025.
In addition to the Hot Climate Partnership varieties,
in 2023 T&G launched JOLI
TM
, the newest apple brand
in its premium portfolio. JOLI
TM
branded apples are
the result of over 10 years of innovation. It is proven to
grow successfully across Aotearoa New Zealand and
supports our transition to building increased climate
resilience through diversification of growing regions,
as well as varieties and brands.
As illustrated with TUTTI™, STELLAR™ and JOLI™,
developing and commercialising new plant varieties
suitable for the world’s changing climate takes
time, financial investment and requires long-term
partnerships. With the development of new plant
varieties taking up to 20 years using traditional breeding
techniques, T&G is excited by the potential of modern
genetic technologies to help accelerate the process
and our sector’s ability to adapt.
Recent advancements in these technologies have
seen the advent of new advanced breeding techniques,
such as gene editing. This enables precise changes
to be made to an organism’s existing DNA which
mimic traditional breeding – making the same types
of changes to plants that occur naturally, but doing it
faster and more efficiently. These technologies have
the potential to help the horticulture sector adapt
faster to a changing climate, reduce emissions through
reduced sprays, improve outputs and meet evolving
consumer needs.
T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
16T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
16
Many global markets have recently made changes to
their legislation to safely embrace gene technologies.
Whilst T&G is not currently using advanced
breeding technologies, we support the New Zealand
Government’s review of its gene technology rules, with
the intention of updating them to match scientific and
technology advancements. From T&G’s perspective,
the safe use of these technologies, alongside traditional
breeding, have the potential to help take Aotearoa
New Zealand’s horticultural sector into the future.
Invest in low-impact orcharding
VentureFruit, alongside its United Kingdom breeding
partners, is embarking on a concerted effort of
screening and evaluating the performance of newly-
developed disease resistant varieties.
Climate change is expected to bring warmer and
potentially wetter growing conditions, likely increasing
pressure on crops from fungal and bacterial diseases.
This could impact market access or cause devastating
crop losses if not managed properly.
Hence the desire to breed and select new disease
resistant plant varieties to combat this. Beyond helping
from a climate adaptation point of view, disease
resistant plant varieties could also support a reduced
need for spray applications and related tractor passes
with a higher saleable yield, therefore creating a more
sustainable outcome with lower carbon emissions.
Diversify growing regions and supply
Changing climatic conditions may mean that some
land and regions are no longer suitable for growing
existing crops and that new growing areas may become
available. Climatic factors may also shape international
trade if countries take steps to prioritise and ensure
their nations’ food security, resulting in a shift in global
trade flows. T&G recognises these risks and we are
building transitional elements within our strategy.
In our Apples business, we are building global premium
brands underpinned by a dual hemisphere, multi-
country growing and sourcing strategy. This ensures
geographical spread and proximity to our markets.
Currently, 31% of T&G’s global apple supply is sourced
from Aotearoa New Zealand (from a mixture of T&G-
owned orchards and independent growers), 37%
from the Americas, 23% from Europe and the United
Kingdom, and 9% from other areas around the world.
In recent years, we have licensed the growing of
ENVY™ branded apples to growers in new countries,
including China.
In Aotearoa New Zealand, historically 52% of T&G’s
premium apples were grown in Hawke’s Bay, with
the balance grown in Tairāwhiti Gisborne, Nelson and
Central Otago.
Over the last five years, we have expanded our supply
footprint, licensing additional independent growers in
Tairāwhiti Gisborne and Nelson to grow ENVY™ branded
apples. For JOLI™ branded apples, we have planted 55
hectares in our own Hawke’s Bay orchards, and we have
licensed 125 hectares to be grown in Canterbury. This
will be the first time a T&G variety has been grown on a
commercial scale in Canterbury. Further plantings will
occur in Aotearoa New Zealand over coming years, with
a current long-term target of 700 hectares.
With T&G Fresh’s business model centred on both
T&G own-grown produce and the produce we source
from our valued independent growers, we draw
upon a diversified and flexible portfolio of produce
categories and sourcing regions. To further support the
transitioning and strengthening of our strategy, in 2024
we acquired the Hinton’s stone fruit business and leased
their stone fruit orchards and packhouse in Central
Otago, and have almost doubled the size and volume of
our Queensland blueberry farm.
Develop new business models
In addition to expanding our portfolio of new plant
varieties, and diversifying where and how our fresh
produce is grown and sourced, it is important that
T&G actively explores the way we do business and
potential new business models.
With the development of new technologies and novel
growing techniques that provide a higher level of
crop protection and controlled growing, we will look
favourably upon new business models which allow us
to participate in the value chain while minimising risk.
Investigating potential new business models is a
continuing key focus.
2. Improve climate resilience
With severe weather events and climate shifts
as important strategic considerations, T&G’s
transition planning considers how we respond
to climate change by improving the resilience of
our operations.
Transition plan aspects of T&G’s strategy continued
T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
17T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
17
In 2023 we undertook a detailed analysis of three
climate scenarios which informed the update
and expansion of our climate-related risks and
opportunities. Climate-related risks and opportunities
are integrated into related management processes
to ensure there is no siloing.
Together with subject matter experts and risk owners,
we have developed future strategies for adaptation
and risk mitigation to improve business and operational
resilience. For more detailed information, see our
adaptation plan for our material risks and opportunities,
starting on page 25.
In terms of uncertainties, there are also some risk areas
we continue to assess and work to find solutions for.
These include extended wet orchard conditions, power
disruption from storms or changing grid and energy
generation trends.
3. Decarbonise
The importance of decarbonising our business, supply
chain and helping achieve Aotearoa New Zealand’s
climate change commitments, are key aspects in the
transition of T&G’s strategy.
Since 2017, we have had a target for reducing our scope
1 and 2 emissions. Having achieved these targets, in
2024 our climate targets were updated with validated
SBTs for scopes 1, 2 and 3 (see page 35).
For scope 1 (non-FLAG) and 2 (market-based), we have
a pathway towards achieving a significant portion of
our 2030 target: to reduce absolute emissions by 42%
from a 2021 base year. This year we reduced scope
1 (non-FLAG) emissions by 2% through initiatives
including the 2023 installation of thermal screens at
our Geraghty glasshouses. This year’s connection of
heat and biomethane at our Reporoa glasshouses are
expected to lower emissions going forward. T&G’s
current reduction trajectory to 2030 requires a further
~5,267 tCO
2
e of abatement initiatives. As we explore
our future growth and investment strategy, we continue
to look for technology solutions and opportunities to
close this gap. We will continue to map out and drive
our decarbonisation pathway, with supporting capital
expenditure, to achieve our 2030 target.
In line with our market-based approach, we purchase
renewable energy certificates (RECs) from Meridian
Energy under its certified renewable electricity scheme.
This results in zero emissions being reported from our
scope 2 electricity consumption, which is consistent
with meeting our SBT for renewable energy. Meridian’s
proceeds from its certified renewable energy product
have, in turn, benefited T&G by funding the installation of
electric vehicle (EV) charging infrastructure at our T&G
Fresh Auckland market. Other sites will be assessed for
EV charging infrastructure in the near future.
Within our supply chain, there are some decarbonisation
challenges – primarily in our heavy truck fleet and
glasshouse operations.
For heavy fleet, while key players in Aotearoa
New Zealand are exploring potential options, such
as hydrogen and biofuels, there is currently no clear
“one” technology and infrastructure solution available
across the country. We are working with TR Group, the
fleet market leader, and EECA (the Energy Efficiency
& Conservation Authority) to continue to monitor
developments closely. In the interim, we continue
to introduce fuel-efficient trucks, and in 2024 we
implemented a transport management system to
improve operational efficiency, amongst other benefits.
For glasshouse operations, the challenge is the
availability of alternative fuels and CO
2
to heat and
support the growth of crops. In the year ahead, the
performance of Geraghty’s thermal screens will
be monitored to inform any future thermal screen
investments in our other glasshouses. Thermal screens
are already installed in our Reporoa glasshouses.
Transition planning to support the decarbonisation
efforts of our wider supply chain (scope 3) is detailed
under ‘Build capability’.
4. Build capability
Build internal capability
Growing organisational understanding and
capabilities in climate change and climate-related
risks and opportunities is a core component of our
transition planning.
At a governance level, in 2023 the SC was established
to provide appropriate focus and oversight in this critical
area (see page 9) and to support the Board. In 2024, the
SC’s major areas of focus included decarbonisation and
climate risks and opportunities.
At a management level, as noted on page 10, in 2024
an Our Planet Steering Committee was established to
focus exclusively on our Kaitiakitanga areas of climate
action and low-impact operations.
Transition plan aspects of T&G’s strategy continued
T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
18T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
18
A proactive programme of engagement with each
business unit is ongoing, helping educate and guide
teams in the development and delivery of our emissions
reduction and adaptation plans. This will continue to
be supported by team members attending external
industry knowledge-building sessions.
Support T&G’s growers and
supply chain to transition
Our value chain is critical to our adaptation and
decarbonisation efforts.
Approximately 93% of our carbon footprint comes
from our supply chain – this is T&G’s scope 3 emissions.
From initial screening, the largest sources of our scope
3 emissions are category 3.1, purchased goods and
services (which also includes the purchasing of fresh
fruit and vegetables from our independent growers,
under the FLAG category); and category 3.4, our
upstream transport and distribution suppliers.
While we may not have all the answers, in support
of our scope 3 SBTs, we see ourselves having an
important role in sharing our climate knowledge,
analysis, learnings, and decarbonisation and adaptation
plans. For our growers, this will help them decarbonise
their businesses and adapt to a changing climate,
and for our wider supply chain, it will support them in
setting reduction targets.
This year, we began engaging with our Aotearoa
New Zealand growers, sharing the findings from
our climate scenario analysis and adaptation plans.
Engagement also commenced with Aotearoa New Zealand
transport and distribution suppliers to understand their
climate strategies, targets and emissions profiles. In the
year ahead, this will be broadened to include our non-
grower purchased goods and services suppliers.
Some of the businesses in our scope 3 categories face
challenges in being able to immediately decarbonise all
areas of their operations. This includes technology and
solution limitations, such as limited availability of low-
emissions farm equipment and low-carbon shipping
fuels, as well as financial constraints.
We are committed to a best-efforts approach to support
and influence change where we can in our supply chain.
In addition to proactively engaging with our suppliers,
we closely monitor global developments for emerging
opportunities and technologies to explore and share
best practice.
5. Allocate capital
Linking capital deployment with transition plans and our
climate risks and opportunities is essential to enable
climate action and the successful delivery of our growth
strategy. T&G does this through targeted allocation
of capital to ensure we invest ahead of customer and
consumer demand.
Aligned with our scope 1 and 2 decarbonisation pathway,
we actively explore commercially available solutions
as well as innovative new technologies to ascertain the
viability and benefit to T&G. In 2024, while spending
was constrained as we focused on rebuilding our
financial strength following Cyclone Gabrielle to meet
our medium-term strategic and financial outcomes,
we did not come across any significantly compelling
commercial solutions for our hard-to-abate areas of
heavy fleet and glasshouses.
The transitioning of our business to become more
climate-resilient is capital-intensive. In 2024, we
invested in the expansion of our Queensland berry farm
and associated protective structures, such as tunnels
and shade netting. Further prudent capital spend will
be required in the years ahead to support transition
aspects of our strategy.
Operationally, carbon and environmental considerations
have been built into our financial processes, including
annual capital expenditure, operating budgets, leases
and our three-year business planning cycle. An internal
proprietary model to measure the financial impacts
of climate risks across key business metrics has also
been developed. These initiatives will help inform our
transition plans and align the allocation of future funding
for decarbonisation and adaptation measures.
Transition plan aspects of T&G’s strategy continued
T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
19T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
19
Integration of climate-
related risks with overall
risk management
T&G manages risks with the Three Lines of Defence
Model (see Figure 3), which highlights the importance
of segregation of roles and responsibilities across
governance, management and day-to-day operations,
while also highlighting relationships between the
different areas.
The Board sets and monitors T&G’s Risk Appetite
captured in the Risk Appetite Statement, which
expresses T&G’s position to pursue, retain or take
on risks. The Risk Appetite is reflected in business
policies which are regularly reviewed and approved
by the Board.
T&G’s Risk Management Policy is available on our
website https://tandg.global/investors/corporate-
governance, and together with T&G’s Risk and
Compliance Framework, provides an overarching
framework for assessing, monitoring and managing
risks, including climate-related risks. The T&G Risk and
Compliance Framework assists in the identification of
strategic, project, climate-related and operational risks,
and supports the delivery of T&G’s business objectives
and strategy within T&G’s Risk Appetite.
It comprises the following:
■ Risk assessment through identification, analysis
and evaluation by using the T&G Risk Matrix
(see Appendix 4), defining T&G’s risk tolerance
from low to extreme.
04. Risk management
■ Residual risk analysis and treatment with an
assessment to be made to either accept, reduce,
transfer or eliminate the risk.
■ Monitoring and review of risks, mitigation and
controls to determine the ongoing validity of the
assumptions made.
■ Communication and consultation with internal and
external stakeholders, including regular reporting
to the Executive team, the Our Planet Steering
Committee, FRIC, SC and the Board.
■ Escalation of risks to the Executive team, Board
Committees and the Board via T&G’s risk escalation
process outlined in Appendix 3.
Climate-related risks are integrated into the T&G
risk management process through the Three Lines
of Defence Model, Risk Appetite Statement and T&G
Risk Matrix.
T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
20T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
20
Scenarios and time horizons
for risk and opportunity
assessment
In 2023, T&G conducted its first climate scenario
analysis to develop three plausible scenarios which
describe how the future may develop, each supported
by a set of assumptions.
These scenarios are not predictions of the future,
they are hypothetical outcomes which challenge our
understanding and help us build further resilience into
our strategy and business model. This analysis looked
at the next 50 years (to 2073) which aligns with the
lifetime of T&G’s assets and Aotearoa New Zealand’s
regulatory aspirations for net zero by 2050. The wider
scenarios, however, extend to 2100 (whereas T&G’s
are to 2073).
Short-term
1-3 years
This aligns to business planning
and capital allocation processes.
Medium-term
3-10 years
This aligns to business planning as well as
global climate change ambitions under the Paris
Agreement 2030.
Long-term
10-50 years
This aligns to apple orchard growing cycles of 25 years,
the life span of major assets and mid/end century time horizons
used by both IPCC and NIWA.
T&G defines the time horizons to assess climate-related
risks and opportunities in accordance with the United
Nations’ Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change
(IPCC), NIWA, External Reporting Board (XRB) and
ISO14091 (ISO 202). These are outlined in Figure 4.
Time horizons
Figure 4: T&G’s time horizons, used to identify and assess climate-related risks and opportunities
T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
21T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
21
Identifying and assessing
climate-related risks and
opportunities
T&G’s climate-related risks and opportunities are
grouped by value drivers aligned with T&G’s business
model and value chain. No part of T&G’s value chain
has been excluded from our qualitative analysis. T&G’s
value drivers are:
Growing
T&G-owned or
leased orchards
Post-harvest
Shipping and
logistics
Sales
Independent growers and
sourced produce
Intellectual
property
Supply and category
procurement
T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
22T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
22
a
n
a
l
y
s
i
s
a
n
d
E
s
c
a
l
a
t
i
o
n
I
d
e
n
t
i
fi
c
a
t
i
o
n
A
n
a
l
y
s
i
s
E
v
a
l
u
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
s
i
d
u
a
l
r
i
s
k
t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t
T&G’s process to assess climate-
related risks and opportunities
To identify and assess climate-related risks, T&G
follows this five-stage process. Opportunities are
assessed through the same process where appropriate.
Stage 1: Identification
Identification of new and review of existing climate-
related transitional and physical risks and opportunities
through interviews or workshops that include:
■ Participants and subject matter experts from across
the business, representing each of the T&G value
drivers.
■Risk and climate change experts where needed.
■ Capturing the impacts and hazards of risks and
opportunities to value drivers.
Stage 2: Analysis
Risks are analysed against climate change scenarios
and time horizons using the T&G Risk Matrix (see
Appendix 4), and our climate-related risk screening
tool. Opportunities are analysed for each value driver
and scenario to determine the benefit for the business.
This year, high and medium rated risks were analysed to
determine the anticipated financial impact if they were
to eventuate. This assessment allows us to confirm our
material risks for reporting.
Stage 3: Evaluation
For each risk, the effectiveness of existing controls
is determined, as well as the need for any changes.
Opportunities are ranked to determine the priority for
the creation of action plans by the business.
Evaluation is supplemented with climate-related events,
which have had or could have an impact on T&G’s assets
and future strategy.
Stage 4: Residual risk analysis and treatment
The residual risk is based on the controls put in
place for managing risks. For each residual risk,
an assessment is made to either:
■ Accept the risk and make a conscious decision
to not take any action.
■ Accept the risk but take some actions to lessen
or minimise its likelihood or impact.
■ Transfer the risk (in whole or in part) to another
individual or organisation (e.g. through insurance)
where possible.
■ Eliminate the risk by ceasing to perform the activity
causing it.
Stage 5: Escalation
Risk escalation is dependent on the short-term
residual risk rating (see Appendix 3 for details of the
escalation). Opportunities are escalated depending on
their prioritisation.
Priority opportunities are advised by the business
to the Executive team to agree, determine funding,
and support the development of action plans for
implementation. These are then escalated to the FRIC,
SC and Board for approval.
Figure 5: T&G’s process to assess climate-related risks
and opportunities
T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
23T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
23
Monitoring and review
Monitoring and reviewing of risks and opportunities,
mitigations and controls is undertaken to detect
changes and determine the ongoing validity of
assumptions made, including:
■ Climate-related events and actual or potential impact
on T&G as they occur.
■ Climate change scenario modelling as new or
updated climate data becomes available.
■ Monitoring and analysis of available climate-related
reporting.
■Monitoring of key risk indicators as required.
■ Monitoring of opportunity action plans and realisation.
■Internal audits.
■External audits.
Climate-related risks and opportunities, controls, action
plans and owners are documented and monitored in
T&G’s risk management system. All climate-related
risks and opportunities are reviewed at least annually by
stakeholders within T&G, with support from consultants
and industry experts as required.
Climate-related reporting requirements, supporting
documentation and any changes to regulations are
captured in T&G’s risk management system and
monitored on an ongoing basis.
Climate-related risks and opportunities are managed,
reported and escalated separately to other risks and
are captured in a specific climate change risk and
opportunity register in T&G’s risk management system.
Material climate-related
risks and opportunities
In defining physical and transitional risks and
opportunities, T&G has used the Aotearoa New Zealand
Climate Standard NZ CS 1 definitions, which are:
Physical risks
Risks related to the physical impacts of climate change.
Physical risks emanating from climate change can be
event-driven (acute), such as increased severity of
extreme weather events. They can also relate to longer-
term shifts (chronic) in precipitation and temperature
and increased variability in weather patterns.
Transitional risks
Risks related to the transition to a low-emissions,
climate-resilient global and domestic economy, such
as policy, legal, technology, market and reputation
changes associated with the mitigation and adaptation
requirements relating to climate change.
Opportunities
The potentially positive climate-related outcomes for an
entity. Efforts to mitigate and adapt to climate change
can produce opportunities for entities, such as through
resource efficiency and cost savings, the adoption
and utilisation of low-emissions energy sources,
the development of new products and services, and
building resilience along the value chain.
Determination of
financial impacts
From the work conducted in 2023 and 2024 to
develop and refine T&G’s climate-related risks
and opportunities, our Apples business currently
has the higher proportion of climate-related risks
and opportunities.
Apple orcharding is inherently variable, with production
volumes varying year-to-year due to a range of factors,
including orchard management practices and the
climate. These climatic factors are not necessarily all
symptomatic of climate change, and can account for
export yield variability of up to +/- 10% per season.
For this reason, variability with this range has been
excluded for the purposes of calculating the actual
impact of the various climate risks on T&G’s 2024 result.
During the year, T&G started the journey to
determine the anticipated financial impact of its risks
and opportunities.
We have developed a model to provide an assessment
of the potential financial impact our high and medium
rated risks may have on the business and their
materiality should they eventuate. This enabled us to
confirm our material risks for reporting.
The current key assumptions of the model, which have
guided our disclosed material risks, are based on a
medium-term 2040 worst case scenario for each risk
occurring, after allowing for mitigations.
T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
24T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
24
In the year ahead, T&G will continue to refine its financial
model and we will disclose anticipated financial impacts for
our material risks in our 2025 Climate-related Disclosure.
The current key assumptions of the model which have
guided our disclosed risks are as follows:
■ The risk impact would occur in 2040, and we are
living in scenario 3 – Hothouse. 2040 was chosen as
it is a medium-term time horizon for which there is
supporting data for climate and our business, such as
apple volumes and growing regions.
■ Modelling was not undertaken for the three different
scenarios – we do not anticipate significant differences
in the financial impacts based on the scenarios until at
least 2050.
■ The impact of the risk on T&G was looked at in
isolation for 2040, i.e. not allowing for the cumulative
impact of various risks up until 2040.
■ For each respective risk, the modelling assumed it
occurred at the most critical time for our business.
■ Each risk’s financial impact was refined based
on the level of mitigations currently in place,
not considering potential future controls and
technological developments.
The areas for potential refinement in the year
ahead include:
■A probability of each risk occurring.
■ Consideration of potential cumulative effects of
climate change over time.
■ The aggregation of lower rated risks, which when
combined may result in a material risk to the business.
T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
25T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
25
Material climate-related risks
Overarching risk 1: Damage to T&G operations due to increasing intensity and frequency of severe weather events
RISKHAZARDTYPERISK
CATEGORY
VALUE
DRIVER
CURRENT
IMPACTS
CURRENT
STRATEGIES
CURRENT
REGION(S)
AFFECTED
AMOUNT
OR % OF
BUSINESS
IMPACTED
ANTICIPATED
IMPACTS
POTENTIAL
FUTURE
STRATEGIES
POTENTIAL
FUTURE
REGIONS
SCENARIO AND
TIME HORIZON
UNDER WHICH
THE RISK
BECOMES
MATERIAL
R1.1Consecutive
years of
higher-than-
average
rainfall
saturates
the soil
impacting
tree health,
resulting in
fruit yield and
quality issues
Heavy
precipitation
PhysicalChronicGrowing ■Hawke’s
Bay apple
trees (across
the industry)
experienced
high levels of
soil moisture,
resulting in
smaller-sized
fruit, reduced
volumes and
compromised
health of some
trees
■In 2024, the
financial impact
of this was in the
range of $1.0 -
$2.0 million
■Replace
significantly
compromised
trees
■Track soil
moisture levels
and optimise
drainage where
possible
■Better
understand
the risk, apple
varieties most
impacted
and optimal
mitigation
strategies
Aotearoa
New Zealand
This risk
could impact
4% of T&G’s
business and
has been
determined
by comparing
T&G’s own-
grown apples
revenue with
revenue for
the Group
■Limited data
is available to
understand how
this pattern
impacts tree
health over
time (2024
was T&G’s first
experience)
■Could
impact yield,
orchard and
post-harvest
associated
costs, market
suitability and
pricing
■New solutions
to enable early
detection
■Additional
practices that
promote and
measure root
system health
and resilience
■Further
diversify
growing regions
GlobalHothouse
Short-term
Medium-term
Long-term
R1.2Consecutive
years of wet
weather
increases
pests and
diseases,
causing
significant
impacts to
fruit yield and
quality
Heavy
precipitation
PhysicalChronicGrowing ■Increased
apple pests and
diseases
■Lower
efficiency of
treatments in
wet conditions
■Phytosanitary
market access
difficulties
■In 2024,
the financial
impact of this
was less than
$1.0 million
■Improve pest
and disease
monitoring and
management
plans
■Diversify sales
and marketing
strategies
■Active
member of
industry and
Government
research
projects, e.g.
Smart and
Sustainable
Aotearoa
New Zealand
This risk
could impact
4% of T&G’s
business and
has been
determined
by comparing
T&G’s own-
grown apples
revenue with
revenue for
the Group
■Currently,
limited options
are available
to effectively
treat pests and
diseases in wet
weather
■Could
impact yield,
orchard and
post-harvest
associated
costs, market
suitability and
pricing
■Through
VentureFruit,
and alongside
some of its
breeding
partners, new
disease
resistant apple
varieties are
being evaluated
■New advanced
breeding
techniques,
such as gene
editing, may
help speed up
development of
new varieties
GlobalHothouse
Short-term
Medium-term
Long-term
Low riskMedium riskHigh riskPlease refer to the Risk Matrix in Appendix 4 for further information.
KEY
T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
26T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
26
RISKHAZARDTYPERISK
CATEGORY
VALUE
DRIVER
CURRENT
IMPACTS
CURRENT
STRATEGIES
CURRENT
REGION(S)
AFFECTED
AMOUNT
OR % OF
BUSINESS
IMPACTED
ANTICIPATED
IMPACTS
POTENTIAL
FUTURE
STRATEGIES
POTENTIAL
FUTURE
REGIONS
SCENARIO AND
TIME HORIZON
UNDER WHICH
THE RISK
BECOMES
MATERIAL
R1.3Increasing
intensity and
frequency
of flooding
events
(fluvial/
pluvial/
coastal
storm
surges)
damages
T&G’s apple
orchards,
leading to
reduced crop
yields
FloodPhysicalAcuteGrowing ■Majority of
T&G’s financial
impact from
Cyclone
Gabrielle was
experienced in
2023
■In 2024, the
financial impact
of this was
in the range
of $1.0 - $2.0
million
■Diversify
growing
locations and/
or regions
■Assess
and monitor
council flood
controls and
improvements
■Orchard flood
modelling
Aotearoa
New Zealand
This risk
could impact
4% of T&G’s
business and
has been
determined
by comparing
T&G’s own-
grown apples
revenue with
revenue for
the Group
■Given damage
to orchards
during such
an event is
subject to other
factors e.g.
time of year,
it’s currently
not possible
to estimate
the anticipated
impact. The
outcome of
T&G’s flood
modelling will
support future
estimation
■Further
diversify
growing
locations and/
or regions
■Develop a
Flood Risk
Policy covering
T&G’s own
Hawke’s Bay
apple orchards
Aotearoa
New Zealand
Hothouse
Short-term
Medium-term
Long-term
R1.4Extreme
flooding
events
damage
T&G-owned
packhouses,
cool stores,
inventory,
and plant and
machinery,
leading to
the inability
to pack
and store
produce
FloodPhysicalAcutePost-
harvest
■No current
impacts
■New T&G
assets are
designed
with flood
mitigations
■Maintain
partnerships
with industry
post-harvest
operators
to ensure
business
continuity
■Assess
and monitor
council flood
controls and
improvements
■Optimised
insurance
programme in
place
Aotearoa
New Zealand
This risk
could impact
30% of T&G’s
business and
has been
determined
by comparing
T&G’s post-
harvest apple
assets with
its total asset
base
■From
February to
September,
T&G is heavily
reliant on
its apple
post-harvest
facilities. In
such an event,
alternative
post-harvest
providers in the
region may also
be affected
■Could impact
shipping,
logistics, market
suitability,
pricing,
operating costs
and potentially
result in asset
write-offs
■Diversify
post-harvest
facilities
Aotearoa
New Zealand
Hothouse
Short-term
Medium-term
Long-term
Material climate-related risks continued
Overarching risk 1: Damage to T&G operations due to increasing intensity and frequency of severe weather events continued
T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
27T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
27
RISKHAZARDTYPERISK
CATEGORY
VALUE
DRIVER
CURRENT
IMPACTS
CURRENT
STRATEGIES
CURRENT
REGION(S)
AFFECTED
AMOUNT
OR % OF
BUSINESS
IMPACTED
ANTICIPATED
IMPACTS
POTENTIAL
FUTURE
STRATEGIES
POTENTIAL
FUTURE
REGIONS
SCENARIO AND
TIME HORIZON
UNDER WHICH
THE RISK
BECOMES
MATERIAL
R1.5Increasing
wind or
tropical
storms
damage
T&G-owned
orchards
and growing
facilities,
leading to
damage to
structures
and crops
Wind
(storm/
tropical
cyclone)
PhysicalAcuteGrowing ■No current
impacts
■Continue
to re-develop
orchards with
2D structures
to increase tree
stability
■Diversify
growing and
sourcing
regions
Aotearoa
New Zealand
This risk
could impact
4% of T&G’s
business and
has been
determined
by comparing
T&G’s own-
grown apples
revenue with
revenue for
the Group
■Concentrated
risk in Hawke’s
Bay given scale
of T&G-owned
orchards
■Could impact
yield, increased
orchard and
post-harvest
costs, market
suitability,
pricing and
potentially
asset write-offs
■Further
diversify
growing and
sourcing
locations and/
or regions
■Explore and
adopt new
protective and
controlled
growing
techniques
Aotearoa
New Zealand
Hothouse
Short-term
Medium-term
Long-term
R1.6Increasing
frequency
and intensity
of drought
disrupts
power
availability,
leading to
insufficient
energy for
packhouse
and cool
store
operations,
operational
delays and
produce
spoilage
DroughtPhysicalChronicPost-
harvest
■No current
impacts
■Maintain
partnerships
with industry
post-harvest
operators
to ensure
business
continuity
Aotearoa
New Zealand
This risk
could impact
4% of T&G’s
business and
has been
determined
by comparing
T&G’s own-
grown apples
revenue with
revenue for
the Group
■From
February to
September,
T&G is heavily
reliant on
its apple
post-harvest
facilities. In
such an event,
alternative
post-harvest
providers in the
region may also
be affected
■Could impact
shipping,
logistics,
market
suitability,
pricing and
operating costs
■Explore
alternative
energy sourcing
Aotearoa
New Zealand
Hothouse
Short-term
Medium-term
Long-term
Material climate-related risks continued
Overarching risk 1: Damage to T&G operations due to increasing intensity and frequency of severe weather events continued
T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
28T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
28
RISKHAZARDTYPERISK
CATEGORY
VALUE
DRIVER
CURRENT
IMPACTS
CURRENT
STRATEGIES
CURRENT
REGION(S)
AFFECTED
AMOUNT
OR % OF
BUSINESS
IMPACTED
ANTICIPATED
IMPACTS
POTENTIAL
FUTURE
STRATEGIES
POTENTIAL
FUTURE
REGIONS
SCENARIO AND
TIME HORIZON
UNDER WHICH
THE RISK
BECOMES
MATERIAL
R1.7Not enough
heat and
sunshine
hours
(growing
degree days)
during the
critical cell
division
period
significantly
impacts
apple sizing
Low
growing
degree
days/
sunshine
hours
PhysicalAcuteGrowing ■In 2023,
Hawke’s Bay
experienced
insufficient
growing degree
days (alongside
excess soil
moisture),
resulting in
2024 reduced
apple sizes and
volumes
■In 2024,
the financial
impact of this
was in the
range of $2.0 -
$3.0 million
■Enhanced
orchard
systems and
fruit maturity
modelling
■Diversify
growing and
sourcing
regions
■Active
member of
industry and
Government
research
projects, e.g.
Smart and
Sustainable
■Continue
to form and/
or strengthen
partnerships
to identify and
commercialise
new varieties
that perform
well in changing
conditions
Aotearoa
New Zealand
This risk
could impact
4% of T&G’s
business and
has been
determined
by comparing
T&G’s own-
grown apples
revenue with
revenue for
the Group
■Concentrated
risk in Hawke’s
Bay given scale
of T&G-owned
orchards
■Could impact
yield, increased
orchard and
post-harvest
costs, market
suitability and
pricing
■Grow varieties
which perform
well with fewer
growing degree
days
■Further
diversify
growing and
sourcing
regions
GlobalHothouse
Short-term
Medium-term
Long-term
Material climate-related risks continued
Overarching risk 1: Damage to T&G operations due to increasing intensity and frequency of severe weather events continued
T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
29T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
29
RISKHAZARDTYPERISK
CATEGORY
VALUE
DRIVER
CURRENT
IMPACTS
CURRENT
STRATEGIES
CURRENT
REGION(S)
AFFECTED
AMOUNT
OR % OF
BUSINESS
IMPACTED
ANTICIPATED
IMPACTS
POTENTIAL
FUTURE
STRATEGIES
POTENTIAL
FUTURE
REGIONS
SCENARIO AND
TIME HORIZON
UNDER WHICH
THE RISK
BECOMES
MATERIAL
R2.1Increased
prevalence
of pests and
diseases
(and other
biosecurity
issues) due
to warmer
climate
conditions
leading to
reduced
quality and
quantity of
crops
Mean air
temperature
PhysicalChronicGrowing ■No current
impacts
■Continue
to form and/
or strengthen
partnerships
to identify and
commercialise
new varieties
that perform
well in changing
conditions
■Active
member of
industry and
Government
research
projects, e.g.
Smart and
Sustainable
Aotearoa
New Zealand
This risk
could impact
8% of T&G’s
business and
has been
determined
by comparing
T&G’s growing
revenue with
revenue for
the Group
■Could
impact yield,
orchard and
post-harvest
associated
costs, market
suitability and
pricing
■New
advanced
breeding
techniques,
such as gene
editing, may
help speed up
development of
new varieties
GlobalHothouse
Short-term
Medium-term
Long-term
Note: There are several other underlying risks that relate to a decline in land suitability for growing existing crop categories due to increasing average temperatures leading to changes in produce supply, but these have not been
assessed as material to T&G at this time. These relate to winter chill and restricted market access due to the prevalence of pest and disease.
Material climate-related risks continued
Overarching risk 2: Decline in land suitability for growing existing crop categories
due to increasing average temperatures leading to changes in produce supply
T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
30T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
30
RISKHAZARDTYPERISK
CATEGORY
VALUE
DRIVER
CURRENT
IMPACTS
CURRENT
STRATEGIES
CURRENT
REGION(S)
AFFECTED
AMOUNT
OR % OF
BUSINESS
IMPACTED
ANTICIPATED
IMPACTS
POTENTIAL
FUTURE
STRATEGIES
POTENTIAL
FUTURE
REGIONS
SCENARIO AND
TIME HORIZON
UNDER WHICH
THE RISK
BECOMES
MATERIAL
R 3 .1Drought-
induced
water
scarcity
reduces
crop yields
from T&G’s
independent
growers and/
or leads to
inconsistent
supply
DroughtPhysicalChronicSupply and
category
procurement
■No current
impacts
■Provide
technical advice
on growing
techniques, and
water usage,
storage and
conservation
practices
Aotearoa
New Zealand
This risk
could impact
15% of T&G’s
business and
has been
determined
by comparing
revenue
derived from
apple growers
with revenue
for the Group
■Concentrated
risk in Hawke’s
Bay given scale
of independent
grower volumes
■Could impact
utilisation
of T&G’s
post-harvest
facilities, sales
and grower
returns
■New
advanced
breeding
techniques,
such as gene
editing, may
help speed up
development
of drought-
resilient
varieties
■Further
diversify
sourcing
locations and/
or regions
GlobalHothouse
Short-term
Medium-term
Long-term
R3.2Increased
intensity and
frequency
of extreme
weather
events
reduces
crop yields
from T&G’s
independent
growers and/
or leads to
inconsistent
supply
FloodPhysicalAcuteSupply and
category
procurement
■Majority of
T&G’s financial
impact from
Cyclone
Gabrielle was
experienced in
2023
■In 2024,
the financial
impact of this
was in the
range of $3.0 -
$4.0 million
Diversify
growing
locations and/
or regions
Aotearoa
New Zealand
This risk
could impact
15% of T&G’s
business and
has been
determined
by comparing
revenue
derived from
apple growers
with revenue
for the Group
■Concentrated
risk in Hawke’s
Bay given scale
of independent
grower volumes
■Could impact
utilisation
of T&G’s
post-harvest
facilities, sales
and grower
returns
■Further
diversify
sourcing
locations and/
or regions
GlobalHothouse
Short-term
Medium-term
Long-term
Note: There are several other underlying risks that relate to reduced access to insurance and challenges with increased health and safety legislation, but these have not been assessed as material to T&G at this time.
Material climate-related risks continued
Overarching risk 3: Significant increases in the cost of doing business due to the convergence
of climate-related cost increases in glasshouse growing, transport and financial services procurement
T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
31T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
31
Material climate-related opportunities
Overarching opportunity 1: New growing areas become available both locally and in-market
OPPORTUNITYTYPEVALUE
DRIVER
CURRENT
IMPACTS
CURRENT
STRATEGIES
CURRENT
REGION(S)
AFFECTED
AMOUNT OR %
OF BUSINESS
IMPACTED
ANTICIPATED
IMPACTS
POTENTIAL
FUTURE
STRATEGIES
POTENTIAL
FUTURE
REGIONS
SCENARIO AND
TIME HORIZON
UNDER
WHICH THE
OPPORTUNITY
BECOMES
MATERIAL
O1.1Expand T&G own-
growing operations
into new locations
which are more
suitable and/
or more resilient
to the changing
climate conditions
for that crop type
PhysicalGrowing ■No current
impacts
■Expand and/or
diversify growing
operations and/or
regions
Aotearoa
New Zealand
Australia
This opportunity
could impact 4%
of T&G’s business
and has been
determined by
comparing T&G’s
apples and berry
own-grown revenue
with revenue for the
Group
■Yet to assess the
costs or financial
benefits associated
with fully pursuing
this opportunity
■Further diversify
growing regions
GlobalHothouse
Short-term
Medium-term
Long-term
O1.2Partner and
support
independent and
indigenous growers
in developing
resilience to
physical climate
impacts to help
secure supply
volumes and
consistency for
T&G and further
increase in-market
brand presence
PhysicalSupply and
category
procurement
■At this stage, no
material costs or
financial benefits
have occurred
■Provide technical
advice on growing
techniques
■Share climate
insights and T&G’s
climate scenarios,
risks, opportunities
and adaptation
plans with Aotearoa
New Zealand
independent
growers
GlobalThis opportunity
could impact 15%
of T&G’s business
and has been
determined by
comparing revenue
derived from apple
growers with
revenue for the
Group
■Yet to assess the
costs or financial
benefits associated
with fully pursuing
this opportunity
■As appropriate,
encourage and/
or support
diversification of
growing regions
GlobalOrderly
decarbonisation
and regional
rivalry
Short-term
Medium-term
Long-term
Note: Low opportunities refer to benefit or value of less than $2 million. Medium opportunities refer to benefit or value between $2 million–$10 million. High opportunities refer to benefit or value of more than $10 million.
Low opportunity
Medium opportunityHigh opportunity
KEY
T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
32T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
32
OPPORTUNITYTYPEVALUE
DRIVER
CURRENT
IMPACTS
CURRENT
STRATEGIES
CURRENT
REGION(S)
AFFECTED
AMOUNT OR %
OF BUSINESS
IMPACTED
ANTICIPATED
IMPACTS
POTENTIAL
FUTURE
STRATEGIES
POTENTIAL
FUTURE
REGIONS
SCENARIO AND
TIME HORIZON
UNDER
WHICH THE
OPPORTUNITY
BECOMES
MATERIAL
O2.1Strengthen T&G’s
presence in new
plant varieties by
partnering and
commercialising
heat and disease-
resilient varieties
PhysicalIntellectual
property
■At this stage,
revenue from
the licensing of
heat and climate-
resilient apples
accounts for 3% of
total VentureFruit
revenue
■Through the Hot
Climate Partnership,
VentureFruit has an
extensive pipeline
of apple and pear
varieties in the final
years of evaluation
and testing
■Launched TUTTI™
in 2023, the world’s
first specifically
bred apple for a hot
climate. To-date,
over 600 hectares
have been licensed
to grow in Spain,
Chile and the United
Kingdom
■Launched
STELLAR™ apple
trees in 2024.
To-date, received
400,000 pre-orders
from Europe
GlobalThis pertains to
VentureFruit,
which currently
contributes 2% of
total Group revenue.
However, it’s
important to note
that revenue from
the development
and licensing of heat
and climate-resilient
crops is expected
to grow significantly
over time, driven
by royalties from
plantings
■By 2035, it’s
anticipated that
the majority of
incremental
revenue growth
for VentureFruit
will come from
climate-tolerant,
pest resilient and
storage-compatible
varieties
■Aotearoa
New Zealand’s first
TUTTI™ apples were
planted in 2024 and
will be available
for licensing and
planting from 2026
■Through the Hot
Climate Partnership,
VentureFruit
expects to
commercialise
five new apple and
pear varieties over
the next six years.
Two varieties will
likely progress to
commercialisation
in 2025
GlobalHothouse
Short-term
Medium-term
Long-term
O2.2Become market
leaders in the
management and
commercialisation
of plant varieties
bred via advanced
breeding
techniques,
focused on
climate-resilient
varieties, yield and
consumer attribute
improvements, by
leverage existing
international
presence, neutral
political reputation
and T&G’s
reputation
TransitionalIntellectual
property
■At this stage,
revenue from
the licensing of
heat and climate-
resilient apples
accounts for 3% of
total VentureFruit
revenue
■Due to its
scale, flexibility,
commercial
structure and
partnerships,
VentureFruit
is one of the
market leaders in
commercialising
climate-resilient
varieties. For its
current strategies,
refer to O2.1
GlobalThis pertains to
VentureFruit, which
currently contributes
2% of total Group
revenue. However,
it’s important to note
revenue from the
development and
licensing of heat and
climate-resilient
crops is expected
to grow significantly
over time, driven by
royalties from actual
plantings
■By 2035, it’s
anticipated that
the majority of
incremental
revenue growth
for VentureFruit
will come from
climate-tolerant,
pest resilient and
storage-compatible
varieties
■Through existing
and new global
partnerships,
maintain market
leading position for
climate-resilient
varieties
GlobalHothouse
Short-term
Medium-term
Long-term
Material climate-related opportunities continued
Overarching opportunity 2: More growers and entities will seek climate-tolerant,
pest resilient and storage-compatible varieties
T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
33T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
33
This section outlines the related metrics (including for
capital deployment) and targets for management of
T&G’s climate-related risks and opportunities, and its
GHG emissions.
Metrics
T&G’s metrics in relation to its climate-related risks
and opportunities are noted on pages 25 to 32, as
indicated by the amount or percentage of assets or
business activity potentially impacted. A further metric
is the amount of capital deployed towards our risks and
opportunities, and this is noted in the transition plan
aspects of our business strategy on page 18.
In regard to whether T&G’s remuneration incentive
plans relate to climate-related performance metrics,
while our incentive plans are linked to both Company
and individual performance, we do not explicitly link
them to climate-related outcomes.
Internal carbon price
T&G has an internal carbon price of $89.50/tCO
2
e
which applies to each tCO
2
e emitted. This rate is the
equivalent of €50/tCO
2
e and is the same price as 2023.
It helps inform operating plans, investment spend
and the direction of funds into decarbonisation solutions
and avoidance measures.
05. Metrics and targets
TARGETPROGRESS AND UNCERTAINTIESRELEVANT
RISKS AND
OPPORTUNITIES
Diversification of growing regionsManagement is considering regional, and possibly global, diversification to ensure a
climate-resilient business for the future.
Assumptions/uncertainties
This target is reliant on:
■ Comprehensive climate and other natural hazard data for regions in Aotearoa
New Zealand and overseas locations
■Availability of funding/capital
R1.1 – R1.7
R2.1
R3.2
O1.1
Continue to develop,
commercialise, license and
possibly grow pest, disease and
climate-resilient varieties. This
includes varieties with fewer
growing degree day requirements
Management has a strategy for the establishment and commercialisation of pest,
disease and climate-resilient varieties of apples and pears through VentureFruit.
Assumptions/uncertainties
■Speed of research, development, evaluation and testing
■Funding/capital available for research and development
■Customer/grower demand
R1.2
R1.7
O2.1 – O2.2
Understanding T&G’s exposure
to flooding for orchards and high
value assets
Management has already engaged with subject matter experts to understand our
exposure to flooding on orchard.
Assumptions/uncertainties
■Availability of flood data for all T&G growing regions and high value asset locations
R1.3
R1.4
Implementation of a process to
track the impacts of climate-
related events (hail, excessive
rainfall, drought etc.) on T&G’s
financial position
Management is currently developing a process to report and track the financial impacts
of climate-related events on the business’ financial position.
Assumptions/uncertainties
■Ascertaining which impacts are in relation to climate events and which are not
R1.1 – R1.7
Targets for climate-related risks and opportunities
Table 2: Targets for climate-related risks and opportunities
T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
34T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
34
GHG reporting standards
and assurance
In accounting for our GHG emissions, T&G follows the
Greenhouse Gas Protocol: A Corporate Accounting
and Reporting Standard (Revised Edition, 2015) (the
‘GHG Protocol’). Our GHG inventory report is included
in Appendix 1. Included in the GHG inventory report are
selected disclosures as required by the Aotearoa New
Zealand Climate Standards.
Deloitte Limited has provided limited assurance over
the scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions as set out in their
report in Appendix 2. Third-party assurance has not
been provided over other areas contained in this
Climate-related Disclosure.
To note, outside of GHG information and data, third-
party assurance has not been provided over other
areas contained in this Climate-related Disclosure.
Targets and emissions
reductions
T&G has set near-term SBTs for GHG emissions
reductions, which were validated by the SBTi in 2024.
Detailed in Table 3, the targets align to science and
global best practice to limit global warming to 1.5°C
(as defined by SBTi methodology) and are against
material categories with large emissions sources.
These validated SBTs replace T&G’s previous targets,
as reported in our 2023 Climate-related Disclosure.
Highlights of emissions reduction projects and trends
have been provided in the opening message of this
report, and further detailed datasets can be found in
Appendix 1.
T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
35T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
35
TARGETBASE YEARMETRICTIMEFRAME2024 PERFORMANCECOMMENTARY
1By 2030, reduce absolute scope
1 and 2 GHG emissions by 42%
from a 2021 base year.
2021tCO
2
eBy 203016% cumulative reduction
against base year
These targets are ambitious and represent a steep reduction, consistent with limiting global
warming to 1.5°C, and (assuming the commercial availability of cost-efficient, operationally
compatible technology continues to become available) are realistic to achieve.
T&G has already reduced its absolute scope 1 (non-FLAG) and 2 (market-based) emissions by
16% to 27,221.83 tCO
2
e in 2024, against its 2021 base year of 32,520.74 tCO
2
e (applying a market-
based approach). See Figure 6 and Appendix 1 for further details.
2Continue annually sourcing
100% renewable electricity
through to 2030.
2021MWh of RECs
purchased
By 2030Ongoing deliveryThe use of renewable energy is critical to decarbonising scope 2 electricity-related emissions
and is consistent with limiting global warming to 1.5°C. Since 2020, T&G has annually purchased
100% renewable electricity via RECs in achievement of this target. See page 41 for further details
on RECs.
3By 2027, 90% of suppliers by
emissions covering category
3.1 purchased goods and
services and 3.4 upstream
transport and distribution will
have SBTs.
2021# suppliersBy 2027Work commencedDecarbonising the supply chain is critical in limiting global warming to 1.5°C. T&G is taking
ambitious action in its most material scope 3 categories by advocating to suppliers the adoption
of SBTs. This will be challenging but T&G will use best endeavours to achieve this target.
In 2024, initial engagement began with category 3.4 Aotearoa New Zealand-based suppliers.
Work will continue to expand in this category and with 3.1 suppliers.
Note: T&G has taken the second-year adoption provisions relating to disclosure and assurance
of scope 3 emissions in 2024.
4By 2030, reduce absolute scope
1 and 3 FLAG emissions by 30%
from a 2021 base year.
2021tCO
2
e2030Work commenced Ambitious reduction of farm-related emissions is critical in limiting global warming to 1.5°C.
T&G has collected its fertiliser data as part of our scope 1 FLAG emissions (see Figure 7).
In 2025, we will begin engaging with independent growers towards calculating scope 3 FLAG
emissions. Due to limitations of available farm input and technology solutions, combined with
challenging industry conditions, this target will be challenging to achieve.
Note: T&G has taken the second-year adoption provisions relating to disclosure and assurance
of scope 3 emissions in 2024.
5Commit to maintain no
deforestation across its
primary deforestation-linked
commodities.
2021Commitment2030Commitment maintained Stopping deforestation is vital to the Earth’s ecosystems, ability to store carbon, and is critical in
limiting global warming to 1.5°C.
In 2025, T&G will rollout an internal guideline to further ensure its commitment in this area is
maintained.
T&G’s performance against its SBTs
Table 3: T&G’s performance against its SBTs
T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
36T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
36
2024202320222021
0
5,000
10,000
15,000
20,000
25,000
30,000
35,000
Refrigerant leakage
Propane
Petrol
Natural gas
Targets 1 and 2
LPG
Heating oil
Diesel
Biomethane
tCO
2
e
2024202320222021
Fertiliser
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
tCO
2
e
Performance against targets continued
Figure 6: Annual progress against T&G’s first and second SBTs, which relate to scope 1 (non-FLAG)
and 2 (market-based) GHG emissions by source
Note: Aligned to our scope 1 SBT (see page 35), the purple dashed line above indicates the SBT
trajectory and denotes recent T&G emissions reduction performance against this trajectory. In this
graph, scope 2 electricity emissions are represented as zero under the market-based approach.
Figure 7: Annual progress against T&G’s fourth SBT, related to the fertiliser component of scope 1
FLAG GHG emissions
Note: T&G reports fertiliser and other land-based emissions separately, in accordance with SBTi
FLAG guidance, and has a distinct reduction target against this category. Trends demonstrated
here are only illustrative of the fertiliser component of the FLAG target, and it should be noted that
fertiliser applications may naturally fluctuate over time due to plant lifecycle and needs. T&G follows
a precision approach to fertiliser application, based on soil testing and what is required for plant
growth. Fertiliser data features in T&G’s GHG inventory for the first time in 2024 as an assured
restatement, covering historic data from 2021-2023. Beyond fertiliser, other components of scope 1
FLAG will be further assessed in 2025.
Progress against our first and second SBTsProgress against our fourth SBT
T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
37T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
37
06. Appendices
Appendix 1:
T&G Global 2024 GHG inventory
Purpose and statement of intent
This greenhouse gas (GHG) inventory is for T&G
Global Limited and its subsidiaries, and covers scope
1 and 2 emissions for the period 1 January 2024 to
31 December 2024.
T&G is committed to using internationally accepted
standards when accounting for its GHG emissions. This
inventory report has been prepared in accordance with
the Greenhouse Gas Protocol: A Corporate Accounting
and Reporting Standard (Revised Edition, 2015) (the
‘GHG Protocol’). Included within the GHG inventory
report are selected disclosures also required under the
Aotearoa New Zealand Climate Standards. T&G has
taken advantage of the transitional adoption provisions
to not include scope 3 emissions for this period (as
well as not providing scope 3 comparatives and not
obtaining assurance over scope 3 GHG emissions).
This inventory has been prepared with the best available
information, but it should be noted that there is inherent
uncertainty of GHG quantification due to incomplete
scientific knowledge.
Organisational boundaries
and consolidation approach
Parameters for GHG reporting are set by organisational
boundaries and ensure consistency when determining
which factors to include. We apply the financial control
consolidation approach which ensures we focus on
emissions that are within our financial control and
influence. A table outlining the consolidated group
entities within our organisational boundaries is included
in Table 1.
As a new entity in 2024, Delica NZ Export Limited has
been added to our organisational boundary. Several
entities have been removed, including Allen Blair
Properties Limited, Fairgrow Limited, Fruit Distributors
Limited, Kerifresh Growers Trust 2018, and T&G
Kiwifruit Limited. To align with our financial accounting
treatment, Wawata General Partner has been
reclassified to an associated/affiliated company and
their GHG emissions will be reported under investments
once T&G begins to report on scope 3 GHG emissions.
No entities have been excluded in 2024.
There are no exclusions of sources, including facilities,
operations, assets or entities from reporting for 2024.
T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
38T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
38
COMPANIESCOUNTRYLEGAL STRUCTURE
& PARTNERS
ECONOMIC INTEREST
HELD BY T&G GLOBAL
FINANCIAL CONTROLEMISSIONS
INCLUDED WITHIN
INVENTORY?
COMMENT
David Oppenheimer &
Company I, L.L.C
United StatesAssociated/affiliated company39%NoNoSubsidiary of Grandview Brokerage.
Excluded from inventory under the
financial control approach
David Oppenheimer
Transport Inc.
United StatesAssociated/affiliated company6%NoNoSubsidiary of Grandview Brokerage.
Excluded from inventory under the
financial control approach
Delica (Shanghai) Fruit
Trading Company Ltd
ChinaGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sYe s
Delica Australia Pty LimitedAustraliaGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sYe s
Delica LimitedNew ZealandGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sn /aCompany is managed and
emissions captured through
ENZAFRUIT New Zealand
International Limited
Delica North America IncUnited StatesGroup companies/subsidiaries50%Ye sYe s
ENZAFRUIT New Zealand
(Continent) NV
BelgiumGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sYe s
ENZAFRUIT New Zealand
International Limited
New ZealandGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sYe s
ENZAFRUIT PeruPeruGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sYe s
ENZAFRUIT Products IncUnited StatesGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sYe sSmall entity – estimated emissions
ENZASunrising (Holdings)
Limited
ChinaGroup companies/subsidiaries67%Ye sn /aInactive. Non-trading company to
be dissolved
Freshmax NZ LtdNew ZealandGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sn /aEmissions managed and captured
through Turners & Growers Fresh
Limited
Fruitmark Pty LimitedAustraliaGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sn /aCompany is managed and
emissions captured through Delica
Australia Pty Limited
Grandview Brokerage LLCUnited StatesAssociated/affiliated company39%NoNoExcluded from inventory under the
financial control approach
T&G Apples LimitedNew ZealandGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sn /aCompany is managed and
emissions captured through
ENZAFRUIT New Zealand
International Limited
T&G Berries Australia Pty LtdAustraliaGroup companies/subsidiaries85%Ye sYe s
Appendix 1: T&G Global 2024 GHG inventory continued
Table 1: Organisational boundaries and exclusions
T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
39T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
39
COMPANIESCOUNTRYLEGAL STRUCTURE
& PARTNERS
ECONOMIC INTEREST
HELD BY T&G GLOBAL
FINANCIAL CONTROLEMISSIONS
INCLUDED WITHIN
INVENTORY?
COMMENT
T&G CarSol Asia PTE. Ltd.SingaporeGroup companies/subsidiaries50%Ye sn /aT&G CarSol Asia PTE. Ltd. was
amalgamated into T&G Fresh
Produce PTE. Ltd. on 10 December
2024
T&G Chile SpAChileGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sYe s
T&G Europe SASFranceGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sYe sSmall entity – estimated emissions
T&G Fresh Produce PTE. Ltd.SingaporeGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sYe s
T&G Fruitmark HK LimitedChinaGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sn /aInactive
T&G Global LimitedNew ZealandParent company100%Ye sYe sParent company
T&G Global Vietnam
Company Limited
VietnamGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sYe sSmall entity – estimated emissions
T&G Insurance LimitedNew ZealandGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sn /aCompany is managed and
emissions captured through
Turners & Growers New Zealand
Limited
T&G Japan LimitedJapanGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sYe sSmall entity – estimated emissions
Delica NZ Export LimitedNew ZealandGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sn /aNew entity 2024. Company is
managed and emissions captured
through Turners and Growers Fresh
Limited
T&G Orchard Services
Limited
New ZealandGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sn /aCompany is managed and
emissions captured through
ENZAFRUIT New Zealand
International Limited
T&G Processed Foods
Limited
New ZealandGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sn /aInactive
T&G South East Asia LtdThailandGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sYe s
T&G Vizzarri Farms Pty LtdAustraliaGroup companies/subsidiaries50%Ye sYe sSmall entity – estimated emissions
Taipa Water Supply LimitedNew ZealandGroup companies/subsidiaries65%Ye sYe sWater rights entity. Only electricity
emissions from the pump-shed
Turners & Growers (Fiji)
Limited
FijiGroup companies/subsidiaries70%Ye sYe s
Turners & Growers Fresh
Limited
New ZealandGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sYe s
Appendix 1: T&G Global 2024 GHG inventory continued
Table 1: Organisational boundaries and exclusions continued
T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
40T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
40
COMPANIESCOUNTRYLEGAL STRUCTURE
& PARTNERS
ECONOMIC INTEREST
HELD BY T&G GLOBAL
FINANCIAL CONTROLEMISSIONS
INCLUDED WITHIN
INVENTORY?
COMMENT
Turners & Growers New
Zealand Limited
New ZealandGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sYe s
Unearthed Produce LimitedNew ZealandGroup companies/subsidiaries51%Ye sYe s
Venturefruit Australia PTY
Limited
AustraliaGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sn /aCompany is managed and
emissions captured through
Turners & Growers New Zealand
Limited
Venturefruit Global LimitedNew ZealandGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sYe s
Venturefruit International
Limited
New ZealandGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sn /aCompany is managed and
emissions captured through
Turners & Growers New Zealand
Limited
Venturefruit NZ LimitedNew ZealandGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sn /aCompany is managed and
emissions captured through
Turners & Growers New Zealand
Limited
Venturefruit SA LimitedNew ZealandGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sn /aCompany is managed and
emissions captured through
Turners & Growers New Zealand
Limited
Venturefruit USA Inc.United StatesGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sn /aCompany is managed and
emissions captured through
Turners & Growers New Zealand
Limited
Wawata General PartnerNew ZealandAssociated/affiliated company50%NoNoExcluded from inventory under the
financial control approach
Worldwide Fruit LimitedGreat BritainGroup companies/subsidiaries50%Ye sYe s
Note: T&G reviews its organisational boundaries and exclusions annually.
Appendix 1: T&G Global 2024 GHG inventory continued
Table 1: Organisational boundaries and exclusions continued
T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
41T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
41
Operational boundaries
Scope 1 – Direct emissions (non-FLAG)
Scope 1 includes emissions from sources that are
owned or controlled by T&G (non-FLAG). This includes
fuel combusted in vehicles owned or leased by T&G,
stationary combustion of fuel for heating, and any
fugitive emissions of refrigerants.
Exclusions are any emissions from the use of backup
diesel generators in Aotearoa New Zealand, and
refrigerant leaks from T&G’s heavy truck fleet. These
categories have been excluded due to difficulties in
obtaining reliable data for the reporting period and are
estimated to make up < 1% of T&G’s scope 1 inventory.
Scope 1 – Direct emissions (FLAG)
As a business with significant emissions in the land
sector, T&G reports emissions from Forest, Land and
Agriculture (FLAG) separately, in accordance with the
Science-based Targets initiative (SBTi) guidance.
In 2024, T&G has restated its base year and subsequent
years (2021-2023) to include scope 1 FLAG emissions
from the application of fertiliser. In scope 1 FLAG, T&G
reports the emissions from fertiliser applied in its own
growing facilities.
Scope 2 – Indirect emissions from procured
electricity and heat
Scope 2 includes indirect emissions from the
generation of electricity and heat purchased by T&G.
In 2024, heat generated by Ecogas and utilised by our
Reporoa glasshouses, has been added to our scope 2
inventory as a new emissions source.
Excluded is electricity from sites where the electricity
is included within rent payments, which is estimated to
make up < 1% of T&G’s scope 2 inventory.
Scope 2 – Renewable Energy Certificates
Since 2020, T&G has purchased Renewable Energy
Certificates (RECs) for its procured electricity. For
Aotearoa New Zealand sites, RECs are purchased from
Meridian Energy under its certified renewable electricity
scheme. T&G’s United Kingdom subsidiary, Worldwide
Fruit Limited, sources Renewable Energy Guarantees of
Origin (REGOs) from Inspired PLC. For our remaining
international entities, and any Aotearoa New Zealand
electricity usage not supplied by Meridian Energy,
T&G purchases RECs through a broker agency.
This approach results in T&G reporting zero electricity
emissions from its scope 2 activities, applying a market-
based approach.
Outside of scope – biogenic emissions
In accordance with the GHG Protocol, biogenic
CO
2
emissions that occur in the value chain are not
included in the scopes but should be included and
reported separately.
In 2024, T&G reported biogenic CO
2
emissions as we
combusted biomethane in our glasshouses for the first
time. Further information can be found in Table 5 and
the related notes.
Base year and reporting period
T&G’s base year is 1 January 2021 to 31 December 2021
and this is the base year used for our SBTs.
Appendix 1: T&G Global 2024 GHG inventory continued
Base year restatement approach
T&G’s base year emissions will be restated when
material changes occur if there is a change of 5%
or more in total reported scope 1 and 2 emissions,
or when there are significant changes to our
boundaries (both organisational and operational).
Our significance threshold for restatement aligns with
SBT requirements. Prior to 2023, T&G’s significance
threshold for restatement was 10%.
In 2024, T&G is restating its base year of 2021, and
subsequent years to 2024, to include previously
omitted fertiliser emissions within scope 1.
While the addition of fertiliser emissions did not
trigger our 5% threshold, it is a significant change to
our operational boundary and aligns our reporting with
our SBTs.
Methodology and emissions sources
Tonnes of CO
2
equivalent (tCO
2
e) is the metric used
to track GHG emissions. Currently, there are no other
industry-based metrics relevant for T&G’s industry
context, but we continue to engage with relevant
industry bodies and monitor peers should one emerge.
GHG data is collated, with emissions calculated and
tracked throughout the reporting period, by T&G’s
sustainability and finance teams. Data sources include
information from suppliers and internal records,
as well as using accepted best practice estimation
methodologies as detailed in Table 3. Emissions
calculations are completed within T&G’s carbon
management software, BraveGen.
T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
42T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
42
Where an international entity consists of only office
locations and electricity consumption is not readily
available, the electricity consumption is estimated
at a rate of 1,480kWh per annum, per full-time
equivalent employee (FTE). This is a change in
methodology from 2023, where previously T&G had
excluded entities with headcounts of less than 10
employees from the GHG inventory.
Global warming potential
The International Panel on Climate Change’s (IPCC)
fifth assessment report (AR5) provides global warming
potentials (GWP).
Emission factors
Emission factors are sourced based on geographic
regions, as detailed in Table 2.
Regional emission factors were not located for
the following countries: Belgium, Chile, China, Fiji,
France, Japan, Peru, Thailand and Viet Nam. In lieu, a
combination of the United Kingdom’s Department for
Environment, Food & Rural Affairs (DEFRA) and the
German Association of the Automotive Industry (VDA)
emission factors were used for entities with operations
in these geographical locations.
Appendix 1: T&G Global 2024 GHG inventory continued
T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
43T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
43
COUNTRYSOURCESCOPES AND APPLICATION OF FACTORS
Aotearoa New Zealand
New Zealand’s Ministry for the Environment (MfE) Manatū Mō Te Taiao
https://environment.govt.nz/publications/measuring-emissions-a-guide-for-organisations-2024-detailed-guide/
Scope 1 and 2 emissions factors used for reporting for Aotearoa
New Zealand-based entities
Australia
Australia’s Department of Climate Change, Energy, the Environment and Water (DCCEEW)
https://www.dcceew.gov.au/climate-change/publications/national-greenhouse-accounts-factors-2024
Scope 1 and 2 emissions factors used for reporting for Australian-
based entities
Germany
German Association of the Automotive Industry (VDA)
https://www.vda.de/en/news/publications/publication/emission-factors-for-electricity--district-heating--and-fuels-2024
Scope 1 and 2 emissions factors used for reporting fuel emissions
for European entities, and electricity for countries that do not publish
their own emissions factor
Singapore
Singapore’s Energy Market Authority (EMA)
https://www.ema.gov.sg/resources/singapore-energy-statistics/chapter2
Scope 2 emissions factor used to report electricity emissions for
Singaporean entities
United Kingdom
United Kingdom’s Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs (DEFRA)
https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/greenhouse-gas-reporting-conversion-factors-2024
Scope 1 and 2 emissions factors used for reporting for United
Kingdom entities and international entities based in countries that do
not publish emissions factors
United States of
America
The United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
https://www.epa.gov/climateleadership/ghg-emission-factors-hub
Scope 1 and 2 emissions factors used for reporting for entities in the
United States
Appendix 1: T&G Global 2024 GHG inventory continued
Table 2: Emission factor sources
T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
44T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
44
SCOPECATEGORYGHG EMISSIONS SOURCEDATA SOURCEMETHODS
Scope 1
BiomethaneConsumed in a T&G glasshouse to replace natural gasSupplierMonthly statement/report from a single supplier.
DieselTrucks, passenger cars, forklifts, tractors, farm
equipment and a boiler
Supplier,
international sites
Aotearoa New Zealand data is obtained from monthly fuel card records, invoices, statements and reports.
International data is obtained from fuel card records, invoices and fuel tank meter readings.
FertiliserNitrogen (N)- containing fertiliser and limestone applied
to crops at T&G growing sites
Supplier, internal
reports
Data is obtained from various growing management software and/or from supplier invoices with N% and
fertiliser type being advised by suppliers.
Where records were difficult to obtain (3.2% of fertiliser emissions), emissions were estimated by
applying the fertiliser emissions per hectare of a sample orchard across the other orchards.
Heating oilUsed for heating in glasshouses and officesSupplier,
international sites
Aotearoa New Zealand data is obtained from supplier invoices from a single supplier.
Data for the Belgium office is obtained from meter readings and supplied in a report.
LPGForklifts, glasshouse, and heating and cooking in RSE
accommodation
SupplierMonthly statement/report from a single supplier.
Natural gasGlasshouses and office buildingsSupplier,
international sites
Aotearoa New Zealand data is a monthly statement/report from the supplier.
United Kingdom data is from monthly supplier invoices.
PetrolPassenger cars, trucks and farm/orchard equipment Supplier,
international sites
Aotearoa New Zealand data is obtained from monthly fuel card records, invoices, statements and reports.
International data is obtained from fuel card records or invoices. Where volume data has not been
recorded, emissions are either calculated using mileage data, or volume is estimated from purchasing
records and the local average fuel price (11.1% of petrol emissions).
PropaneConsumed in T&G glasshouses
(interchangeable with LPG)
SupplierMonthly statement/report from a single supplier.
Refrigerant
leakage
Refrigerant leakage for chillers and coolstores and in
owned and leased buildings
Supplier,
international sites
Data is obtained from suppliers and verified through invoices/job sheets.
Scope 2
Electricity Purchased electricity consumed at owned or leased sitesSupplier,
international sites
For location-based method, most Aotearoa New Zealand data is obtained from a monthly statement/
report from our key supplier. Where an alternative supplier is used at a site, data has been obtained from
monthly invoices.
International entities either obtain actual data from invoices, or where applicable, estimate the kWh
consumed, estimated at a rate of 1,480kWh per FTE (0.6% of electricity emissions).
For information on RECs supplied under the market-based method, see section Scope 2 - Renewable
Energy Certificates.
HeatPurchased heat consumed by T&G glasshousesSupplierData is obtained from monthly invoices.
Appendix 1: T&G Global 2024 GHG inventory continued
Table 3: Summary of scope 1 and 2 emissions source inclusions
T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
45T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
45
EMISSIONS CATEGORY2021 tCO
2
e 2022 tCO
2
e 2023 tCO
2
e2024 tCO
2
e % CHANGE
2024 vs 2021
% CHANGE IN
LAST YEAR
Total scope 133,063.1627,931.1728,363.1227,705.16-16%-2%
Scope 1 (non-FLAG)32,520.7427,502.4527,905.2527,221.83-16%-2%
Biomethane–––0.37100%100%
Diesel12,878.4212,052.5811,385.7011,141.18-13%-2%
Heating oil3,462.532,896.942,896.843,208.16-7%11%
LPG328.57385.07536.46524.6760%-2%
Natural gas12,165.5011,000.5610,573.799,917.05-18%-6%
Petrol7 17.9 9649.36658.97656.88-9%0%
Propane––5.4012.18100%126%
Refrigerant leakage2,967.73517.941,848.091,761.34-41%-5%
Scope 1 (FLAG)
1
542.42428.72457.87483.33-11%6%
Fertiliser542.42428.72457.87483.33-11%6%
Total scope 2 (market-based)
2
––––0%0%
Total scope 2 (location-based)
2
6,032.706,748.704,182.493,931.30-35%-6%
Electricity consumption (location-based)
2
6,032.706,748.704,182.493,931.30-35%-6%
Electricity consumption (market-based)––––0%0%
Purchased heat
3
–––0.00
3
100%100%
Total scope 1 and 2 (market-based)
2
33,063.1627,931.1728,363.1227,705.16-16%-2%
Total scope 1 (non-FLAG) and scope 2 (market-based)
2
32,520.7427,502.4527,905.2527,221.83-16%-2%
Total scope 1 (non-FLAG, FLAG), and scope 2
(location-based)
2
39,095.8634,679.8732,545.6131,636.46-19%-3%
Note: Figures stated in table may not add up due to rounding of decimals. All figures are tCO
2
e.
1 FLAG stands for Forestry, Land and Agriculture-related emissions and in scope 1 reflects T&G’s own growing-related emissions.
2 As per the GHG Protocol, the location-based method reflects the average emissions intensity of grids on which energy consumption occurs, whereas the market-based method reflects emissions from electricity that companies have chosen.
See scope 2 – Renewable Energy Certificates for information on T&G’s approach.
3 Emissions from purchased heat below 0.00 tCO
2
e in 2024.
Appendix 1: T&G Global 2024 GHG inventory continued
Table 4: T&G’s scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions 2021–2024
T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
46T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
46
EMISSIONS CATEGORY2021 tCO
2
e 2022 tCO
2
e 2023 tCO
2
e2024 tCO
2
e % CHANGE
2024 vs 2021
% CHANGE
IN LAST YEAR
Direct biogenic CO
2
emissions from owned/controlled
operations
– – – 195.17 100%100%
Total biogenic CO
2
emissions– ––195.17 100%100%
Note: As per the GHG Protocol, biogenic CO
2
emissions that occur in the value chain shall not be included in the scopes but shall be included in the GHG inventory and reported separately. T&G’s glasshouses require the
generation of heat and CO
2
for the growing of crops (primarily tomatoes). This has historically been provided by the on-site combustion of natural gas, which has been reported in T&G’s scope 1 inventory. In 2024, T&G began to
receive co-generated heat and biomethane in its Reporoa glasshouses from Ecogas via the process of anaerobic digestion. In 2025, T&G will also receive biogenic CO
2
from Ecogas.
Note: Perfluorocarbons (PFCs), nitrogen trifluoride (NF
3
) and sulphur hexafluoride (SF
6
) are not used in T&G’s operations.
1 Emissions from purchased heat were below 0.00 tCO
2
e in 2024. There are no hydrofluorocarbons associated with this emissions source.
EMISSIONS CATEGORYCARBON DIOXIDE
CO
2
METHANE
CH
4
NITROUS OXIDE
N
2
O
HYDROFLUOROCARBONS
HFCs
OTHER
GHGS
TOTAL
GHGS
Total scope 125,276.6557.68585.61–1,785.2227,705.16
Scope 1 (non-FLAG)25,220.4557.68173.79–1,769.9127,221.83
Biomethane––––0.370.37
Diesel10,968.7815.70148.59–8 .1 111,141.18
Heating oil3,190.0111.586.57––3,208.16
LPG523.281 .170.22––524.67
Natural gas9,889.6123.074.37––9,917.05
Petrol636.616 .1 514.03–0.09656.88
Propane12.160.010.01––12.18
Refrigerant leakage––––1,761.341,761.34
Scope 1 (FLAG)56.20–411.82–15.31483.33
Fertiliser56.20–411.82–15.31483.33
Total scope 2 (market-based)––––––
Total scope 2 (location-based) 3,036.48 83.78 7.46 – 803.58 3,931.30
Electricity consumption (location-based)3,036.4883.787.4 6–803.583,931.30
Electricity consumption (market-based)––––––
Purchased heat
1
0.000.000.00––0.00
Total scope 1 and 2 (market-based)25,276.6557.68585.61–1,785.2227,705.16
Total scope 1 (non-FLAG) and scope 2 (market-based)25,220.4557.68173.79–1,769.9127,221.83
Total scope 1 (non-FLAG, FLAG), and scope 2
(location-based)
28,313.13141.46593.07–2,588.8031,636.46
Table 6: T&G’s 2024 emissions by GHG (expressed in tCO
2
e)
Appendix 1: T&G Global 2024 GHG inventory continued
Table 5: T&G’s 2024 biogenic emissions summary
T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
47T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
47
Offsets
T&G’s priority is to directly reduce its GHG emissions
from within its value chain before considering the
potential use of third-party offsets. No offsets have
been used by T&G in this reporting period.
GHG intensity metric
T&G does not use a GHG intensity metric to manage
GHGs throughout its business.
Assurance of GHG inventory
Deloitte Limited, a third-party independent assurance
provider, has provided limited assurance on the GHG
inventory (see Appendix 2).
Prepared by: Chris Tobias, Sustainability Manager;
Lidy van Deursen, Sustainability Data Analyst
Reviewed by: Adrienne Sharp, Head of Corporate
Affairs
Approved by:
This GHG inventory is dated 3 March 2025
and signed on behalf of the Board by:
Appendix 1: T&G Global 2024 GHG inventory continued
GARETH EDGECOMBE
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
CAROL CAMPBELL
INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR,
CHAIR OF THE FINANCE, RISK AND INVESTMENT COMMITTEE
T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
48T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
48
Appendix 2:
Independent Limited Assurance Report on
Selected Greenhouse Gas (‘GHG’) Disclosures
and the GHG Inventory Report included within
the Climate-related Disclosure
To the Shareholders of T&G Global Limited
Limited assurance conclusion
Based on the procedures we have performed and the evidence we have obtained,
nothing has come to our attention that causes us to believe that:
■ the gross GHG emissions, additional required disclosures of gross GHG
emissions, and gross GHG emissions methods, assumptions and estimation
uncertainty, within the scope of our engagement (as outlined below), included in
the Climate-related Disclosure of T&G Global Limited (the ‘Company’) and its
subsidiaries (the ‘Group’) for the year ended 31 December 2024 (the ‘Selected
GHG Disclosures’), are not fairly presented and not prepared, in all material
respects, in accordance with
Aotearoa New Zealand Climate Standards (‘NZ
CSs’) issued by the External Reporting Board (‘XRB’); and
■ the Greenhouse Gas Inventory Report included as Appendix 1 to the Climate-
related Disclosure for the year ended 31 December 2024 (the ‘GHG Inventory
Report’), is not prepared in all material respects, in accordance with the
requirements of the
Greenhouse Gas Protocol: A Corporate Accounting and
Reporting Standard (Revised Edition, 2015)
Scope of assurance engagement
We have undertaken a limited assurance engagement over the following Selected
GHG disclosures prepared in accordance with NZ CSs, that is required to be the
subject of an assurance engagement per section 461ZH of the Financial Markets
Conduct Act 2013 (‘FMCA’).
SUBJECT MATTER: SELECTED GHG DISCLOSURESREFERENCE
GHG emissions: gross emission in the metric tonnes of
CO
2
e classified as:
■ Scope 1
■ Scope 2 (calculated using the location-based method)
Page 45
T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
49T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
49
Appendix 2: Independent Limited Assurance Report on Selected Greenhouse Gas (‘GHG’) Disclosures
and the GHG Inventory Report included within Climate-related Disclosure continued
SUBJECT MATTER: SELECTED GHG DISCLOSURESREFERENCE
Additional requirements for the disclosure of gross GHG
emissions per paragraph 24 of Aotearoa New Zealand
Climate Standard 1:
Climate-related Disclosures (‘NZ CS
1’), being:
■ The statement describing the GHG emissions have been
measured in accordance with the GHG Protocol;
■ The disclosure that the GHG emissions consolidation
approach used is financial control;
■ Sources of emission factors and the global warming
potential (‘GWP’) rates used or a reference to the GWP
source; and
■ The summary of specific exclusions of sources, including
facilities, operations or assets with a justification for
their exclusion.
Pages 37 to 43
Disclosures relating to GHG emissions methods
assumptions and estimation uncertainty per
paragraphs 52 to 54 of Aotearoa New Zealand Climate
Standard 3:
General Requirements for Climate related
Disclosures
(‘NZ CS 3’):
■ Description of the methods and assumptions used to
calculate or estimate GHG emissions, and the limitations
of those methods.
■ Description of uncertainties relevant to the Group’s
quantification of its GHG emissions, including the effects
of these uncertainties on the GHG emissions disclosures.
■ Explanation for base year GHG emissions restatements,
where applicable.
Pages 41 and 44
In addition, we have undertaken a limited assurance engagement in relation to the
GHG Inventory Report of the Group, comprising the emissions inventory and the
explanatory notes set out in Appendix 1 on pages 37 to 47 of the Climate-related
Disclosure for the year ended 31 December 2024. The GHG Inventory Report is
based on historical information and provides further disclosures about the Scope
1 and 2 greenhouse gas emissions of the Group for the year ended 31 December
2024 to meet the requirements of the GHG protocol, in addition to the minimum
disclosure requirements of NZ CSs.
Our limited assurance engagement does not extend to any other information
included, or referred to, in the Climate-related Disclosure. We have not performed
any procedures with respect to the excluded information and, therefore, no
conclusion is expressed on it.
Other matter – comparative information
The comparative GHG disclosures have not been the subject of an assurance
engagement undertaken in accordance with New Zealand Standard on
Assurance Engagements 1:
Assurance Engagements over Greenhouse Gas
Emissions Disclosures
(‘NZ SAE 1’). These disclosures are not covered by our
assurance conclusion.
Director’s responsibilities
Directors are responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the Selected
GHG disclosures in accordance with NZ CSs, which includes determining and
disclosing the appropriate standard or standards used to measure its GHG
emissions. In addition, the Directors are responsible for the preparation of the
GHG Inventory Report included as Appendix 1 to the Climate-related Disclosure
in accordance with the GHG protocol. This responsibility includes the design,
implementation and maintenance of internal controls relevant to the preparation
of the Selected GHG disclosures and GHG Inventory Report that are free from
material misstatement whether due to fraud or error.
T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
50T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
50
Appendix 2: Independent Limited Assurance Report on Selected Greenhouse Gas (‘GHG’) Disclosures
and the GHG Inventory Report included within Climate-related Disclosure continued
Inherent uncertainty
Non-financial information, such as that included in the Group’s Climate-
related Disclosure, is subject to more inherent limitations than financial
information, given both its nature and the methods used and assumptions
applied in determining, calculating and sampling or estimating such information.
Specifically, as discussed on page 37 of the Climate-related Disclosure, GHG
quantification is subject to inherent uncertainty because of incomplete scientific
knowledge used to determine emissions factors and the values needed to
combine emissions of different gases.
As the procedures performed for this engagement are not performed
continuously throughout the relevant period and the procedures performed in
respect of the Group’s compliance with NZ CSs and/or the GHG Protocol are
undertaken on a test basis, our limited assurance engagement cannot be relied
on to detect all instances where the Group may not have complied with the
NZ CSs or the GHG Protocol. Because of these inherent limitations, it is possible
that fraud, error or non-compliance may occur and not be detected.
In addition, we note that a limited assurance engagement is not designed to
detect all instances of non-compliance with the NZ CSs or the GHG Protocol,
as it generally comprises making enquires, primarily of the responsible party,
and applying analytical and other review procedures.
Our responsibilities
Our responsibility is to express an independent limited assurance conclusion
on the Selected GHG Disclosures and GHG Inventory Report, based on the
procedures we have performed and the evidence we have obtained.
We conducted our limited assurance engagement in accordance with
New Zealand Standard on Assurance Engagements 1:
Assurance Engagements
over Greenhouse Gas Emissions Disclosures
(‘NZ SAE 1’) and the International
Standard on Assurance Engagements (New Zealand) 3410:
Assurance
Engagements on Greenhouse Gas Statements
issued by the XRB (‘ISAE (NZ)
3410’). These standards require that we plan and perform this engagement
to obtain limited assurance about whether the Selected GHG Disclosures and
GHG Inventory Report are free from material misstatement.
Our independence and quality management
We have complied with the independence and other ethical requirements of
NZ SAE 1, which is founded on fundamental principles of integrity, objectivity,
professional competence and due care, confidentiality and professional behaviour.
We have also complied with the following professional and ethical standards:
■ Professional and Ethical Standard 1:
International Code of Ethics for Assurance
Practitioners (including International Independence Standards) (New Zealand)
;
■ Professional and Ethical Standard 3:
Quality Management for Firms that Perform
Audits or Reviews of Financial Statements, or Other Assurance or Related
Services Engagements
which requires us to design, implement and operate
a system of quality management including policies and procedures regarding
compliance with ethical requirements, professional standards and applicable
legal and regulatory requirements; and
■ Professional and Ethical Standard 4:
Engagement Quality Reviews.
T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
51T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
51
Appendix 2: Independent Limited Assurance Report on Selected Greenhouse Gas (‘GHG’) Disclosures
and the GHG Inventory Report included within Climate-related Disclosure continued
Our firm is the statutory auditor of the financial statements and also carries
out other assignments for the Group in the area of corporate tax advisory
services. These services have not impaired our independence as assurance
practitioner of the Group. In addition to this, partners and employees of our
firm deal with the Group on normal terms within the ordinary course of trading
activities of the business of the Group. Our firm has no other relationship with,
or interest in the Group.
As we are engaged to form an independent conclusion on the Selected GHG
Disclosures and GHG Inventory Report prepared by the Group, we are not
permitted to be involved in the preparation of the GHG information as doing
so may compromise our independence.
Summary of work performed
Our limited assurance engagement was performed in accordance with NZ SAE 1
and ISAE (NZ) 3410. This involves assessing the suitability in the circumstances of
Group’s use of NZ CSs and the GHG Protocol as the basis for the preparation of the
Selected GHG Disclosures and the GHG Inventory Report respectively, assessing
the risks of material misstatement of the Selected GHG Disclosures and GHG
Inventory Report whether due to fraud or error, responding to the assessed risks
as necessary in the circumstances, and evaluating the overall presentation of the
Selected GHG Disclosures and the GHG Inventory Report.
A limited assurance engagement is substantially less in scope than a reasonable
assurance engagement in relation to both the risk assessment procedures,
including an understanding of internal control, and the procedures performed in
response to the assessed risks.
The procedures we performed were based on our professional judgement and
included enquiries, observation of processes performed, inspection of documents,
analytical procedures, evaluating the appropriateness of quantification methods
and reporting policies, and agreeing or reconciling with underlying records. In
undertaking our limited assurance engagement on the Selected GHG Disclosures
and the GHG Inventory Report, we:
■ Obtained, through inquiries, an understanding of the Group’s control
environment, processes and information systems relevant to the preparation
of the Selected GHG disclosures and GHG Inventory Report. We did not
evaluate the design of particular control activities, or obtain evidence about
their implementation.
■ Evaluated whether the Group’s methods for developing estimates are
appropriate and had been consistently applied. Our procedures did not include
testing the data on which the estimates are based or separately developing our
own estimates against which to evaluate the Group’s estimates.
■ Undertook site visits, as deemed necessary, to assess the completeness of
the emissions sources, data collection methods, source data and relevant
assumptions applicable to the sites.
■ Performed analytical procedures on particular emission categories by comparing
the expected GHGs emitted to actual GHGs emitted and made inquiries of
management to obtain explanations for any significant differences we identified.
■ Considered the presentation and disclosure of the Selected GHG disclosures and
the GHG Inventory Report.
The procedures performed in a limited assurance engagement vary in nature and
timing from, and are less in extent than for, a reasonable assurance engagement.
Consequently, the level of assurance obtained in a limited assurance engagement
is substantially lower than the assurance that would have been obtained had we
performed a reasonable assurance engagement. Accordingly, we do not express
a reasonable assurance opinion about whether Selected GHG Disclosures and the
GHG Inventory Report are fairly presented and prepared, in all material respects,
in accordance with NZ CSs or the GHG Protocol respectively.
T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
52T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
52
Appendix 2: Independent Limited Assurance Report on Selected Greenhouse Gas (‘GHG’) Disclosures
and the GHG Inventory Report included within Climate-related Disclosure continued
Use of our Report
Our limited assurance report (‘our Report’) is intended for users who have
a reasonable knowledge of GHG related activities, and who have studied the
GHG related information in the Climate-related Disclosure with reasonable
diligence and understand that the Selected GHG Disclosures and the GHG
Inventory Report are prepared and assured to appropriate levels of materiality.
Our assurance report is made solely to the Company’s shareholders, as a body.
Our assurance engagement has been undertaken so that we might state to the
Company’s shareholders those matters we are required to state to them in an
assurance report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law,
we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company’s
shareholders as a body, for our work, for this report, or for the conclusions we
have formed.
Andrew Boivin, Partner
for Deloitte Limited
Auckland, New Zealand
3 March 2025
This limited assurance report relates to the Selected GHG Disclosures and the GHG Inventory Report
included within the Group’s Climate-related Disclosure for the year ended 31 December 2024 included
on the Group’s website. The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the Group’s
website. We have not been engaged to report on the integrity of the Group’s website. We accept no
responsibility for any changes that may have occurred to the Selected GHG Disclosures and the GHG
Inventory Report included within the Climate-related Disclosure since they were initially presented on
the website.
The limited assurance report refers only to the Selected GHG Disclosures and the GHG Inventory Report
included within the Climate-related Disclosure named above. It does not provide an opinion on any other
information which may have been hyperlinked to/from these disclosures. If readers of this report are
concerned with the inherent risks arising from electronic data communication, they should refer to the
published hard copy of the Climate-related Disclosure that include the Selected GHG Disclosures and the
GHG Inventory Report and related limited assurance report dated 3 March 2025 to confirm the information
presented on this website.
T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
53T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
53
Appendix 3:
Risk escalation process
Appendix 4:
Risk Matrix
SHORT-
TERM
RESIDUAL
RISK
RATING
ESCALATIONREPORTING AND
MONITORING
■ Escalation to the Board with an immediate action
plan required
■ Chief Executive Officer manages risk, with
consideration to be given to include independent
advice to provide assurance that the steps taken
are necessary and sufficient
■ Direct monitoring by the
Board
■ Monthly reports to the Board
■ Escalation to the relevant Committee (FRIC or SC)
■ Chief Executive Officer manages risk with an
action plan required, and additional controls
to be implemented
■ Reporting to the relevant
Committee at each meeting
■ Reporting to the Board twice
a year
■ Risk acceptable within existing control environment
■ Risk is managed by management, and reviewed
annually
■ Annual risk register review
by the Executive team
■ Risk acceptable within existing control environment
■ Risk is managed by management, and reviewed
annually
■ Annual risk register review
by the Executive team
LIKELIHOODCONSEQUENCE
InsignificantMinorModerateMajorCatastrophic
Almost
certain
Likely
Possible
Unlikely
Rare
Extreme riskLow riskMedium riskHigh riskKEY
T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
54T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
54
Appendix 5:
Glossary
TERMDEFINITION
Anaerobic digestionThe process of microorganisms breaking down organic matter, in the absence of oxygen, to manage organic waste and produce biofuels.
AotearoaNew Zealand’s Māori name.
Biogenic CO
2
Biogenic CO₂ is the CO₂ released from organic matter, as opposed to from fossil fuels. It is reported separately from fossil CO₂ in GHG accounting.
BiomethaneBiomethane is a type of biofuel. It is refined from biogas, which is the gas created during the anaerobic digestion process.
Carbon footprintThe amount of GHG emissions associated with an entity, including both direct emissions (scope 1), and indirect emissions (scopes 2 and 3).
Category 3.1 purchased goods and
services
Indirect greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions associated with the production of goods and services that T&G buys or acquires.
Category 3.4 upstream transport and
distribution
The emissions associated with the movement and delivery of goods bought by T&G between our primary suppliers and our own operations using transportation and facilities
not owned or managed by T&G. We also include in this category logistics upstream of our customer (e.g. third-party logistics providers that T&G pays for, which deliver produce
to our customer ahead of them making further logistical arrangements to their own geographic markets, cool stores, retail locations etc.).
FLAGFLAG is the acronym used by the SBTi for Forestry, Land and Agriculture-related emissions.
FluvialRelates to, or occurs in a river or stream.
Greenhouse gas (GHG)
These are gases in the atmosphere that trap heat and contribute to warming the planet. The Kyoto Protocol lists the main GHGs as: carbon dioxide (CO₂), methane (CH₄),
nitrous oxide (N₂O), hydrofluorocarbons (HFCs), perfluorocarbons (PFCs), sulphur hexafluoride (SF₆) and nitrogen trifluoride (NF₃).
GHG Protocol
The publisher of the most widely used GHG accounting standards, including The Greenhouse Gas Protocol: A Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standard (2004),
which T&G uses to report scope 1 and 2 emissions.
Global Warming Potential (GWP)
The value assigned to GHGs to indicate how much global warming they create when released in the atmosphere, relative to CO₂, over a 100-year term. GWP values allow
simplified reporting of GHGs in CO₂ equivalent (CO₂e).
IPCCThe Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) is the United Nations body responsible for advancing scientific knowledge about climate change.
Kaitiakitanga Māori word that means guardianship, stewardship, trustee. It is also the concept T&G uses for the name of our sustainability framework.
Location-based
Used in the accounting of emissions from purchased electricity (scope 2), the location-based method reflects the average emissions intensity of grids on which energy
consumption occurs.
T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
55T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction
55
TERMDEFINITION
Market-based
Used in the accounting of emissions from purchased electricity (scope 2), the market-based method reflects emissions from electricity that companies have chosen, using
market-based mechanisms (e.g. RECs).
MWhMegawatt hour is a unit of measurement representing the amount of energy generated or consumed over a one-hour period.
Physical riskRisks related to the physical impacts of climate change.
PluvialRelates to, or due to the action of rain.
RCPAdopted by the IPCC, Representation Concentration Pathways (RCP) are models which illustrate future possible GHG emission scenarios/trajectories.
Scenario analysisA process for systematically exploring the effects of a range of plausible future events.
Science-based Target (SBT)
Emissions reduction targets are considered ‘science-based’ if they are in line with what the latest climate science deems necessary to meet the goals of the Paris Agreement –
limiting global warming to 1.5°C above pre-industrial levels.
Science-based Target initiative (SBTi)A corporate climate action organisation that enables companies and financial institutions worldwide to play their part in combating the climate crisis.
Scope 1 emissionsDirect emissions that are owned or controlled by a company.
Scope 2 emissionsIndirect emissions from purchased heat and electricity.
Scope 3 emissionsOther indirect emissions not covered in scope 2 that occur in the value chain of the reporting entity (they are not owned or controlled by the reporting entity).
SSP
Adopted by the IPCC, Shared Socio-economic Pathways (SSPs) are projections which describe alternative futures of socio-economic development in the absence of climate
policy intervention. They include a wide range of drivers, including gross domestic product, population size, urbanisation and human and technological development. There are
five SSPs. When SSP and RCP-based climate projections are combined, it provides a useful integrated picture of potential climate impact.
tCO
2
eStands for tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent. It is a simplified unit to measure that allows reporting of all GHGs as a single number.
Transition riskRisks related to the transition to a lower-carbon economy.
Tangata whenuaDescribes Māori people of a particular area, people born of the whenua (land).
Value chain
Refers to the full lifecycle of a product or process, including material sourcing, production, consumption and disposal/recycling processes. In T&G’s context, this includes
intellectual property, growing, quality, post-harvest, sales and operations planning, shipping, and sales and marketing.
Appendix 5: Glossary continued
Building 1, Level 1,
Central Park
660 Great South Road,
Ellerslie Auckland 1051,
Aotearoa New Zealand
+64 9 573 8700
info@tandg.global
tandg.global
---
Template
Results announcement
(for Equity Security issuer/Equity and Debt Security issuer)
Updated as at 17 October 2019
Results for announcement to the market
Name of issuer T&G Global Limited and subsidiary companies
Reporting Period 12 months to 31 December 2024
Previous Reporting Period 12 months to 31 December 2023
Currency New Zealand Dollar
Amount (000s) Percentage change
Revenue from continuing
operations
$1,360,891 2%
Total Revenue $1,360,891 2%
Net profit/(loss) from
continuing operations
($16,034) 69%
Total net profit/(loss) ($16,034) 69%
Interim/Final Dividend
Amount per Quoted Equity
Security
No final dividend proposed
Imputed amount per Quoted
Equity Security
Not applicable
Record Date Not applicable
Dividend Payment Date Not applicable
Current period Prior comparable period
Net tangible assets per
Quoted Equity Security
$3.36 $3.61
A brief explanation of any of
the figures above necessary
to enable the figures to be
understood
Please refer to the financial commentary and audited financial
statements attached as part of this announcement.
Authority for this announcement
Name of person
authorised
to make this announcement
Doug Bygrave
Contact person for this
announcement
Doug Bygrave
Contact phone number +64 9 573 8899
Contact email address Doug.Bygrave@tandg.global
Date of release through MAP
3 March 2025
Audited financial statements accompany this announcement.
Data sourced from publicly available filings. Our datasets may not be complete. Automated analysis can produce errors. If you believe any data on this page is incorrect, please contact us at hello@nzxplorer.co.nz. For informational purposes only. Not investment advice.